20-F 1 d748399d20f.htm FORM 20-F Form 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number: 1-15182

 

 

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Not Applicable   TELANGANA, INDIA
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)   (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

8-2-337, Road No. 3, Banjara Hills

Hyderabad, Telangana 500 034, India

+91-40-49002900

(Address of principal executive offices)

Saumen Chakraborty, Chief Financial Officer, +91-40-49002004, saumenc@drreddys.com

8-2-337, Road No. 3, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad, Telangana 500 034, India

(Name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of company contact person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered

American depositary shares, each

representing one equity share

  New York Stock Exchange

Equity Shares*

 

*

Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American depositary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act. None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. None.

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

170,108,868 Equity Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  x    No   ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ¨    No  x

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  ¨    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  x   Accelerated filer  ¨   Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨  

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  x

   Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  ¨    Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

Yes  ¨    No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Currency of Presentation and Certain Defined Terms

In this annual report on Form 20-F, references to “$” or “U.S.$” or “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States and references to “Rs.” or “rupees” or “Indian rupees” are to the legal currency of India. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or “IFRS”, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or “IASB”. These standards include International Accounting Standards, or “IAS”, and their interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, or “IFRIC”, or its predecessor, the Standing Interpretations Committee, or “SIC”. References to a particular “fiscal” year are to our fiscal year ended March 31 of such year. References to our “ADSs” are to our American Depositary Shares.

References to “U.S.” or “United States” are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “India” are to the Republic of India. References to “EU” are to the European Union. All references to “we,” “us”, “our”, “DRL”, “Dr. Reddy’s” or the “Company” shall mean Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited and its subsidiaries. “Dr. Reddy’s” is a registered trademark of Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited in India. Other trademarks or trade names used in this annual report on Form 20-F are trademarks registered in the name of Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited or are pending before the respective trademark registries. Market share data is based on information provided by IMS Health Inc. and its affiliates (“IMS Health”), a provider of market research to the pharmaceutical industry, unless otherwise stated.

Our financial statements are presented in Indian rupees and translated into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. Except as otherwise stated in this report, all translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars are at the certified foreign exchange rate of U.S.$1 = Rs.60.00, as published by Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 31, 2014. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such a rate or any other rate.

Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.

Information contained in our website, www.drreddys.com, is not part of this Annual Report and no portion of such information is incorporated herein.

Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statement

IN ADDITION TO HISTORICAL INFORMATION, THIS ANNUAL REPORT CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD- LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (THE “EXCHANGE ACT”). THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE REFLECTED IN THE FORWARD- LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE SUCH A DIFFERENCE INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN THE SECTIONS ENTITLED “RISK FACTORS” AND “OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS” AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS REPORT. READERS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S ANALYSIS ONLY AS OF THE DATE HEREOF. IN ADDITION, READERS SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT AND IN OUR PERIODIC REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS FILED AND/OR FURNISHED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (“SEC”) FROM TIME TO TIME.

 

2


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

  

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     4   

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     4   

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

     4   

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

     25   

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     57   

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

     57   

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     92   

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     106   

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     108   

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

     115   

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     116   

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     127   

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     129   

PART II

  

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     131   

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     131   

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     132   

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

     134   

ITEM 16.A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     134   

ITEM 16.B. CODE OF ETHICS

     134   

ITEM 16.C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     134   

ITEM 16.D. EXEMPTION FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

     134   

ITEM 16.E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

     134   

ITEM 16.F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     134   

ITEM 16.G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     135   

ITEM 16.H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

     137   

PART III

  

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     137   

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     137   

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

     138   

SIGNATURES

     139   

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

3.A. Selected financial data

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section titled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” all of which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The selected consolidated income statement data for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the selected consolidated statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein. The selected consolidated financial data below has been presented for the five most recent fiscal years. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

Income Statement Data

 

           For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
           (Rs. in millions, U.S.$ in millions, both except share and per share data)  
     Convenience
translation into
U.S.$
                               

Revenues

   U.S.$ 2,203      Rs. 132,170      Rs. 116,266      Rs. 96,737      Rs. 74,693      Rs. 70,277   

Cost of revenues

     939        56,369        55,687        43,432        34,430        33,937   

Gross profit

     1,263        75,801        60,579        53,305        40,263        36,340   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     647        38,783        34,272        29,907        23,689        31,108   

Research and development expenses

     207        12,402        7,674        5,911        5,060        3,793   

Other (income)/expense, net

     (24     (1,416     (2,479     (765     (1,115     (569

Results from operating activities

     434        26,032        21,112        18,252        12,629        2,008   

Finance (expense)/income, net

     7        400        460        160        (189     (3

Share of profit of equity accounted investees, net of income tax

     3        174        104        54        3        48   

Profit/(loss) before income tax

     443        26,606        21,676        18,466        12,443        2,053   

Income tax expense

     (85     (5,094     (4,900     (4,204     (1,403     (985

Profit/(loss) for the year

     359        21,512        16,776        14,262        11,040        1,068   

Attributable to:

            

Equity holders of the Company

     359        21,515        16,777        14,262        11,040        1,068   

Non-controlling interests

     0        (3     (1     —          —          —     

Profit/(loss) for the year

   U.S.$ 359      Rs. 21,512      Rs. 16,776      Rs. 14,262      Rs. 11,040      Rs. 1,068   

Earnings/(loss) per share

            

Basic

   U.S$ 2.11      Rs. 126.52      Rs. 98.82      Rs. 84.16      Rs. 65.28      Rs. 6.33   

Diluted

   U.S$ 2.10      Rs. 126.04      Rs. 98.44      Rs. 83.81      Rs. 64.95      Rs. 6.30   

Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings/(loss) per equity share*

            

Basic

       170,044,518        169,777,458        169,469,888        169,128,649        168,706,977   

Diluted

       170,695,017        170,432,680        170,177,944        169,965,282        169,615,943   

Cash dividend per equity share**

   U.S.$ 0.25      Rs. 15      Rs. 13.75      Rs. 11.25      Rs. 11.25      Rs. 6.25   

 

*

Each ADR represents one equity share.

**

Excludes corporate dividend tax.

 

4


Table of Contents

Statement of Financial Position Data

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2014      2013
Restated*
     2012
Restated*
     2011
Restated*
     2010  
     (Rs. in millions, U.S.$ in millions)  
     Convenience
translation into
U.S.$
                                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   U.S.$ 141       Rs. 8,451       Rs. 5,136       Rs. 7,379       Rs. 5,729       Rs. 6,584   

Other investments

     418         25,083         17,172         10,773         33         3,600   

Total assets

     2,837         170,223         142,369         119,477         95,005         80,330   

Total long term debt, excluding current portion

     346         20,740         12,625         16,335         5,271         5,385   

Total equity

   U.S.$ 1,513       Rs. 90,801       Rs. 72,805       Rs. 57,287       Rs. 45,803       Rs. 42,915   

Number of shares outstanding

        170,108,868         169,836,475         169,560,346         169,252,732         168,845,385   

 

*

The figures for total equity are restated for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 on account of the adoption of revised IAS 19. See Note 2(f)(vi) to our consolidated financial statements for further details.

Convenience translation

For the convenience of the reader, our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the certified foreign exchange rate of U.S.$1 = Rs.60.00, as published by Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 31, 2014. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such a rate or any other rate.

Exchange Rates

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, information concerning the number of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar could be exchanged based on the noon buying rate in the City of New York on business days during the period for cable transfers in Indian rupees as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The column titled “Average” in the table below is the average of the daily noon buying rate on the last business day of each month during the year.

 

Year Ended

March 31,

   Period End      Average      High      Low  

2010

     44.95         47.36         50.48         44.94   

2011

     44.54         45.49         47.49         43.90   

2012

     50.89         48.01         53.71         44.00   

2013

     54.52         54.48         57.13         50.64   

2014

     60.00         60.35         68.80         53.65   

The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rates for the previous six months and is based on the noon buying rates in the City of New York on business days of each month during such period for cable transfers in Indian rupees as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

Month

   High      Low  

October 2013

     62.46         61.07   

November 2013

     63.73         61.74   

December 2013

     62.38         60.87   

January 2014

     63.09         61.45   

February 2014

     62.63         61.78   

March 2014

     62.17         59.89   

On June 20, 2014, the noon buying rate in the city of New York was Rs.60.23 per U.S. dollar.

3.B. Capitalization and indebtedness

Not applicable.

 

5


Table of Contents

3.C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable.

3.D. Risk factors

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 20-F and the following risk factors that we face and that are faced by our industry. The risks below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we presently deem immaterial may also affect our business operations. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially or adversely affected by any of these risks. This Form 20-F also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could materially differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks we face as described below and elsewhere. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMPANY AND OUR BUSINESS

Our success depends on our ability to successfully develop and commercialize new pharmaceutical products.

Our future results of operations depend, to a significant degree, upon our ability to successfully develop and commercialize additional products in our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients, Global Generics and Proprietary Products segments. We must develop, test and manufacture generic products as well as prove that our generic products are bio-equivalent or bio-similar to their branded counterparts, either directly or in partnership with contract research organizations. The development and commercialization process, particularly with respect to proprietary products and biosimilars, is both time consuming and costly and involves a high degree of business risk. Our products currently under development, if and when fully developed and tested, may not perform as we expect or meet our standards of safety and efficacy. Necessary regulatory approvals may not be obtained in a timely manner, if at all, and we may not be able to successfully and profitably produce and market such products. Our approved products may not achieve expected levels of market acceptance.

Our research and development efforts are increasingly dependent on collaborating with third party partners and contract research organizations which have the capability to handle complex technologies and products. Lack of effective project management at our end, or any failure to manage collaboration arrangements among multiple partners, may pose significant risks to product development, to our ability to obtain requisite regulatory approvals in a timely manner, and to our ability to successfully and profitably produce and market such products. Additionally, if we fail to adequately protect critical proprietary or confidential information or associated intellectual property rights or fail to manage third party partners and contract research organizations that our business depends on, it might have a material adverse impact on our product development execution.

If we fail to comply fully with government regulations or to maintain continuing regulatory oversight applicable to our research and development activities or regarding the manufacture of our products, or if a regulatory agency amends or withdraws existing approvals to market our products, it may delay or prevent us from developing or manufacturing our products.

Our research and development activities are heavily regulated. If we fail to comply fully with applicable regulations, then there could be a delay in the submission or approval of potential new products for marketing approval. In addition, the submission of an application to a regulatory authority does not guarantee that approvals required to market the product will be granted. Each authority may impose its own requirements and/or delay or refuse to grant approval, even when a product has already been approved in another country. In many of the international markets into which we sell our products, including the United States, the approval process for a new product is complex, lengthy and expensive. The time taken to obtain approval varies by country but generally takes from six months to several years from the date of application. This approval process increases the cost to us of developing new products and increases the risk that we will not be able to successfully sell such new products.

Regulatory agencies may at any time reassess the safety and efficacy of our products based on new scientific knowledge or other factors. Such reassessments could result in the amendment or withdrawal of existing approvals to market our products, which in turn could result in a loss of revenue, and could serve as an inducement to bring lawsuits against us. In our bio-similars business, due to the intrinsic nature of biologics, our bio-similarity claims can always be contested by our competitors, the innovator company and/or the applicable regulators.

Additionally, governmental authorities, including among others the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“U.S. FDA”) and the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”), heavily regulate the manufacturing of our

 

6


Table of Contents

products, including manufacturing quality standards. Periodic audits are conducted on our manufacturing sites, and if the regulatory and quality standards and systems are not found adequate, it could result in an audit observation (on Form 483, if from the U.S. FDA), or a subsequent investigative letter which may require further corrective actions. More recently, a number of Indian generic pharmaceutical companies were issued import alerts and warning letters by the U.S. FDA. A significant proportion of our manufacturing base of API and Formulations plants servicing the United States and other markets of our Global Generics business are based out of India. There appears to be an increasing trend by the U.S. FDA and governmental regulators in other developed countries towards manufacturing site audits which are unannounced and conducted with unprecedented rigor and expectations. While our quality practices and quality management systems are conducted in a manner designed to satisfy these types of audits, we cannot guarantee that our efforts will prevent adverse outcomes such as audit observations, corrective action requests, warning letters or import bans. Furthermore, we deal with numerous third party manufacturers and despite our strict oversight, any lapse in their quality practices and quality management systems could lead to such adverse outcomes in the event of an audit.

If we or our third party suppliers fail to comply fully with such regulations or to take corrective actions which are mandated, then there could be a government-enforced shutdown of our production facilities or an import ban, which in turn could lead to product shortages that delay or prevent us from fulfilling our obligations to customers, or we could be subjected to government fines. For example, the U.S. FDA imposed an import ban on our manufacturing facility at Cuernavaca, Mexico from June 2011 through July 2012. Failure to comply fully with such regulations could also lead to a delay in the approval of our new products

Further, while physicians may prescribe products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those approved by the U.S. FDA or other similar regulatory authorities (an “off label” use), we are permitted to market our products only for the indications for which they have been approved. The U.S. FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce regulations prohibiting promotion of off-label uses, and significant liability can be imposed on manufacturers guilty of off-label marketing violations, including fines in the tens or hundreds of millions of dollars, as well as criminal sanctions. In case some of our products are prescribed off label, regulatory authorities such as U.S. FDA could take enforcement actions if they conclude that we or our distributors have engaged in off label marketing.

An increasing portion of our portfolio is “biologic” products. Unlike traditional “small-molecule” drugs, biologic drugs cannot be manufactured synthetically, but typically must be produced from living plant or animal micro-organisms. As a result, the production of biologic drugs that meet all regulatory requirements is especially complex. Even slight deviations at any point in the production process may lead to batch failures or recalls. In addition, because the production process is based on living micro-organisms, the process could be affected by contaminants that could impact those micro-organisms. In such an event, production shutdowns and extensive and extended decontamination efforts may be required.

The regulatory requirements are still evolving in many developing markets where we sell or manufacture products, including our bio-similar products. In these markets, the regulatory requirements and the policies and opinions of regulators may at times be unclear, inconsistent or arbitrary due to absence of adequate precedents or for other reasons. As a result, there is increased risk of withholding or delay of regulatory approvals for new products or government-enforced shutdowns and other sanctions. And, in some cases, there is increased risk of our inadvertent non-compliance with such regulations.

Significant delays in the development of pathways for the registration and approval of such bio-similar products, or significant impediments that may be built into such pathways, could diminish the value of the investments we have made and will continue to make in our biotechnology capabilities. For example, in the healthcare reform legislation adopted in the United States, biosimilar products may not be approved for twelve years following approval of the branded biotechnology product. As a result, filings and launches of biosimilar products may be delayed significantly, adversely affecting our ability to develop a successful biosimilars business. The U.S. FDA is in the process of establishing regulations relating to biosimilars to implement the new healthcare legislation. These regulations, when ultimately adopted, could further complicate the process of bringing biosimilar products to market on a timely basis and could thus adversely affect our ability to develop a successful biosimilars business. While the U.S. FDA has issued guidelines, their guidelines contained features that could significantly prolong the biosimilar development process and failed to address other important concerns.

There has been a trend of increased regulatory review of over-the-counter products for safety and efficacy questions, which could potentially affect our over-the-counter products business.

In recent years, significant questions have arisen regarding the safety, efficacy and potential for misuse of certain over-the-counter medicine products. Litigation, particularly in the United States, sometimes gives rise to these questions. As a result, health authorities around the world have begun to re-evaluate some important over-the-counter products, leading to restrictions

 

7


Table of Contents

on the sale of some of them and even the banning of certain products. For example, in 2010, the U.S. FDA undertook a review of one cough medicine ingredient to consider whether over-the-counter sales of the ingredient remained appropriate. While the U.S. FDA has not, to date, changed the ingredient’s status, further regulatory or legislative action may follow. Additional actions and litigation regarding over-the-counter products are possible in the future. If the U.S. FDA or another regulator were to review one or more of our over-the-counter products for such purposes, and such review results in regulatory charges applicable to such product, it could have a significant adverse effect on our sales of such over-the-counter products and, thus, our overall profitability.

We have operations in certain countries susceptible to political or economic instability that could lead to disruption or other adverse impacts upon such operations.

We expect to derive an increasing portion of our sales from regions such as Latin America, Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union, Central Europe, Eastern Europe and South Africa, all of which may be more susceptible to political or economic instability. For example, recent political unrest in Ukraine has resulted in riots, clashes and violence, often leading to safety and security concerns for our colleagues and expatriates working there.

We monitor significant political, legal and economic developments in these regions and attempt to mitigate our exposure where possible. However, mitigation is not always possible, and our international operations could be adversely affected by political, legal and economic developments, such as changes in capital and exchange controls; expropriation and other restrictive government actions; intellectual property protection and remedy laws; trade regulations; procedures and actions affecting approval, production, pricing and marketing of, reimbursement for and access to our products; and intergovernmental disputes, including embargoes and/or military hostilities.

Significant portions of our manufacturing operations are conducted outside the markets in which our products are sold, and accordingly we often import a substantial number of products into such markets. We may, therefore, be denied access to our customers or suppliers or denied the ability to ship products from any of our sites as a result of closing of the borders of the countries in which we sell our products, or in which our operations are located, due to economic, legislative, political and military conditions, including hostilities and acts of terror, in such countries.

If we are sued by consumers for defects in our products, it could harm our reputation and thus our profits.

Our business inherently exposes us to potential product liability claims, and the severity and timing of such claims are unpredictable. Notwithstanding pre-clinical and clinical trials conducted during the development of potential products to determine the safety and efficacy of products for use by humans following approval by regulatory authorities, unanticipated side effects may become evident only when drugs and bio-similars are introduced into the marketplace. Due to this fact, our customers and participants in clinical trials may bring lawsuits against us for alleged product defects. In other instances, third parties may perform analyses of published clinical trial results which raise questions regarding the safety of pharmaceutical products, and which may be publicized by the media. Even if such reports are inaccurate or misleading, in whole or in part, they may nonetheless result in claims against us for alleged product defects.

Under the current regulatory scheme in the United States, branded drug manufacturers can independently update product labeling through the “changes being effected” (“CBE”) supplement process, but a generic manufacturer is only permitted to use the CBE process to update its label if the branded drug manufacturer changes its label first. This can prevent generic manufacturers from complying with state law warning requirements and, as a result, state product liability suits based on failure-to-warn and design defect claims against generics manufacturers have generally been held as preempted by Federal law.

Following the United States Supreme Court’s June 2013 ruling in Mutual Pharmaceutical Co. v. Bartlett upholding such preemption and immunity of generic manufacturers, the U.S. FDA proposed a new rule in November 2013 that would allow generic manufacturers to independently update product labeling through the CBE supplement process. If the U.S. FDA’s proposed new rule is adopted, it may eliminate this preemption and increase our potential exposure to lawsuits relating to product safety, side effects and warnings on labels. This new potential exposure to lawsuits may also increase the risk that, in the future, we may not be able to obtain the type and amount of coverage we desire at an acceptable price and self-insurance may become the sole commercially reasonable means available for managing the product liability risks of our business.

Additionally, the proposed rule is likely to increase management and operating costs as a result of the need to set up database and software systems to monitor and track changes made, revisit internal processes regarding product label changes by regulatory teams, enable signal detection by pharmacovigilance and make changes in packaging and logistics involving our supply chain teams. Any failure to do this adequately can lead to an increase in our potential exposure to product liability claims and litigation.

 

8


Table of Contents

The risk of exposure to lawsuits is likely to increase as we develop our own new-patented products, or limited competition/complex products – such as injectables or biosimilars – in addition to making generic versions of drugs that have been in the market for some time. In addition, the existence or even threat of a major product liability claim could also damage our reputation and affect consumers’ views of our other products, thereby negatively affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Reforms in the health care industry and the uncertainty associated with pharmaceutical pricing, reimbursement and related matters could adversely affect the marketing, pricing and demand for our products.

Our success depends, in part, on the extent to which government and health administration authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors will pay for our products. Increasing expenditures for health care has been the subject of considerable public attention in almost every jurisdiction where we conduct business. Both private and governmental entities are seeking ways to reduce or contain health care costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new therapeutic products. These pressures are particularly strong given the lingering effects of the recent global economic and financial crisis, including the ongoing debt crisis in certain countries in Europe. In many countries in which we currently operate, including India, pharmaceutical prices are subject to regulation. The existence of government-imposed price controls and mandatory discounts and rebates can limit the revenues we earn from our products.

We expect these efforts to continue as healthcare payors around the globe – in particular government-controlled health authorities, insurance companies and managed care organizations – step up initiatives to reduce the overall cost of healthcare.

India

India recently enacted the National Pharmaceuticals Pricing Policy, 2012. As a result, hundreds of drugs on India’s National List of Essential Medicines were identified and subjected to price controls in India. On May 15, 2013, the Department of Pharmaceuticals released Drugs (Price Control) Order, 2013 governing the price control mechanism for 348 drugs listed in the National List of Essential Medicines. As per this order, the prices of each of the drugs are determined based on the average of all drugs having an Indian market share of more than 1% by value. The individual drug price notifications for a majority of the products have been released by the National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority. Based on these notifications, we were adversely impacted by approximately 3% (the annualized impact is approximately 4%) of our revenues from sales of all of our formulation products in India during the year ended March 31, 2014.

United States

In the United States, numerous proposals that would affect changes in the health care system have been introduced in Congress and in some state legislatures.

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”), were signed into law. The PPACA is one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in the United States in decades, and is expected to significantly impact the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. We may see an increase in revenues by virtue of the PPACA’s anticipated extension of health insurance to tens of millions of previously uninsured Americans and the prohibitions on denials of health insurance coverage due to pre-existing diseases and on lifetime value limits on insurance policy coverage. However, the PPACA imposes additional rebates, discounts and fees, mandates certain reporting and contains various other requirements that could adversely affect our business, including the following:

 

   

The PPACA imposes annual, non-deductible fees for entities that manufacture or import certain prescription drugs and biologics. This fee is calculated based upon each manufacturer’s percentage share of total branded prescription drug and biologics sales to U.S. government programs (such as Medicare, Medicaid, Veterans’ Affairs and Public Health Service discount programs), and authorized generic products are generally treated as branded products. The manufacturer must have at least $5 million in sales of branded prescription drugs or biologics in order to be subject to this fee.

 

9


Table of Contents

In August 2013, we received a final invoice from the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) determining our liability for the manufacturers’ fee for calendar year 2013 to be $12,171, based upon our calendar year 2011 sales of branded and authorized generic prescription drugs and biologics. We expect our sales of brand and authorized generic products during calendar year 2012 to the specified U.S. government programs to be below the threshold limit of $5 million, and thus we may not be subject to the fee for calendar year 2014, based on our calendar year 2012 sales.

 

   

In addition, the PPACA changed the computations used to determine Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by redefining the average manufacturer’s price (“AMP”), effective October 1, 2010, and by using 23.1% instead of 15.1% of AMP for most branded drugs and 13% instead of 11% of AMP for generic drugs, effective January 1, 2010. The PPACA also increased the number of healthcare entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program.

 

   

The PPACA also increased the number of healthcare organizations eligible to participate in the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program, which provides for government controlled prices that result in substantial discounts for participants.

 

   

The PPACA has pro-generic provisions that could increase competition in the generic pharmaceutical industry and therefore adversely impact our selling prices or costs and reduce our profit margins. Among other things, the PPACA creates an abbreviated pathway to U.S. FDA approval of “biosimilar” biological products and allows the first interchangeable bio-similar biological product 18 months of exclusivity, which could increase competition for our bio-similars business. Conversely, the PPACA has some anti-generic provisions that could adversely affect our bio-similars business, including provisions granting the innovator of a biological drug product 12 years of exclusive use before generic drugs can be approved based on being biosimilar.

 

   

The PPACA makes several important changes to the federal anti-kickback statute, false claims laws, and health care fraud statutes that may make it easier for the government or whistleblowers to pursue such fraud and abuse violations. In addition, the PPACA increases penalties for fraud and abuse violations. If our past, present or future operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or other similar governmental regulations to which we are subject, we may be subject to the applicable penalty associated with the violation which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

 

   

To further facilitate the government’s efforts to coordinate and develop comparative clinical effectiveness research, the PPACA establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in such research. The manner in which the comparative research results would be used by third-party payors is uncertain.

On June 28, 2010 the Departments of Health and Human Services, Labor, and the Treasury jointly issued interim final regulations to implement the provisions of the PPACA that prohibit the use of preexisting condition exclusions, eliminate lifetime and annual dollar limits on benefits, restrict contract rescissions, and provide patient protections.

On January 27, 2012, The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) issued its long awaited proposed rule implementing the Medicaid pricing and reimbursement provisions of the PPACA and related legislation. CMS accepted comments on this proposed rule through April 2, 2012, and issuance of the final rule by CMS is pending.

On June 28, 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled on certain challenged provisions of the PPACA. The U.S. Supreme Court generally upheld the constitutionality of the PPACA, including its individual mandate that requires most Americans to buy health insurance starting in 2014, and ruled that the Anti-Injunction Act did not bar the Court from reviewing that the PPACA provision. However, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down the PPACA’s provisions requiring each state to expand its Medicaid program or lose all federal Medicaid funds. The Court did not invalidate the PPACA’s expansion of Medicaid for states that voluntarily participate; it only held that a state’s entire Medicaid funding cannot be withheld due to its failure to participate in the expansion.

Pending full implementation of the PPACA, we are continuing to evaluate all potential scenarios surrounding its implementation and the corresponding impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

10


Table of Contents

Germany

In Germany, the government has introduced several healthcare reforms in order to control healthcare spending and promote the prescribing of generic drugs. As a result, the prices of generic pharmaceutical products in Germany have declined, impacting our revenues, and may further decline in the future. Furthermore, the shift to a tender (i.e., competitive bidding) based supply model in Germany has led to a significant decline in the prices for our products and impacted our market opportunities in that country. Similar developments may take place in our other key markets. We cannot predict the nature of the measures that may be adopted or their impact on the marketing, pricing and demand for our products.

European Union

The European Union recently enacted the European Falsified Medicines Directive (Directive 2011/62/EU) to reform the rules for importing into the European Union active substances for medicinal products for human use. As of January 2, 2013, all imported active substances must have been manufactured in compliance with standards of good manufacturing practices (“GMP”) at least equivalent to the GMP of the European Union. The manufacturing standards in the European Union for active substances are those of the “International Conference for Harmonisation” – ICH Q7. The provisions of the Directive are intended to reduce the risk of counterfeit medicines entering the supply chain.

Russia

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, Russia introduced Federal Law # 323, titled “On the Foundations of Healthcare for Russian Citizens”. Portions of this new law became effective on November 23, 2011 and the remainder became effective on January 1, 2012. This new law imposes stringent restrictions on interactions between (i) healthcare professionals, pharmacists, healthcare management organizations, opinion leaders (both governmental and from the private sector) and certain other parties (collectively referred to as “healthcare decision makers”), and (ii) companies that produce or distribute drugs or medical equipment and any representatives or intermediaries acting on their behalf (collectively referred to as “medical product representatives”). Some of the key provisions of this law include prohibitions on:

 

   

one-on-one meetings and communications between healthcare decision makers and medical product representatives, except for participation in clinical trials, pharmacovigilance, group educational events and certain other limited exceptions;

 

   

the acceptance by a healthcare decision maker of compensation, gifts or entertainment paid by medical product representatives;

 

   

the agreement by a healthcare decision maker to prescribe or recommend drug products or medical equipment; or

 

   

the engagement by a healthcare decision maker in a “conflict of interest” transaction with a medical product representative, unless approved by regulators pursuant to certain specified procedures.

Although certain of the above prohibitions technically restrict only the actions of healthcare decision makers, liability for non-compliance with such restrictions nonetheless extends to both the healthcare decision maker and the medical product representative.

Other

Governments throughout the world heavily regulate the marketing of pharmaceutical products. Most countries also place restrictions on the manner and scope of permissible marketing to government agencies, physicians, pharmacies, hospitals and other health care professionals. In certain countries certain prescribed marketing codes or guidelines are required to be followed by the pharmaceutical companies. Although our company policies prohibit our employees and third party distributors from violating such regulations, we may not be able to effectively prevent this, especially in markets that have historically been more susceptible to corruption. The effect of such regulations may be to limit the amount of revenue that we may be able to derive from a particular product. Moreover, if we or our third party distributors fail to comply fully with such regulations, then civil or criminal actions could be brought against us, which may have a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to patent new products and processes or to protect our intellectual property rights or proprietary information, or if we infringe on the patents of others, our business may be materially and adversely impacted.

Our overall profitability depends, among other things, on our ability to continuously and timely introduce new generic as well as proprietary products. Our success depends, in part, on our ability in the future to obtain patents, protect trade secrets,

 

11


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights and other proprietary information and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. Our competitors may have filed patent applications, or hold issued patents, relating to products or processes that compete with those we are developing, or their patents may impair our ability to successfully develop and commercialize new products.

Our success with our proprietary products depends, in part, on our ability to protect our current and future innovative products and to defend our intellectual property rights. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, competitors may manufacture and market products similar to ours. We have been issued patents covering our innovative products and processes and have filed, and expect to continue to file, patent applications seeking to protect our newly developed technologies and products in various countries, including the United States. Any existing or future patents issued to or licensed by us may not provide us with any competitive advantages for our products or may even be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by competitors. In addition, such patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or commercializing products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products.

We also rely on trade secrets, unpatented proprietary know-how and continuing technological innovation that we seek to protect, in part by confidentiality agreements with licensees, suppliers, employees and consultants. It is possible that these agreements may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. Disputes may arise concerning the ownership of intellectual property or the applicability of confidentiality agreements. Furthermore, our trade secrets and proprietary technology may otherwise become known or be independently developed by our competitors. Therefore, despite all of our information security systems and practices, we may still not be able to ensure the confidentiality of information relating to such products.

If pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generics through their legislative, regulatory and other efforts, sales of our generic products may be adversely impacted.

Many pharmaceutical companies increasingly have used state and federal legislative and regulatory means to delay generic competition. These efforts have included:

 

   

pursuing new patents for existing products that may be granted just before the expiration of earlier patents, which could extend patent protection for additional years or otherwise delay the launch of generics;

 

   

selling the brand product as an authorized generic, either by the brand company directly, through an affiliate or by a marketing partner;

 

   

using the Citizen Petition process to request amendments to U.S. FDA standards or otherwise delay generic drug approvals;

 

   

seeking changes to U.S. Pharmacopeia, an organization that publishes industry recognized compendia of drug standards;

 

   

attaching patent extension amendments to non-related federal legislation;

 

   

engaging in state-by-state initiatives to enact legislation that restricts the substitution of some generic drugs, which could have an impact on products that we are developing; and

 

   

seeking patents on methods of manufacturing certain active pharmaceutical ingredients.

If pharmaceutical companies or other third parties are successful in limiting the use of generic products through these or other means, our sales of generic products may decline. If we experience a material decline in generic product sales, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be significantly and adversely impacted.

If sales of authorized generic products are restricted, our sales of certain authorized generic products may suffer.

Recently, some U.S. generic pharmaceutical companies who obtained rights to market and distribute a generic alternative of a brand product (i.e., an “authorized generics” arrangement) under the brand manufacturer’s new drug application (“NDA”) have experienced challenges to their ability to distribute authorized generics during a competitors’ 180-day period of abbreviated new drug application (“ANDA”) exclusivity under the Hatch-Waxman Act. These challenges have come in the form of Citizen Petitions filed with the U.S. FDA, lawsuits alleging violation of the antitrust and consumer protection laws,

 

12


Table of Contents

and seeking legislative intervention. For example, in February 2011, legislation was introduced in both the U.S. Senate and the U.S. House of Representatives that would have prohibited the marketing of authorized generics during the 180-day period of ANDA exclusivity under the Hatch-Waxman Act. If distribution of authorized generic versions of brand products is otherwise restricted or found unlawful, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to defend ourselves in patent challenges, we could be subject to injunctions preventing us from selling our products, or we could be subject to substantial liabilities that could adversely affect our profits.

There has been substantial patent related litigation in the pharmaceutical industry concerning the manufacture, use and sale of various products. In the normal course of business, we are regularly subject to lawsuits and the ultimate outcome of litigation could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Regardless of regulatory approval, lawsuits are periodically commenced against us with respect to alleged patent infringements by us, such suits often being triggered by our filing of an application for governmental approval, such as an ANDA. The expense of any such litigation and the resulting disruption to our business, whether or not we are successful, could harm our business. The uncertainties inherent in patent litigation make it difficult for us to predict the outcome of any such litigation.

If we are unsuccessful in defending ourselves against these suits, we could be subject to injunctions preventing us from selling our products, resulting in a decrease in revenues, or to damages, which may be substantial. An injunction or substantial damages resulting from these suits could adversely affect our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

If we elect to sell a generic product prior to the final resolution of outstanding patent litigation, we could be subject to liabilities for damages.

At times we seek approval to market generic products before the expiration of patents for those products, based upon our belief that such patents are invalid, unenforceable, or would not be infringed by our products. As a result, we are involved in patent litigation, the outcome of which could materially adversely affect our business. Based upon a complex analysis of a variety of legal and commercial factors, we may elect to market a generic product even though litigation is still pending. This could be before any court decision is rendered or while an appeal of a lower court decision is pending. To the extent we elect to proceed in this manner, if the final court decision is adverse to us, we could be required to cease the sale of the infringing products and face substantial liability for patent infringement. These damages may be significant as they may be measured by a royalty on our sales or by the profits lost by the patent owner and not by the profits we earned. Because of the discount pricing typically involved with generic pharmaceutical products, patented brand products generally realize a significantly higher profit margin than generic pharmaceutical products. In the case of a willful infringer, the definition of which is unclear, these damages may even be trebled.

Furthermore, there may be risks involved in entering into in-licensing arrangements for products, which are often conditioned upon the licensee’s sharing in the patent-related risks.

For business reasons, we continue to examine such product opportunities (i.e., involving non-expired patents) going forward and this could result in patent litigation, the outcomes of which may impact our profitability.

Research and development efforts invested in our innovative pipeline may not achieve expected results.

In our Proprietary Products segment, our business model focuses on building a pipeline in the therapeutic areas of pain management, neurology, dermatology and infectious diseases. We must invest increasingly significant resources to develop innovative pharmaceuticals, both through our own efforts and through collaborations, in-licensing and acquisition of products from or with third parties. The development of innovative drugs involves processes and expertise different from those used in the development of generic drugs, which increases the risks of failure that we face. For example, the time from discovery to commercial launch of an innovative product can be 15 years or even longer, and involves multiple stages: not only intensive preclinical and clinical testing, but also highly complex, lengthy and expensive approval processes which can vary from country to country. The longer it takes to develop a product, the less time there will be for us to recover our development costs and generate profits.

During each stage, we may encounter obstacles that delay the development process and increase expenses, leading to significant risks that we will not achieve our goals and may be forced to abandon a potential product in which we have invested substantial amounts of time and money. These obstacles may include: preclinical failures; difficulty enrolling patients in clinical trials; delays in completing formulation and other work needed to support an application for approval; adverse

 

13


Table of Contents

reactions or other safety concerns arising during clinical testing; insufficient clinical trial data to support the safety or efficacy of the product candidate; and failure to obtain, or delays in obtaining, the required regulatory approvals for the product candidate or the facilities in which it is manufactured.

Because of the amounts required to be invested in augmenting our innovative pipeline, in some cases we are reliant on partnerships and joint ventures with third parties, and consequently face the risk that some of these third parties may fail to perform their obligations, or fail to reach the levels of success that we are relying on to meet our revenue and profit goals. There is a trend in the innovative pharmaceutical industry of seeking to “outsource” drug development by acquiring companies with promising drug candidates, and we face substantial competition from historically innovative companies for such acquisition targets. Accordingly, our investment in research and development of innovative products can involve significant costs with no assurances of future revenues or profits.

If we fail to comply with environmental laws and regulations, or face environmental litigation, our costs may increase or our revenues may decrease.

We may incur substantial costs complying with requirements of environmental laws and regulations. In addition, we may discover currently unknown environmental problems or conditions. In all countries where we have production facilities, we are subject to significant environmental laws and regulations that govern the discharge, emission, storage, handling and disposal of a variety of substances that may be used in or result from our operations. In the normal course of our business, we are exposed to risks relating to possible releases of hazardous substances into the environment, which could cause environmental or property damage or personal injuries, and that could require remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater, which could cause us to incur substantial remediation costs that could adversely affect our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

If any of our plants or the operations of such plants are shut down, it may severely hamper our ability to supply our customers and we may continue to incur costs in complying with regulations, appealing any decision to close our facilities, maintaining production at our existing facilities and continuing to pay labor and other costs, which may continue even if the facility is closed. As a result, our overall operating expenses may increase and our profits may decrease significantly.

We operate in a highly competitive and rapidly consolidating industry.

Our products face intense competition from products commercialized or under development by competitors in all of our business segments based in India and overseas. Many of our competitors have greater financial resources and marketing capabilities than we do. Our competitors may succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective, more popular or cheaper than any we may develop or license, thus rendering our technologies and products obsolete or uncompetitive, which would harm our business and financial results.

In our proprietary products business, many of our competitors have greater experience than we do in clinical testing, human clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and in marketing and selling of brand, innovative and consumer-oriented products. They may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging market preferences or to devote greater resources to the development and marketing of new products and/or technologies than we can. As a result, any products and/or innovations that we develop may become obsolete or noncompetitive before we can recover the expenses incurred in connection with their development. In addition, for these product categories we need to emphasize to physicians, patients and third-party payors the benefits of our products relative to competing products that are often more familiar or otherwise better established. If competitors introduce new products or new variations on their existing products, our marketed products, even those protected by patents, may be replaced in the marketplace or we may be required to lower our prices.

In our generics business, to the extent that we succeed in being the first to market a generic version of a significant product, and particularly if we obtain the 180-day period of market exclusivity in the United States provided under the Hatch-Waxman Act of 1984, as amended, our sales and profit can be substantially increased in the period following the introduction of such product and prior to a competitor’s introduction of the equivalent product or the launch of an authorized generic. Prices of generic drugs typically decline, often dramatically, especially as additional generic pharmaceutical companies receive approvals and enter the market for a given product. Consequently, our ability to sustain our sales and profitability of any product over time is dependent on both the number of new competitors for such product and the timing of their approvals.

The number of significant new generic products for which Hatch-Waxman exclusivity is available, and the size of those product opportunities, varies significantly over time and may decrease in future years in comparison to those available in the past. Patent challenges have become more difficult in recent years. Additionally, we increasingly share the 180-day exclusivity period with other generic competitors, which diminishes the commercial value of the exclusivity.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our generics business is also facing increasing competition from brand-name manufacturers who do not face any significant regulatory approvals or barriers to enter into the generics market. These brand-name companies sell generic versions of their products to the market directly or by acquiring or forming strategic alliances with our competitor generic pharmaceutical companies or by granting them rights to sell “authorized generics.” Moreover, brand-name companies continually seek new ways to delay the introduction of generic products and decrease the impact of generic competition, such as filing new patents on drugs whose original patent protection is about to expire, developing patented controlled-release products, changing product claims and product labeling, or developing and marketing as over-the-counter products those branded products that are about to face generic competition.

Our competitors, which include major multinational corporations, are consolidating, and the strength of the combined companies could affect our competitive position in all of our business areas. Furthermore, if one of our competitors or their customers acquires any of our customers or suppliers, we may lose business from the customer or lose a supplier of a critical raw material. In addition, our increased focus on innovative and specialty pharmaceuticals requires much greater use of a direct sales force than does our core generic business. Our ability to realize significant revenues from direct marketing and sales activities depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified sales personnel. Competition for qualified sales personnel is intense. We may also need to enter into co-promotion, contract sales force or other such arrangements with third parties, for example, where our own direct sales force is not large enough or sufficiently well-aligned to achieve maximum penetration in the market. Any failure to attract or retain qualified sales personnel or to enter into third-party arrangements on favorable terms could prevent us from successfully maintaining current sales levels or commercializing new innovative and specialty products.

If we have difficulty in identifying candidates for or consummating acquisitions and strategic alliances, our competitiveness and our growth prospects may be harmed.

In order to enhance our business, we frequently seek to acquire or make strategic investments in complementary businesses or products, or to enter into strategic partnerships or alliances with third parties. It is possible that we may not identify suitable acquisition, strategic investment or strategic partnership candidates, or if we do identify suitable candidates, we may not complete those transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us. We compete with others to acquire companies, and we believe that this competition has intensified and may result in decreased availability or increased prices for suitable acquisition candidates. Even after we identify acquisition candidates and/or announce that we plan to acquire a company, we may ultimately fail to consummate the acquisition. For example, we may be unable to obtain necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of antitrust regulatory bodies.

All acquisitions involve known and unknown risks that could adversely affect our future revenues and operating results. For example:

 

   

We may fail to successfully integrate our acquisitions in accordance with our business strategy.

 

   

The initial rationale for the acquisition may not remain viable due to a variety of factors, including unforeseen regulatory changes and market dynamics after the acquisition, and this may result in a significant delay and/or reduction in the profitability of the acquisition.

 

   

We may not be able to retain the skilled employees and experienced management that may be necessary to operate the businesses we acquire. If we cannot retain such personnel, we may not be able to locate or hire new skilled employees and experienced management to replace them.

 

   

We may purchase a company that has contingent liabilities that include, among others, known or unknown patent or product liability claims or environmental liability claims.

 

   

We may purchase companies located in jurisdictions where we do not have operations and as a result we may not be able to anticipate local regulations and the impact such regulations have on our business.

In addition, if we make one or more significant acquisitions in which the consideration includes equity shares or other securities, our equity shares may be significantly diluted and may result in a reduction of earnings per equity share. If we make one or more significant acquisitions in which the consideration includes cash, we may be required to use a substantial portion of our available cash or incur a significant amount of debt or otherwise arrange additional funds to complete the acquisition, which may result in a decrease in our net income and a consequential reduction in our earnings per equity share.

 

15


Table of Contents

If, as we expand into new international markets, we fail to adequately understand and comply with the local laws and customs, these operations may incur losses or otherwise adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Currently, we operate our business in certain countries through subsidiaries and equity investees or through supply and marketing arrangements with our alliance partners. In those countries where we have limited experience in operating subsidiaries and in reviewing equity investees, we are subject to additional risks related to complying with a wide variety of national and local laws, including restrictions on the import and export of certain intermediates, drugs and technologies. There may also be multiple, and possibly overlapping, tax structures. In addition, we may face competition in certain countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. If we do not effectively manage our operations in these subsidiaries and review equity investees effectively, or if we fail to manage our alliances, we may lose money in these countries and it may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we improperly handle any of the dangerous materials used in our business and accidents result, we could face significant liabilities that would lower our profits.

We handle dangerous materials including explosive, toxic and combustible materials such as acetyl chloride. If improperly handled or subjected to the wrong conditions, these materials could hurt our employees and other persons, cause damage to our properties and harm the environment. Also, increases in business and operations in our plants, and the consequent hiring of new employees, can pose increased safety hazards. Such hazards need to be addressed through training, industrial hygiene assessments and other safety measures and, if not carried out, can lead to industrial accidents. Any of the foregoing could subject us to significant litigation or adversely impact our other litigation matters then outstanding, which could lower our profits in the event we were found liable, and could also adversely impact our reputation. In a worst case scenario, this could also result in a government forced shutdown of our manufacturing plants, which in turn could lead to product shortages that delay or prevent us from fulfilling our obligations to customers and would harm our business and financial results.

If there is delay and/or failure in supplies of materials, services and finished goods from third parties or failure of finished goods from our key manufacturing sites, it may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In some of our businesses, we rely on third parties for the timely supply of active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”), specified raw materials, equipment, formulation or packaging services and maintenance services, and in some cases there could be a single source of supply. Although, we actively manage these third party relationships to ensure continuity of supplies and services on time and to our required specifications, events beyond our control could result in the complete or partial failure of supplies and services or in supplies and services not being delivered on time.

In the event that we experience a shortage in our supply of raw materials, we might be unable to fulfill all of the API needs of our Global Generics segment, which could result in a loss of production capacity for this segment. Moreover, we may continue to be dependent on vendors, strategic partners and alliance partners for supplies of some of our existing products and new generic launches. Any unanticipated capacity or supply related constraints affecting such vendors, strategic partners or alliance partners can adversely affect our business or results of operations. Our key generics manufacturing sites also may have capacity constraints and, at times, we may not be able to generate sufficient supplies of finished goods.

If any of the foregoing delays or prevents us from timely delivering our products to our customers, our relationships with the adversely affected customers could be harmed and we could be subject to contractually imposed financial penalties and/or lawsuits, any of which may adversely affect our business or results of operations.

Fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rate movements may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenues are in currencies other than the Indian rupee, especially the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Russian rouble and the U.K. pound sterling, while a significant portion of our costs are in Indian rupees. As a result, if the value of the Indian rupee appreciates relative to these other currencies, our revenues measured in Indian rupees may decrease and our financial performance may be adversely impacted. This also exposes us to additional risks in the event of devaluations, hyperinflation or restrictions on the conversion of foreign currencies, such as the devaluation of the Venezuelan bolívar that occurred in February 2013.

 

16


Table of Contents

We use derivative financial instruments to manage some of our net exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations in the major foreign currencies in which we operate. We do not use derivative financial instruments or other “hedging” techniques to cover all of our potential exposure. Therefore, we are subjected to exchange rate fluctuations that could significantly affect our financial results.

In the recent past and particularly since March 2013, the Indian rupee exchange rates as compared to the U.S. dollar have been highly volatile. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, the Indian rupee has depreciated by more than 10% against the U.S. dollar. Such depreciation of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar has had significant positive benefits to our financial results. However, if the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar, such appreciation will cause our U.S. dollar revenues as measured in Indian rupees to decrease, and thus adversely affect our financial results.

Our success depends on our ability to retain and attract key qualified personnel and, if we are not able to retain them or recruit additional qualified personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop our business.

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management and scientific staff, the loss of whose services might significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business or scientific objectives. In India, it is not our practice to enter into employment agreements with our executive officers and key employees that are as extensive as are generally used in the United States, and each of those executive officers and key employees may terminate their employment upon notice and without cause or good reason. Currently, we are not aware of any executive officer’s or key employee’s departure that has had, or planned departure that is expected to have, any material impact on our operations. Competition among pharmaceutical companies for qualified employees is intense, and the ability to retain and attract qualified individuals is critical to our success. There can be no assurance that we will be able to retain and attract such individuals currently or in the future on acceptable terms, or at all, and the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance on any officer, employee or consultant.

We have grown at a very rapid pace. Our inability to properly manage or support this growth may have a material adverse effect on our business.

We have grown very rapidly over the past few years. This growth has significantly increased demands on our processes, systems and people. We have been making additional investments in personnel, systems and internal control processes to help manage our growth. Attracting, retaining and motivating key employees in various departments and locations to support our growth is critical to our business, and competition for these people can be intense.

To facilitate our growth, we are carrying out reorganizations and deploying initiatives to improve our focus on delivery, to build decisive competitive advantages or/and to build sustainable cost structures. There is also an increasing need to manage information and asset related security.

If we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees, or if we do not invest in systems and processes to manage and support our rapid growth, the failure to do so may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations in our quarterly revenues, operating results and cash flows may adversely affect the trading price of our shares and ADSs.

Our quarterly revenues, operating results and cash flows have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter in the future. Such fluctuations result from a variety of factors, including but not limited to changes in demand for our products, timing of regulatory approvals and of launches of new products by us and our competitors (particularly where we obtain the 180-day period of market exclusivity in the United States provided under the Hatch-Waxman Act of 1984), timing of our retailers’ promotional programs and successful development and commercialization of limited competition and complex products. Such fluctuations may result in volatility in the price of our equity shares and our ADSs. In such an event, the trading price of our shares and ADSs may be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

Impairment charges or write downs in our books could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations and financial results.

A substantial portion of the value of our assets pertains to various intangible assets and goodwill resulting from business combinations. The proportion of the intangible assets and goodwill to our total assets could increase significantly as we pursue various growth strategies. The value of these intangible assets and goodwill could be substantially impaired upon indications of impairment, with adverse effects on our financial condition and the value of our assets. For example, our financial performance for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 was significantly impacted as a result of the impairments pertaining to our Germany operations.

We have concentrations of sales to certain customers that increases our credit risks. Consolidation among distributors and pharmaceutical companies could increase this risk, and also adversely impact our business prospects.

In the United States, similar to other pharmaceutical companies, we sell our products through wholesale distributors and large retail chains in addition to hospitals, pharmacies and other groups. During the year ended March 31, 2014, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 78% of our Global Generics segment’s revenues from the United States. We are exposed to a concentration of credit risk in respect of these customers such that if one or more are affected by financial difficulty, it could materially and adversely affect our financial results. If the recent trend of consolidation among distributors continues, this risk may increase.

Furthermore, the recent trend of consolidation among distributors and pharmaceutical companies, both innovator and generic companies, could have an adverse impact on our business prospects as well as our customers’ choices and preferences. There has been increased concern by pharmaceutical companies and their investors and other stakeholders over geographic and customer concentration risks, as well as the implementation of counter-measures and risk mitigation strategies. Some of our key risk mitigation strategies, such as key account management and locking up customer relationships, are likely to be at risk from such consolidations. If our response to these changes is not adequate and timely, our growth prospects and business can be adversely impacted.

Counterfeit versions of our products could harm our patients and reputation.

Our industry has been increasingly challenged by the vulnerability of distribution channels to illegal counterfeiting and the presence of counterfeit products in a growing number of markets and over the Internet. Third parties may illegally distribute and sell counterfeit versions of our products, which do not meet the rigorous manufacturing and testing standards that our products undergo. Counterfeit products are frequently unsafe or ineffective, and can be potentially life-threatening. Counterfeit medicines may contain harmful substances, the wrong dose of the API or no API at all. However, to distributors and patients, counterfeit products may be visually indistinguishable from the authentic version.

Reports of adverse reactions to counterfeit drugs or increased levels of counterfeiting could materially affect patient confidence in the authentic product, and harm the business of companies such as ours. Additionally, it is possible that adverse events caused by unsafe counterfeit products would mistakenly be attributed to the authentic product. In addition, there could be thefts of inventory at warehouses, plants or while in-transit, which are not properly stored and which are sold through unauthorized channels. Public loss of confidence in the integrity of pharmaceutical products as a result of counterfeiting or theft could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our equity shares and ADSs to decline.

Significant disruptions of information technology systems or breaches of data security could adversely affect our business.

Our business is dependent upon increasingly complex and interdependent information technology systems, including Internet-based systems, to support business processes as well as internal and external communications. In addition, our businesses and operating models increasingly depend on outsourcing and collaboration, which requires exchanging data and information. The size and complexity and interconnectivity of our computer systems make them potentially vulnerable to breakdown, malicious intrusion and computer viruses. Any such disruption may result in the loss of key information and/or disruption of production and business processes, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

In addition, our systems are potentially vulnerable to data security breaches, whether by employees or others, that may expose sensitive data to unauthorized persons. Such data security breaches could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property, or could lead to the public exposure of personal information (including sensitive personal information) of our employees, clinical trial patients, customers and others. Such breaches of security could result in reputational damage and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

In our pursuit of operational excellence, several change management initiatives across our organization are currently underway, including but not limited to information technology automation in the areas of manufacturing, research and development, supply chain and shared services. Any failure to effectively manage such change initiatives or implement adequate controls in automation, security or availability of information technology systems can have material adverse effects on our business.

Increased outsourcing or use of cloud services for conducting our business requires highly secure controls to ensure adequate security of information, considering potential for sabotage as well as availability. Data integrity, confidentiality and data privacy requirements are increasingly concerning regulators, and are incorporated into legal contracts. While we have invested heavily in the protection of data and information technology to reduce these risks, there can be no assurance that our efforts or those of our third-party service providers would be sufficient to protect against data deterioration or loss in the event of a system malfunction, or prevent data from being stolen or corrupted in the event of a security breach. We currently do not have any insurance that could mitigate the impact from all such risks.

Increasing use of social media could give rise to liability or breaches of data security.

We and our business associates are increasingly relying on social media tools as a means of communications. To the extent that we seek as a company to use these tools as a means to communicate about our products or about the diseases our products are intended to treat, there are significant uncertainties as to either the rules that apply to such communications, or as to the interpretations that health authorities will apply to the rules that exist. As a result, despite our efforts to comply with applicable rules, there is a significant risk that our use of social media for such purposes may cause us to nonetheless be found in violation of them. In addition, because of the universal availability of social media tools, our associates may make use of them in ways that may not be sanctioned by us, and that may give rise to liability, or that could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property, or could lead to the public exposure of personal information (including sensitive personal information) of our employees, clinical trial patients, customers and others. In either case, such uses of social media could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A relatively small group of products may represent a significant portion of our net revenues, gross profit or net earnings from time to time.

Sales of a limited number of products may represent a significant portion of our net revenues, gross profit and net earnings. If the volume or pricing of such products declines in the future, our business, financial position and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

There are risks associated with executing on our strategy.

There are risks associated with executing the strategies we adopt to achieve our core purpose as discussed in Item 4.B. below. Significant execution risks associated with our strategies include, but are not limited to:

 

   

developing and executing our complex product development, manufacturing and marketing strategies, given our limited experience, for North America and other developed markets;

 

   

executing on our strategies for increasing our customer share and for key account management in our Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (“API”) and Custom Pharmaceutical Services (“CPS”) businesses; and

 

   

executing our execution excellence and change management initiatives to ensure process safety, product quality and availability.

Changes in Indian tax regulations may increase our tax liabilities and thus adversely affect our financial results.

Currently, we enjoy various tax benefits and exemptions under Indian tax laws, such as tax benefits on research and development spending and exemptions applicable to income derived from manufacturing facilities located in certain tax exempted zones. Any changes in these laws or their application may increase our tax liability and thus adversely affect our financial results.

 

19


Table of Contents

We operate in jurisdictions that impose transfer pricing and other tax-related regulations on our intercompany arrangements, and any failure to comply could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

We are required to comply with various transfer pricing regulations in India and other countries. Failure to comply with such regulations may impact our effective tax rates and consequently affect our net margins. Additionally, we operate in numerous countries and our failure to comply with the local and municipal tax regimes may result in additional taxes, penalties and enforcement actions from such authorities. Although our intercompany arrangements are based on accepted tax standards, tax authorities in various jurisdictions may disagree with and subsequently challenge the amount of profits taxed in such jurisdictions, which may increase our tax liabilities and could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations.

We enter into various agreements in the normal course of business which periodically incorporate provisions whereby we indemnify the other party to the agreement.

In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into agreements with vendors, customers, alliance partners, innovators and others that incorporate terms for indemnification provisions. Our indemnification obligations under such agreements may be unlimited in duration and amount. We maintain insurance coverage that we believe will effectively mitigate our obligations under certain of these indemnification provisions (for example, in the case of outsourced clinical trials). However, should our obligations under an indemnification provision exceed our coverage or should coverage be denied, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position and results of operations.

Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations, New York Stock Exchange rules, Securities and Exchange Board of India rules and Indian stock market listing regulations, create uncertainty for our company. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.

In particular, continuing compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding our required assessment of our internal control over financial reporting requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and our independent auditor’s independent assessment of the internal control over financial reporting.

In connection with this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2014, our management assessed our internal controls over financial reporting, and determined that our internal controls were effective as of March 31, 2014. As we continue to undertake management assessments of our internal control over financial reporting in connection with annual reports on Form 20-F for future years, any deficiencies uncovered by these assessments or any inability of our auditors to issue an unqualified opinion could harm our reputation and result in a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the price of our equity shares and ADSs to decline.

Companies are being encouraged to implement the new internal control framework (“COSO 2013”) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) as early as possible. The new COSO 2013 framework relies heavily on entity level controls and operational risks, in addition to controls over financial reporting. Our current management assurance systems are geared to respond to the earlier COSO framework, and we are currently in the process of assessing the changes required to transition to the COSO 2013 framework and preparing a suitable migration plan.

We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In addition, the new laws, regulations and standards regarding corporate governance may make it more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our board members, chief executive officer and chief financial officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with the performance of their duties. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and executive officers, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations and standards differ, our business and reputation may be harmed.

 

20


Table of Contents

Current economic conditions may adversely affect our industry, financial position and results of operations.

In recent years, the global economy has experienced volatility and an unfavorable economic environment, and these trends may continue in the future. Reduced consumer spending, reduced funding for national social security systems or shifting concentrations of payors and their preferences, may force our competitors and us to reduce prices. The growth of our business may be negatively affected by high unemployment levels and increases in co-pays, which may lead some patients to delay treatments, skip doses or use less effective treatments to reduce their costs. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, including our partners under our alliance, research and promotional services agreements, suppliers of raw materials, drug wholesalers and other customers, who may be unstable or may become unstable in the current economic environment. We run the risk of delayed payments or even non-payment by our customers, which consist principally of wholesalers, distributors, pharmacies, hospitals, clinics and government agencies. This risk is accentuated by the current worldwide financial crisis.

Significant changes and volatility in the consumer environment and in the competitive landscape may make it increasingly difficult for us to predict our future revenues and earnings.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws, which impose restrictions and may carry substantial penalties.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. These laws may require not only accurate books and records, but also sufficient controls, policies and processes to ensure business is conducted without the influence of bribery and corruption. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, which often carry substantial penalties including fines, criminal prosecution and potential debarment from public procurement contracts. Failure to comply may also result in reputational damages.

We operate in certain jurisdictions that experience governmental corruption to some degree or are found to be low on the Transparency International Corruption Perceptions Index and, in some circumstances, anti-bribery laws may conflict with some local customs and practices. In addition, in many less-developed markets, we work with third-party distributors and other agents for the marketing and distribution of our products. Although our policies prohibit these third parties from making improper payments or otherwise violating these anti-bribery laws, any lapses in complying with such anti-bribery laws by these third parties may adversely impact us. Business activities in many of these markets have historically been more susceptible to corruption. If our efforts to screen third-party agents and detect cases of potential misconduct fail, we could be held responsible for the noncompliance of these third parties under applicable laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

Compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery laws has been subject to increasing focus and activity by regulatory authorities in recent years. Actions by our employees, or third-party intermediaries acting on our behalf, in violation of such laws, whether carried out in the United States or elsewhere, may expose us to liability for violations of such anti-bribery laws and accordingly may have a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks from disruption to production, supply chain or operations from natural disasters could adversely affect our business and operations and cause our revenues to decline.

If flooding, droughts, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions or other natural disasters were to directly damage, destroy or disrupt our manufacturing facilities, it could disrupt our operations, delay new production and shipments of existing inventory or result in costly repairs, replacements or other costs, all of which would negatively impact our business. A significant portion of our manufacturing facilities are situated around Hyderabad, India, a region that has experienced earthquakes, floods and droughts in the past.

Even if we take precautions to provide back-up support in the event of such a natural disaster, the disaster may nonetheless affect our facilities, harming production and ultimately our business. And, even if our manufacturing facilities are not directly damaged, a large natural disaster may result in disruptions in distribution channels or supply chains. The impact of such occurrences depends on the specific geographic circumstances but could be significant.

 

21


Table of Contents

In addition, there is increasing concern that climate change is occurring and may have dramatic effects on human activity without aggressive remediation steps. A modest change in temperature may cause a rising number of natural disasters. We cannot predict the economic impact, if any, of natural disasters or climate change.

If the world economy is affected due to terrorism, wars or epidemics, it may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Several areas of the world, including India, have experienced terrorist acts and retaliatory operations in recent years. If the economy of our key markets (including but not limited to the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, India and Russia) is affected by such acts, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected as a consequence.

In the last decade, Asia experienced outbreaks of avian influenza and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or “SARS”. In addition, in 2009 a rising death toll in Mexico from a new strain of Swine Flu led the World Health Organization to declare a public health emergency of international concern. If the economy of our key markets is affected by such outbreaks or other epidemics, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected as a consequence.

Our principal shareholders have significant control over us and, if they take actions that are not in the best interests of our minority shareholders, the value of their investment in our ADSs may be harmed.

Our full time directors and members of their immediate families, in the aggregate, beneficially owned 25.52% of our issued shares as at March 31, 2014. As a result, these people, acting in concert, are likely to have the ability to exercise significant control over most matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election and removal of directors and significant corporate transactions. This significant control by these directors and their family members could delay, defer or prevent a change in control, impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. As a result, the value of the equity shares and/or ADSs of our minority shareholders may be adversely affected or our minority shareholders might be deprived of a potential opportunity to sell their equity shares and/or ADSs at a premium.

RISKS RELATING TO INVESTMENTS IN INDIAN COMPANIES

We are an Indian company. Our headquarters are located in India, a substantial part of our operations are conducted in India and a significant part of our infrastructure and other assets are located in India. In addition, a substantial portion of our total revenues for the year ended March 31, 2014 continued to be derived from sales in India. As a result, the following additional risk factors apply that are not specific to our company or industry.

We may be subjected to additional compliance and litigation risks as a result of introduction of the new Companies Act, 2013 in India and changes to the SEBI Equity Listing Agreement.

As a company that is incorporated in India, we are governed by the rules and regulations covered under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. Significant amendments to the Companies Act were adopted in 2013 and 2014 and a majority of the provisions of the new Act (called the “Companies Act, 2013”) were implemented beginning in April 2014. Some of the significant changes are in the areas of board and governance processes, boardroom responsibilities, disclosures, compulsory corporate social responsibility, audit matters, initiation of class action suits by shareholders or depositors, fraud reporting and whistle-blower mechanisms.

In addition, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) recently revised certain requirements of the Equity Listing Agreement pertaining to corporate governance matters that must be followed by listed Indian public companies effective as of October 1, 2014. Some of these changes are intended to align the Equity Listing Agreement with the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013, while others include: new requirements as to parent company shareholder approval for a sale or lease of equity or assets reflecting 20% or more of the value of a subsidiary or a disinvestment in a subsidiary; risk management committee requirements for certain large companies; requirements that plans be in place for orderly succession for appointments to the board and senior management; shareholder approval requirements for certain transactions with related parties; and increased definitions of the rights and roles of shareholders.

Certain provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the new Equity Listing Agreement clauses are subject to varying interpretations and their application in practice may evolve over time as additional guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This may result in delays or continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions.

 

22


Table of Contents

A slowdown in economic growth in India may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our performance and the quality and growth of our business are necessarily dependent on the health of the overall Indian economy. The Indian economy has grown significantly over the past few years. Any future slowdown in the Indian economy could harm us, our customers and other contractual counterparties. In addition, the Indian economy is in a state of transition. The share of the services sector of the Indian economy is rising while that of the industrial, manufacturing and agricultural sector is declining. It is difficult to gauge the impact of these fundamental economic changes on our business.

If communal disturbances or riots erupt in India, or if regional hostilities increase, this would adversely affect the Indian economy, which our business depends upon.

India has experienced communal disturbances, terrorist attacks and riots during recent years. For example, Mumbai, India’s commercial capital, was the target of serial railway bombings in July 2006 as well as the “26/11” attacks on November 26, 2008. Hyderabad, the city in which we are headquartered, was also subjected to terrorist acts in May and August 2007 and more recently in February 2013, although none of our operations were impacted by these terrorist acts.

During the last several years, the state of Telangana, where our headquarters is located, experienced political disruption relating to a movement to bifurcate a part of the then existing undivided state of Andhra Pradesh into a new separate state of “Telangana”. In February 2014, the Indian Parliament approved such bifurcation and announced creation of a new state of “Telangana” with effect from June 2, 2014.

Due to civil disturbances and “Bandhs” (i.e., political protests in the form of worker strikes), several productive days were lost from forced or precautionary closures of our production units and offices during the agitation movement. If there are any such strikes, political protests or civil unrest in the future, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected as a consequence.

Additionally, India has from time to time experienced hostilities with neighboring countries. The hostilities have continued sporadically. Hostilities and tensions may occur in the future and on a wider scale. These hostilities and tensions could lead to political or economic instability in India and harm our business operations, our future financial performance and the price of our shares and our ADSs.

If wage costs or inflation rise in India, it may adversely affect our competitive advantages over higher cost countries and our profits may decline.

Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in developed countries and have been one of our competitive strengths. However, wage increases in India may increase our costs, reduce our profit margins and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Due to various macro-economic factors, the rate of inflation has recently been highly volatile in India. According to the economic report released by the Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance in India, the annual inflation rate in India, as measured by the benchmark wholesale price index, Base 2004-05=100 was 5.93% for the year ended March 31, 2014 (as compared to 7.35% for the year ended March 31, 2013). This trend may not continue and the rate of inflation may rise substantially. We may not be able to pass these inflationary costs on to our customers by increasing the price we charge for our products. If this occurs, our profits may decline.

Stringent labor laws may adversely affect our ability to have flexible human resource policies; labor union problems could negatively affect our production capacity and overall profitability.

Labor laws in India are more stringent than in other parts of the world. These laws may restrict our ability to have human resource policies that would allow us to react swiftly to the needs of our business. Approximately 6% of our employees belong to a number of different labor unions. If we experience problems with our labor unions, our production capacity and overall profitability could be negatively affected.

 

23


Table of Contents

OTHER RISKS RELATING TO OUR ADSS

THAT ARE NOT SPECIFIC TO OUR COMPANY OR INDUSTRY

Indian law imposes certain restrictions that limit a holder’s ability to transfer the equity shares obtained upon conversion of ADSs and repatriate the proceeds of such transfer, which may cause our ADSs to trade at a premium or discount to the market price of our equity shares.

Under certain circumstances, the Reserve Bank of India must approve the sale of equity shares underlying ADSs by a non-resident of India to a resident of India. The Reserve Bank of India has given general permission to effect sales of existing shares or convertible debentures of an Indian company by a resident to a non-resident, subject to certain conditions, including the price at which the shares must be sold. Additionally, except under certain limited circumstances, if an investor seeks to convert the Indian rupee proceeds from a sale of equity shares in India into foreign currency and then repatriate that foreign currency from India, he or she will have to obtain an additional approval from the Reserve Bank of India for each such transaction. Required approval from the Reserve Bank of India or any other government agency may not be obtained on terms favorable to a non-resident investor or at all.

There are limits and conditions to the deposit of shares into the ADS facility.

Indian legal restrictions may limit the supply of our ADSs. The only way to add to the supply of our ADSs will be through a primary issuance because the depositary is not permitted to accept deposits of our outstanding shares and issue ADSs representing those shares. However, an investor in our ADSs who surrenders an ADS and withdraws our shares will be permitted to redeposit those shares in the depositary facility in exchange for our ADSs. In addition, an investor who has purchased our shares in the Indian market will be able to deposit them in the ADS program, but only in a number that does not exceed the number of underlying shares that have been withdrawn from and not re-deposited into the depositary facility. Moreover, there are restrictions on foreign institutional ownership of our equity shares as opposed to our ADSs.

Financial instability in other countries, particularly emerging market countries in Asia, could affect our business and the price and liquidity of our shares and our ADSs.

The Indian markets and the Indian economy are influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries, particularly emerging market countries in Asia. Although economic conditions are different in each country, investors’ reactions to developments in one country can have adverse effects on the securities of companies in other countries, including India. Any worldwide financial instability or any loss of investor confidence in the financial systems of Asian or other emerging markets could increase volatility in Indian financial markets or adversely affect the Indian economy in general. Either of these results could harm our business, our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

If U.S. investors in our ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights available to our non-U.S. shareholders due to the registration requirements of U.S. securities laws, the investment of such U.S. investors in our ADSs may be diluted.

A company incorporated in India must offer its holders of shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any shares, unless these rights have been waived by at least 75% of our shareholders present and voting at a shareholders’ general meeting. U.S. investors in our ADSs may be unable to exercise preemptive rights for the shares underlying our ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is effective with respect to the rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. Our decision to file a registration statement will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associated with a registration statement as well as the perceived benefits of enabling U.S. investors in our ADSs to exercise their preemptive rights and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time. We might choose not to file a registration statement under these circumstances. If we issue any of these securities in the future, such securities may be issued to the depositary, which may sell them in the securities markets in India for the benefit of the investors in our ADSs. There can be no assurances as to the value, if any, the depositary would receive upon the sale of these securities. To the extent that U.S. investors in our ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights, their proportional interests in us would be reduced.

Our equity shares and our ADSs may be subject to market price volatility, and the market price of our equity shares and ADSs may decline disproportionately in response to adverse developments that are unrelated to our operating performance.

Market prices for the securities of Indian pharmaceutical companies, including our own, have historically been highly volatile, and the market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. Factors such as the following can have an adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs and equity shares:

 

   

general market conditions,

 

24


Table of Contents
   

speculative trading in our shares and ADSs, and

 

   

developments relating to our peer companies in the pharmaceutical industry.

There may be less company information available in Indian securities markets than securities markets in developed countries.

There is a difference between the level of regulation and monitoring of the Indian securities markets over the activities of investors, brokers and other participants, as compared to the level of regulation and monitoring of markets in the United States and other developed economies. The Securities and Exchange Board of India is responsible for improving disclosure and other regulatory standards for the Indian securities markets. The Securities and Exchange Board of India has issued regulations and guidelines on disclosure requirements, insider trading and other matters. There may, however, be less publicly available information about Indian companies than is regularly made available by public companies in developed countries, which could affect the market for our equity shares and ADSs.

Indian stock exchange closures, broker defaults, settlement delays, and Indian Government regulations on stock market operations could affect the market price and liquidity of our equity shares.

The Indian securities markets are smaller than the securities markets in the United States and Europe and have experienced volatility from time to time. The regulation and monitoring of the Indian securities market and the activities of investors, brokers and other participants differ, in some cases significantly, from those in the United States and some European countries. Indian stock exchanges have at times experienced problems, including temporary exchange closures, broker defaults and settlement delays and if similar problems were to recur, they could affect the market price and liquidity of the securities of Indian companies, including our shares. Furthermore, any change in Indian Government regulations of stock markets could affect the market price and liquidity of our equity shares and ADSs.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

4.A. History and development of the company

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited was incorporated in India under the Companies Act, 1956, by its promoter and our former Chairman, the late Dr. K. Anji Reddy, as a Private Limited Company on February 24, 1984. We were converted to a Public Limited Company on December 6, 1985 and listed on the Indian Stock Exchanges in August 1986 and on the New York Stock Exchange on April 11, 2001. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies, Hyderabad, Telangana, India as Company No. 4507 (Company Identification No. L85195TG1984PLC004507). Our registered office is situated at 8-2-337, Road No. 3, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad, Telangana 500 034, India and the telephone number of our registered office is +91-40-49002900. The name and address of our registered agent in the United States is Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Inc., 107 College Road East, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.

Key business developments:

Product launches

In April 2013, we launched zoledronic acid injection (5 mg/100 mL), a bioequivalent generic version of Reclast®, in the United States. The Reclast® brand had U.S. sales of approximately $355 million for the twelve months ended February 28, 2013, according to IMS Health. Reclast® is used to prevent skeletal fractures in patients with cancers such as multiple myeloma and prostate cancer, as well as for treating osteoporosis. It can also be used to treat hypercalcemia of malignancy and can be helpful for treating pain from bone metastases.

In June 2013, we launched lamotrigine extended release tablets (25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, and 300 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of Lamictal® XR (lamotrigine), in the United States. The Lamictal® XR brand and generic lamotrigine extended release tablets had combined U.S. sales of approximately $300 million for the twelve months ended April 30, 2013, according to IMS Health. The Lamictal® XR is an anticonvulsant drug used in the treatment of epilepsy and bipolar disorders.

 

25


Table of Contents

In July 2013, we launched decitabine injection (50 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of Dacogen® (decitabine for injection), in the United States. The Dacogen® brand had U.S. sales of approximately $260 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2013, according to IMS Health. Dacogen® for the treatment of myelodysplastic syndromes, a class of conditions where certain blood cells are dysfunctional, and for acute myeloid leukemia (AML).

In July 2013, we launched donepezil hydrochloride tablets (23 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of Aricept® (23 mg), in the United States. The Aricept® brand had U.S. sales of approximately $93 million for the twelve months ended May 31 2013, according to IMS Health. Aricept® is used in the palliative treatment of Alzheimer’s disease.

In August 2013, we launched divalproex sodium extended release tablets (250 mg and 500 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of Depakote® ER, in the United States. The Depakote® ER brand had U.S. sales of approximately $194 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, according to IMS Health. Depakote® ER is used as an anticonvulsant and mood-stabilizing drug, primarily in the treatment of epilepsy, bipolar disorder and prevention of migraine headaches.

In September 2013, we launched azacitidine injection (100 mg/vial), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of Vidaza®, in the United States. The Vidaza® brand had U.S. sales of approximately $378 million for the twelve months ended July 31, 2013, according to IMS Health. Vidaza® is mainly used in the treatment of myelodysplastic syndrome (“MDS”).

In February 2014, we launched Sumatriptan Injection USP, Autoinjector System 6 mg/0.5 mL, for subcutaneous use, a therapeutic equivalent generic version of IMITREX STATdose Pen® (sumatriptan succinate) 6 mg/0.5 mL, in the United States. The IMITREX STATdose Pen® brand and generic sumatriptan succinate product combined had U.S. sales of approximately $169 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, according to IMS Health. IMITREX STATdose Pen® (sumatriptan succinate) is mainly used in the treatment of migraine headaches.

In March 2014, we launched moxifloxacin hydrochloride tablets (400 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of Avelox®, in the United States. The Avelox® brand had U.S. sales of approximately $195 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, according to IMS Health. Avelox® is mainly used for the treatment of acute bacterial sinusitis, acute bacterial exacerbation of chronic bronchitis, community acquired pneumonia, complicated and uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections, and complicated intra-abdominal infections.

In March 2014, we launched amlodipine besylate and atorvastatin calcium tablets (2.5/10 mg, 2.5/20 mg, 2.5/40 mg, 5/10 mg, 5/20 mg, 5/40 mg, 5/80 mg, 10/10 mg, 10/20 mg, 10/40 mg and 10/80 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of CADUET®, in the United States. The CADUET® brand and generic amlodipine besylate and atorvastatin calcium tablets had combined U.S. sales of approximately $163 million for the twelve months ended January 31, 2014, according to IMS Health. CADUET® is used for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and hypertension.

In April 2014, we launched eszopiclone tablets (1 mg, 2 mg and 3 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of LUNESTA® tablets C-IV, in the United States. The LUNESTA® tablets C-IV brand and generic eszopiclone tablets had U.S. sales of approximately $887 Million for the twelve months ended January 2014 according to IMS Health. LUNESTA® is used for the treatment of insomnia.

In April 2014, we launched fenofibrate capsules (USP 43 mg and 130 mg), a therapeutic equivalent generic version of ANTARA® (fenofibrate) capsules in the United States. The ANTARA® capsules brand and generic fenofibrate capsules had combined U.S. sales of approximately $74 million for the twelve months ended February 28, 2014 according to IMS Health. ANTARA® is used for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia or mixed dyslipidemia.

Other key business developments

Termination of Joint Venture with Fujifilm Corporation

In June 2013, we mutually agreed with Fujifilm Corporation (“Fujifilm”) to terminate the Memorandum of Understanding dated July 28, 2011, which had provided for the parties to enter into an exclusive partnership in the generic drugs business for the Japanese market and to establish a joint venture in Japan.

Based on the Memorandum of Understanding, we had conducted detailed studies with Fujifilm on the establishment of a joint venture for developing and manufacturing generic drugs in Japan. However, as Fujifilm realigns its long-term growth strategy for the pharmaceutical business, both companies mutually agreed to terminate the Memorandum of Understanding.

 

26


Table of Contents

The two companies will continue to explore partnership/alliance opportunities in other pharmaceutical businesses such as active pharmaceutical ingredient development and manufacturing, contract research and development and manufacturing, and the development and marketing of super-generics.

Senior Level Changes

In May 2014, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) decided to separate the role of the Chairman of the Board from those of the Managing Director and the Chief Executive Officer.

Pursuant to this, the Board designated Satish Reddy as Chairman of the Board. He previously held the position of Vice-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer. Simultaneously, G.V. Prasad was designated as the Co-Chairman and Managing Director in addition to his current role as the Chief Executive Officer.

We also announced that Abhijit Mukherjee, President, Global Generics, has been designated as Chief Operating Officer. He will be responsible for our Global Generics and Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”) businesses.

Principal capital expenditures

During the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we invested Rs.9,996 million, Rs.6,606 million and Rs.6,816 million (net of sales of capital assets), respectively, in capital expenditures for manufacturing, research and development facilities and other assets. We believe that these investments will create the capacity to support our strategic growth agenda. As of March 31, 2014, we also had contractual commitments of Rs.2,920 million for capital expenditures. These commitments included Rs.2,654 million to be spent in India and Rs.266 million in other countries.

 

27


Table of Contents

4.B. Business overview

Established in 1984, we are an integrated global pharmaceutical company committed to providing affordable and innovative medicines through our three core business segments:

 

   

Global Generics segment, which includes our branded and unbranded prescription and over-the-counter (“OTC”) drug products business as well as our biologics business;

 

   

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”) segment, which consists of our Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (“API”) business and Custom Pharmaceutical Services (“CPS”) business; and

 

   

Proprietary Products segment, which consists of our Differentiated Formulations business, our New Chemical Entities (“NCEs”) business, and our dermatology focused specialty business operated through Promius™ Pharma.

We have a strong presence in highly regulated markets such as the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany, as well as other key markets such as India, Russia, Venezuela, Romania, South Africa and certain countries of the former Soviet Union.

OUR STRATEGY

Our core purpose is to provide affordable and innovative medicines to enable people to lead healthier lives. Spiraling health care costs across the world have put many medicines out of the reach of millions of people who desperately need them. As a global pharmaceutical company, we take very seriously our responsibility to help alleviate the burden of disease on individuals and on the world. Our strategy to achieve this core purpose is to combine industry-leading science and technology, product offerings and customer service with execution excellence. The key elements of our strategy include the following:

Strengths in Science and Technology

Our strengths in science and technology range from synthetic organic chemistry, formulation development, biologics development and small molecule based drug discovery. Such expertise enables the creation of unique competitive advantages with an industry-leading intellectual property and technology-leveraged product portfolio.

Product Offerings

Global Generics: Through our branded and unbranded Global Generics segment, we aim to offer affordable alternatives to highly-priced innovator brands, both directly and through key partnerships.

 

   

Branded Generics: We seek to have a portfolio that is strongly differentiated and offers compelling advantages to doctors and patients. Many of our brands hold significant market shares in the molecule and therapy areas where they are present. We have also entered into strategic partnerships with third parties to sell our products in markets where we have not established our own sales and distribution operations.

 

   

Unbranded Generics: We aim to ensure that our development capabilities remain strong and enable us to deliver first to market limited competition products that are technologically challenging.

Our vertical integration and process innovation helps to ensure that quality products are available to the patients in need at all times. Our biologics business focuses on developing and manufacturing bio-similar products. We were the first company to launch a generic version of Rituximab in 2007, and have launched 4 bio-similar products globally.

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients: Our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients segment is comprised of our Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (“API”) business and our Custom Pharmaceutical Services (“CPS”) business. Through our API and CPS businesses, we aim to offer technologically advanced product lines and niche product services through partnerships internally and externally.

 

   

Our product offerings in our API business are positioned to offer intellectual property and technology-advantaged products to enable launches ahead of others at competitive prices.

 

   

Through our CPS business, we aim to offer niche product service capabilities, technology platforms, and competitive cost structures to innovator companies.

 

28


Table of Contents

Proprietary Products: Our Proprietary Products business is comprised of our Differentiated Formulations business, our New Chemical Entity (“NCE”) research business and our dermatology focused Specialty business.

 

   

Differentiated Formulations: Our Differentiated Formulations business focuses on meeting unmet medical needs by investigating new dosage forms and indications for existing medicines as well as new combination products and technologies that improve safety and/or efficacy by improving pharmacokinetics.

 

   

New Chemical Entities (NCEs): We are also focused in the discovery, development and commercialization of novel small molecule agents in therapeutic areas such as anti-infectives, metabolic disorders, and pain and inflammation.

 

   

Specialty business: We have a portfolio of in-licensed patented dermatology products and off-patent cardiovascular products. We also have an internal pipeline of dermatology products in various stages of development.

Execution Excellence (Building Blocks)

Execution excellence provides the framework to create sustainable customer value across all of our activities. We have been investing in the following to achieve this:

 

   

Safety. The concept of safety has been imbued in the operating culture throughout the organization. Specific initiatives are being carried out to increase safety awareness, to achieve a safe working environment, to avoid accidents and injuries, and to minimize the loss of manufacturing time.

 

   

Quality. We are fully dedicated to quality and have robust quality processes and systems in place at our developmental and manufacturing facilities to ensure that every product is safe and of high quality. In addition, we have integrated “Quality by Design” to build quality into all processes and use quality tools to minimize process risks.

 

   

Principles of the “Theory of Constraints” and Lean Manufacturing. Our supply chain and product development processes are designed on the principles of the “Theory of Constraints” and lean manufacturing. This results in a flexible supply chain which is able to increase availability of products to the customer with reduced cycle time and waste.

 

   

Leadership Development. We are focused on developing leaders, as well as enhancing leadership behavior, across our organization.

OUR PRINCIPAL AREAS OF OPERATIONS

The following table shows our revenues and the percentage of total revenues of our business segments for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
Segment    2012     2013     2014  
     (Rs. in millions, U.S.$ in millions)  

Global Generics

   Rs. 70,243         72   Rs. 82,563         71   Rs. 105,164         80   U.S. $1,753   

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

     23,812         25     30,702         26     23,974         18     400   

Proprietary Products

     1,078         1     1,468         1     1,778         1     30   

Others

     1,604         2     1,533         2     1,254         1     21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   Rs. 96,737         100   Rs. 116,266         100   Rs. 132,170         100   U.S. $2,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues by geographic market for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 are discussed in detail in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

29


Table of Contents

Global Generics Segment

The production processes for finished dosages are similar, to a certain extent, regardless of whether the finished dosages are to be marketed to highly regulated or less regulated markets. In many cases, the processes share common and interchangeable facilities and employee bases, and use similar raw materials. However, differences remain between highly regulated and less regulated markets in terms of manufacturing, packaging and labeling requirements and the intensity of regulatory oversight, as well as the complexity of patent regimes. While the degree of regulation in certain markets may impact product development, we are observing increasing convergence of development needs throughout both highly regulated and less regulated markets. As a result, when we begin the development of a product, we may not necessarily target it at a particular market, but will instead target the product towards a cluster of markets that will include both highly regulated and less regulated markets.

Today, we are one of the leading generic pharmaceutical companies in the world. With the integration of all the markets where we are selling generic pharmaceuticals into our Global Generics segment, our front-end business strategies in various markets and our support services in India are increasingly being developed with a view to leverage our global infrastructure.

Our Global Generics segment’s revenues were Rs.105,164 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to Rs.82,563 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. The revenue growth was largely led by this segment’s operations in the United States and our “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia). The following is a discussion of the key markets in our Global Generics segment.

India

Approximately 15% of our Global Generics segment’s revenues in the year ended March 31, 2014 were derived from sales in the Indian market. In India, our key therapeutic categories include gastro-intestinal, cardiovascular, pain management and oncology. We are also increasing our presence in the niche areas of dermatology, urology and nephrology.

As of March 31, 2014, we had a total of 277 branded products in India. Our top ten branded products together accounted for 35% of our revenues in India in the year ended March 31, 2014. According to IMS Health, in its moving annual total report for the 12-month period ended March 31, 2014, our secondary sales in India grew by 12.2%. In comparison, the Indian pharmaceutical market experienced growth of 9.9% during such period. IMS Health is a provider of market research to the Indian pharmaceutical industry. Strategic Marketing Solutions and Research Center Private Limited (“SMSRC”), a prescription market research firm, in its report measuring pharmaceutical prescriptions in India for the period from November 2013 to February 2014, ranked us 11th in terms of the number of prescriptions generated in India during such period.

The following tables summarize the position of our top 10 brands in the Indian market for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
Brand    Revenues
(in millions)
     % Total(1)     Revenues
(in millions)
     % Total(1)     Revenues
(in millions)
     % Total(1)  

Omez

   Rs. 1,089         8   Rs. 1,181         8   Rs. 1,052         7

Omez-DSR

     468         4     562         4     701         4

Nise

     596         5     647         4     674         4

Stamlo

     566         4     634         4     664         4

Reditux

     472         4     561         4     568         4

Stamlo Beta

     358         3     376         3     426         3

Razo

     306         2     346         2     372         2

Razo-D

     249         2     309         2     363         2

Atocor

     317         2     351         2     324         2

Econorm

     185         1     263         2     311         2

Others

     8,325         64     9,330         64     10,258         65
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 12,931         100   Rs. 14,560         100   Rs. 15,713         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refers to the brand’s revenues from sales in India expressed as a percentage of our total revenues from sales in all of our therapeutic categories in India.

 

30


Table of Contents

Sales, marketing and distribution network

We generate demand for our products through our 4,863 sales representatives (which include representatives engaged by us on a contract basis through a service provider) and front line managers, who frequently visit doctors to detail our related product portfolio. They also visit various pharmacies to ensure that our brands are adequately stocked.

We sell our products primarily through clearing and forwarding agents to approximately 2,500 wholesalers who decide which brands to buy based on demand. The wholesalers pay for our products in an agreed credit period and in turn sell these products to retailers. Our clearing and forwarding agents are responsible for transporting our products to the wholesalers. We pay our clearing and forwarding agents on a commission basis. We have insurance policies that cover our products during shipment and storage at clearing and forwarding locations.

Competition

We compete with different companies in the Indian formulations market, depending upon therapeutic and product categories and, within each category, upon dosage strengths and drug delivery. On the basis of sales, we were the 16th largest pharmaceutical company in India, with a market share of 2.1%, according to IMS Health in its moving annual total report for the 12-month period ended March 31, 2014.

Some of the key observations on the performance of the Indian pharmaceutical market, as published by IMS Health in its moving annual total report for the 12-month period ended March 31, 2014, are as follows:

 

   

The Indian pharmaceutical market experienced growth of 9.9% for such period. Growth was impacted by 3% due to price controls for products designated as “specified products” by the National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority (“NPPA”) pursuant to the Drugs (Prices Control) Order, 2013 (the “DPCO”).

 

   

New products launched in the preceding 24 months accounted for 5.7% of total Indian pharmaceutical growth for such period.

 

   

The top 300 existing brands grew at a rate of 9.2%, which was 0.7% lower than the Indian pharmaceutical market’s overall average, and together they account for 30.8% of the market’s total sales.

 

   

There was an increasing emergence of bio-similar products to address the needs of patients in the oncology therapeutic area.

Our principal competitors in the Indian market include Cipla Limited, Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited, GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals Limited, Cadila Healthcare Limited, Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Limited, Alkem Limited, Mankind Pharma Limited, Pfizer Limited, Abbott India, Lupin Limited, Aristo Pharma Limited, Intas Pharma, Sanofi India Limited and Emcure Pharmaceuticals Limited.

Government regulations

The manufacturing and marketing of drugs, drug products and cosmetics in India is governed by many statutes, regulations and guidelines, including but not limited to the following:

 

   

The Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945;

 

   

The Drugs and Magic Remedies (Objectionable Advertisements) Act, 1954;

 

   

The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985;

 

   

The Drugs (Price Control) Order, 1995 and 2013, read in conjunction with the Essential Commodities Act, 1955;

 

   

The Medicinal and Toilet Preparations (Excise Duties) Act, 1955; and

 

   

The National Pharmaceuticals Pricing Policy, 2012.

These statutes, regulations and guidelines govern the testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storing, record-keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products.

Pursuant to the amendments in May 2005 to Schedule Y of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, manufacturers of finished dosages are required to submit additional technical data to the Drugs Controller General of India in order to obtain a no-objection certificate for conducting clinical trials as well as to manufacture new drugs for marketing.

 

31


Table of Contents

An approval is required from the Ministry of Health before a generic equivalent of an existing or referenced brand drug can be marketed. When processing a generics application, the Ministry of Health usually waives the requirement of conducting complete clinical studies, although it generally requires bio-availability and/or bio-equivalence studies. “Bio-availability” indicates the rate and extent of absorption and levels of concentration of a drug product in the blood stream needed to produce a therapeutic effect. “Bio-equivalence” compares the bioavailability of one drug product with another, and when established, indicates that the rate of absorption and levels of concentration of the active drug substance in the body are equivalent for the generic drug with the previously approved drug. A generic application may be submitted for a drug on the basis that it is the equivalent of a previously approved drug. Before approving our generic products, the Ministry of Health also requires that our procedures and operations conform to current Good Manufacturing Practice (“cGMP”) regulations, relating to good manufacturing practices as defined by various countries. We must follow the cGMP regulations at all times during the manufacture of our products. We continue to spend significant time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality testing to help ensure full compliance with cGMP regulations.

The timing of final Ministry of Health approval of a generic application depends on various factors, including patent expiration dates, sufficiency of data and regulatory approvals.

On March 22, 2005, the Government of India passed the Patents (Amendment) Bill, 2005 (the “2005 Amendment”), introducing a product patent regime for food, chemicals and pharmaceuticals in India. The 2005 Amendment specifically provides that new medicines (patentability of which is not specifically excluded) for which a patent has been applied for in India on or after January 1, 1995 and for which a patent is granted cannot be manufactured or sold in India by anyone other than the patent holder and its assignees and licensees. This has resulted in a reduction of new product introductions in India for all Indian pharmaceutical companies engaged in the development and marketing of generic finished dosages and APIs. Processes for the manufacture of APIs and formulations were patentable in India even prior to the 2005 Amendment, so no additional impact results from patenting of such processes.

Under the present drug policy of the Government of India, certain drugs have been specified under the Drugs (Prices Control) Order, 2013 (the “DPCO”) as subject to price control. The Government of India established the National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority (“NPPA”) to control pharmaceutical prices. Under the DPCO, the NPPA has the authority to fix the maximum selling price for specified products.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, the Department of Pharmaceuticals under the ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers of the Government of India proposed the National Pharmaceuticals Pricing Policy, 2012, a revised national Pharmaceutical Pricing policy to apply price controls to 348 drugs listed in National List of Essential Medicines. Some of our formulation products are subject to these price controls.

On May 15, 2013, the Department of Pharmaceuticals released Drugs (Price Control) Order, 2013 governing the price control mechanism for 348 drugs listed in the National List of Essential Medicines. As per this order, the prices of each of the drugs are determined based on the simple average of all drugs having market share of more than 1% by value. The individual drug price notifications for a majority of the products have been released by the NPPA. Based on these notifications, we were adversely impacted by approximately 3% (the annualized impact is approximately 4%) of our annual revenues from sales of all of our formulation products in India during the year ended March 31, 2014.

Russia and other Countries of the former Soviet Union

Russia

Russia accounted for 16% of our Global Generics segment’s revenues in the year ended March 31, 2014. IMS Health ranked us 18th in sales in Russia with a market share of 1.80% as of March 31, 2014 in its moving annual total report for the 12-months ended March 31, 2014. According to IMS Health, as per its moving annual total report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2014, our sales value and volume growths for the year ended March 31, 2014 were 7.7% and 4.1%, respectively, as compared to the Russian pharmaceutical market value growth and volume decrease of 1.9% and 5.0%, respectively. We were the top ranked Indian pharmaceutical company in Russia for such period.

 

32


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of the revenues of our top 10 brands in the Russian market for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 respectively:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
Brands    Revenues
(in millions)
     % Total(1)     Revenues
(in millions)
     % Total(1)     Revenues
(in millions)
     % Total(1)  

Nise

   Rs. 3,122         28   Rs. 3,661         26   Rs. 4,689         29

Omez

     1,864         17     2,104         15     2,432         15

Ketorol

     1,563         14     1,752         12     1,967         12

Cetrine

     748         7     1,107         8     1,253         8

Ciprolet

     833         8     992         7     980         6

Senade

     687         6     964         7     967         6

Sirdalud

     —           0     439         3     540         3

Ibuclin

     182         2     302         2     515         3

Novigan

     103         2     291         2     486         3

Bion

     260         1     301         2     472         3

Others

     1,694         15     2,135         15     2,032         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 11,056         100   Rs. 14,048         100   Rs. 16,333         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refers to the brand’s revenues from sales in Russia expressed as a percentage of our total revenues from all sales in Russia.

Our top four brands, Nise, Omez, Ketorol and Cetrine, accounted for 63% of our Global Generics segment’s revenues in Russia in the year ended March 31, 2014. Omez (an anti-ulcerant product), Nise and Ketorol (both pain management products) and Cetrine (a respiratory product) were ranked as the 49th, 15th, 90th and 139th best-selling formulation brands, respectively, in the Russian market as of March 31, 2014 by IMS Health in its moving annual total retail segment report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2014.

Our strategy in Russia is to focus on the gastro-intestinal, pain management, anti-infectives, respiratory, oncology and cardiovascular therapeutic areas. Our focus is on building leading brands in these therapeutic areas in prescription, over-the-counter and hospital sales. Nise, Omez, Ketorol, Cetrine and Ciprolet continue to be brand leaders in their respective categories, as reported by IMS Health in its moving annual total report for the 12-months ended March 31, 2014.

Novigan, a pain management product, and Ibuclin, a cold and flu product, were switched from prescription to over-the-counter during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Revenues from these products grew by 54% and 58%, respectively, as reported by IMS Health in its moving annual total report for the 12-months ended March 31, 2014.

Growth during the year ended March 31, 2014 was driven by increased marketing initiatives for prescription products, launches of new products and scaling up of media and pharmacy chain activities for over-the-counter medicines.

Other Countries of the former Soviet Union

We operate in other countries of the former Soviet Union, including Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Belarus and Uzbekistan. For the year ended March 31, 2014, revenues from these countries accounted for approximately 3% of our total Global Generics segment’s revenues.

Sales, marketing and distribution network

Our marketing and promotion efforts in our Russian prescription division is driven by a team of 275 medical representatives and 44 managers to detail our products to doctors in 67 cities in Russia.

Our Russian OTC division has 181 medical representatives and is focused on establishing a network of relationships with key pharmacy chains and individual pharmacies. Our Russian hospital division has 38 hospital specialists and 17 key account managers, and is focused on expanding our presence in hospitals and institutes.

In Russia, we generally extend credit only to customers after they have established a satisfactory history of payment with us. The credit ratings of these customers are based on turnover, payment record and the number of the customers’ branches or pharmacies, and are reviewed on a periodic basis. We review the credit terms offered to our key customers on a periodic basis and modify them to take into account the macro-economic scenario in Russia.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our principal competitors in the Russian market include Berlin Chemi AG, Gedeon Richter Limited, Krka d.d., Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., Lek-Sandoz Pharmaceuticals (an affiliate of Novartis Pharma A.G.), Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited, Nycomed International Management GmbH and Zentiva N.V. (an affiliate of Sanofi-Aventis S.A.).

Healthcare reforms and reference pricing

The Russian government’s prioritization plan for the pharmaceutical market is making a transition from a largely out-of-pocket market to the western European model of centralized reimbursements. In January 2005, Russia’s federal drug supply system (the Dopolnitelnoye lekarstvennoye obespechenoye, or “DLO”) was introduced with the objective of subsidizing medicine expenditures for sectors of the population with low income or certain categories of illnesses. The initial budget provided approximately 10% of the population with state-funded benefits for medicine expenditures. In late 2007, the Russian government decentralized the DLO and split it into two components. The first component, known as the 7 nosologies program, remains centralized and covers expensive treatments for patients with certain severe chronic diseases. The second component, known as the ONLS program, involves regional purchasing and covers the medicines reimbursed for patients who are designated members of vulnerable groups, such as children, pregnant women, veterans and the elderly.

In order to promote local industry, in October 2009 the Russian government announced the Strategy of Pharmaceutical Industry Development in the Russian Federation for the period up to the year 2020 (or the “Pharma 2020 plan”), which aims to develop the research, development and manufacturing of pharmaceutical products by Russia’s domestic pharmaceutical industry. The goal of the Pharma 2020 plan is to reduce Russia’s reliance on imported pharmaceutical products and increase Russia’s self-sufficiency in that regard. In March 2011, the Russian government announced the approval of 120 billion rubles ($4 billion) in financing for the Pharma 2020 plan.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, the Russian government announced a reference pricing regime, pursuant to which a price freeze on certain drugs categorized as “essential” was implemented effective as of April 2010. Pharmaceutical companies have had to register maximum import prices for approximately 5,000 drugs on a list of “Essential and Vital Drugs” (also known as the “ZhNVLS”). During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Russian government announced price re-registration in local currency (Russian roubles) for drugs categorized as “essential” and the new registered prices were effective as of December 10, 2010. Also, effective as of September 1, 2010, the price controls on certain drugs categorized as “non-essential” were removed by the Russian Ministry of Health.

For the past several years, the Russian Ministry of Industry and Trade has enacted and renewed short term government regulations under which local manufacturers (i.e., in Russia, Belarus and Kazakhstan) get a 15% price preference over non-local manufacturers in procurement tenders by the state.

During the year ended March 31, 2012, Russia introduced Federal Law # 323, titled “On the Foundations of Healthcare for Russian Citizens”. Portions of this new law became effective on November 23, 2011 and the remainder became effective on January 1, 2012. This new law imposes stringent restrictions on interactions between (i) healthcare professionals, pharmacists, healthcare management organizations, opinion leaders (both governmental and from the private sector) and certain other parties (collectively referred to as “healthcare decision makers”) and (ii) companies that produce or distribute drugs or medical equipment (collectively referred to as “medical product companies”) and any representatives or intermediaries acting on their behalf (collectively referred to as “medical product representatives”). Some of the key provisions of this law are prohibitions on:

 

   

one-on-one meetings and communications between healthcare professionals and medical product representatives, except for participation in clinical trials, pharmacovigilance, group educational events and certain other limited exceptions approved by Russia’s Healthcare Organization Administration;

 

   

the acceptance by a healthcare professional of compensation, gifts or entertainment paid by medical product representatives;

 

   

the agreement by a healthcare professional to prescribe or recommend a drug product or medical equipment; or

 

   

the engagement by a healthcare decision maker in a “conflict of interest” transaction with a medical product representative, unless approved by regulators pursuant to certain specified procedures.

 

34


Table of Contents

At the end of 2013, the State Duma (i.e., the lower chamber of the Russian parliament) adopted a series of amendments to various healthcare related laws. Among other things, the “Law On Medicines” was amended to add regulations restricting interactions between medical product representatives with medical professionals in connection with events sponsored by medical product companies. Under these regulations, in the event that medical product companies wish to sponsor certain scientific, medical education or similar events, they are required to disclose the date, place and time of the event and the plans, programs and agendas for discussion. Disclosure is to be made by publishing appropriate information on their official websites not later than two months before the indicated events, and the same information shall also be sent to Russia’s Federal Healthcare Service (Roszdravnadzor).

Although certain of the above prohibitions technically restrict only the actions of healthcare professionals, liability for non-compliance with such restrictions nonetheless extends to both the healthcare professional and the medical product representative. Except providing information on conflicts of interest, no other liability has been currently prescribed for medical product companies. The methodology to define a conflict of interest has not yet been clarified.

On July 2, 2013, the Ministry of Health of the Government of Russia published an order on its website that binds physicians to prescribe medicinal products by International Nonproprietary Name (i.e. active substance) or by combination list (which combines different International Nonproprietary Names in one treatment group).

North America (the United States and Canada)

During the year ended March 31, 2014, North America (the United States and Canada) accounted for 53% of our total Global Generics segment sales. In the United States, we sell generic drugs that are the chemical and therapeutic equivalents of reference branded drugs, typically sold under their generic chemical names at prices below those of their brand drug equivalents. Generic drugs are finished pharmaceutical products ready for consumption by the patient. These drugs are required to meet the U.S. FDA standards that are similar to those applicable to their brand-name equivalents and must receive regulatory approval prior to their sale.

Generic drugs may be manufactured and marketed only if relevant patents on their brand name equivalents and any additional government-mandated market exclusivity periods have expired, been challenged and invalidated, or otherwise validly circumvented.

Generic pharmaceutical sales have increased significantly in recent years, partly due to an increased awareness and acceptance among consumers, physicians and pharmacists that generic drugs are the equivalent of brand name drugs. Among the factors contributing to this increased awareness are the passage of legislation permitting or encouraging substitution and the publication by regulatory authorities of lists of equivalent drugs, which provide physicians and pharmacists with generic drug alternatives. In addition, various government agencies and many private managed care or insurance programs encourage the substitution of generic drugs for brand-name pharmaceuticals as a cost-savings measure in the purchase of, or reimbursement for, prescription drugs. We believe that these factors should lead to continued expansion of the generic pharmaceuticals market as a whole. We intend to capitalize on the opportunities resulting from this expansion of the market by leveraging our product development capabilities, manufacturing capacities inspected by various international regulatory agencies and access to our own APIs, which offer significant supply chain efficiencies.

In April 2008, we acquired BASF’s pharmaceutical contract manufacturing business and related facility in Shreveport, Louisiana, U.S.A. The acquisition included the relevant business, customer contracts, certain supplier contracts, related Abbreviated New Drug Applications (“ANDAs”) and New Drug Applications (“NDAs”), trademarks, as well as the manufacturing facility and assets owned by BASF in Shreveport, Louisiana. The facility is designed to manufacture solid, semi-solid and liquid dosage forms.

In March 2011, we acquired from GlaxoSmithKline plc and Glaxo Group Limited (collectively, “GSK”) a penicillin-based antibiotics manufacturing site in Bristol, Tennessee, U.S.A., the product rights for GSK’s Augmentin® and Amoxil® brands of oral penicillin-based antibiotics in the United States (GSK retained the existing rights for these brands outside the United States), certain raw materials and finished goods inventory associated with Augmentin®, and rights to receive certain transitional services from GSK. The acquisition enabled us to enter the U.S. oral antibiotics market with a comprehensive product filing and a dedicated manufacturing site.

Through the coordinated efforts of our teams in the United States and India, we constantly seek to expand our pipeline of generic products. During the year ended March 31, 2014, we filed 12 ANDAs and one NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act in the United States, including 10 Paragraph IV filings. During the year ended March 31, 2014, the U.S. FDA granted us 13 final ANDA approvals. As of March 31, 2014, we had filed a cumulative total

 

35


Table of Contents

of 209 ANDAs in the United States, out of which 62 ANDAs were pending approval at the U.S. FDA, including 11 tentative approvals. As of March 31, 2014, we had also filed two NDAs under section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act in the United States, one of which is tentatively approved and awaits final approval. During the year ended March 31, 2014, we have filed two new Investigational New Drugs (“INDs”) – our proposed biosimilars to rituximab and PEG-GCSF. We have also received permissions from the U.S. FDA to conduct Phase I trials for both of these IND filings.

Our Canada business generated revenues of Rs.676 million during the year ended March 31, 2014. This business includes revenues from certain profit sharing arrangements with distributors to market certain of our generic products.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution Network

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary in New Jersey, United States, is primarily engaged in the marketing of our generic products in the United States. In early 2003, we commenced sales of generic products under our own label. We have our own sales and marketing team to market these generic products. Our key account representatives for generic products call on purchasing agents for chain drug stores, drug wholesalers, health maintenance organizations, hospital group purchasing organizations (GPOs), specialty distributors and pharmacy buying groups.

In the year ended March 31, 2008, we entered the over-the-counter (“OTC”) products market in the United States by launching a new division that markets and distributes store brand OTC products. This division has successfully launched 9 products since our entry into this market. OTC products include store brand generic equivalents of products that originally have prescription drug status and are switched to OTC drug status by the innovator upon U.S. FDA approval (sometimes called “Rx-to-OTC switch” products). For the year ended March 31, 2014, our OTC division generated Rs.8,056 million in revenues.

In the year ended March 31, 2014, we started supplying products for private label customers for prescription products.

Competition

Revenues and gross profit derived from the sales of generic pharmaceutical products are affected by certain regulatory and competitive factors. As patents and regulatory exclusivity for brand name products expire, the first manufacturer to receive regulatory approval for generic equivalents of such products is generally able to achieve significant market penetration. As competing manufacturers receive regulatory approvals on similar products, market share, revenues and gross profit typically decline, in some cases significantly. Accordingly, the level of market share, revenues and gross profit attributable to a particular generic product is normally depended upon the number of competitors and the timing of that product’s regulatory approval and launch, in relation to competing approvals and launches. Consequently, we must continue to develop and introduce new products in a timely and cost-effective manner to maintain our revenues and gross margins. In addition, the other competitive factors critical to this business include price, product quality, consistent and reliable product supplies, customer service and reputation. Our major competitors in the United States include Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited, Mylan Inc., Actavis Inc., Sandoz, a division of Novartis Pharma A.G., Par Pharmaceuticals, Sun Pharmaceuticals Limited and Lupin Limited.

Recent consolidation of customer purchasing power via alliances and joint ventures (such as the Walgreens Boots Alliance Development, the CVS and Cardinal Health Joint Venture, and the Rite Aid McKesson expanded distribution agreement) has served to intensify the competition and drive down prices. Consolidation of manufacturers will also continue, and at the same time, new manufacturers continue to enter the generic market in the United States, which may further lower our pricing power and adversely affect our revenues in that market.

Brand name manufacturers have devised numerous strategies to delay competition from lower cost generic versions of their products. One of these strategies is to change the dosage form or dosing regimen of the brand product prior to generic introduction, which may reduce the demand for the original dosage form as sought by a generic ANDA dossier applicant or create regulatory delays, sometimes significant, while the generic applicant, to the extent possible, amends its ANDA dossier to match the changes in the brand product. In many of these instances, the changes to the brand product may be protected by patent or data exclusivities, further delaying generic introduction. Another strategy is the launch by the innovator or its licensee of an “authorized generic” during the 180-day generic exclusivity period, resulting in two generic products competing in the market rather than just the product that obtained the generic exclusivity. This may result in reduced revenues for the generic company which has been awarded the generic exclusivity period.

 

36


Table of Contents

The U.S. market for OTC pharmaceutical products is highly competitive. Competition is based on a variety of factors, including price, quality and assortment of products, customer service, marketing support and availability of and approvals for new products. Our competition in store brand products in the United States consists of several publicly traded and privately owned companies, including large brand-name pharmaceutical companies. The competition is highly fragmented in terms of both geographic market coverage and product categories, such that a competitor generally does not compete across all product lines. In the store brand market, we compete directly with other companies that sell store brand OTC products. Some of our primary OTC competitors in the United States include Perrigo Company and PL Developments. In addition, since our products are generic equivalents of innovator brands, we also compete against large brand-name pharmaceutical companies. The competitive landscape and market dynamics of the OTC market are rapidly evolving. Large brand-name pharmaceutical companies have begun to more aggressively pursue Rx-to-OTC switches in new categories, which could present opportunities for us and other companies that sell store brand products. On the other hand, pricing pressures and the threat of new entrants are likely events which may unfold in the future.

Government regulations

U.S. REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

All pharmaceutical manufacturers that sell products in the United States are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. federal government, principally pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the Hatch-Waxman Act, the Generic Drug Enforcement Act and other federal government statutes and regulations. These regulations govern or influence the testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storing, record keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of products.

Our facilities and products are periodically inspected by the U.S. FDA, which has extensive enforcement powers over the activities of pharmaceutical manufacturers. Non-compliance with applicable requirements can result in fines, criminal penalties, civil injunction against shipment of products, recall and seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, sale or import of products, refusal of the U.S. government to enter into supply contracts or to approve new drug applications and criminal prosecution. The U.S. FDA also has the authority to deny or revoke approvals of drug active pharmaceutical ingredients and dosage forms and the power to halt the operations of non-complying manufacturers. Any failure to comply with applicable U.S. FDA policies and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the operations in our generics business.

U.S. FDA approval of an ANDA is required before a generic equivalent of an existing or referenced brand drug can be marketed. The ANDA approval process is abbreviated because the U.S. FDA waives the requirement of conducting complete clinical studies, although it generally requires bio-availability and/or bio-equivalence studies. An ANDA may be submitted for a drug on the basis that it is the equivalent of a previously approved drug or, in the case of a new dosage form, is suitable for use for the indications specified.

An ANDA applicant in the United States is required to review the patents of the innovator listed in the U.S. FDA publication entitled Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the “Orange Book,” and make an appropriate certification. There are several different types of certifications that can be made. A Paragraph IV filing is made when the ANDA applicant believes its product or its manufacture, use or sales thereof does not infringe on the innovator’s patents listed in the Orange Book or where the applicant believes that such patents are not valid or enforceable. The first generic company to file a Paragraph IV filing may be eligible to receive a six-month marketing exclusivity period starting from either the first commercial marketing of the drug by any of the first applicants or a decision of a court holding the patent that is the subject of the paragraph IV certification to be invalid or not infringed. A Paragraph III filing is made when the ANDA applicant does not intend to market its generic product until the patent expiration. A Paragraph II filing is made where the patent has already expired. A Paragraph I filing is made when there are no patents listed in the Orange Book. Another type of certification is made where a patent claims a method of use, and the ANDA applicant’s proposed label does not claim that method of use. When an innovator has listed more than one patent in the Orange Book, the ANDA applicant must file separate certifications as to each patent.

Before approving a product, the FDA also requires that our procedures and operations conform to current Good Manufacturing Practice (“cGMP”) regulations, relating to good manufacturing practices as defined in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations. We must follow cGMP regulations at all times during the manufacture of our products. We continue to spend significant time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality to help ensure full compliance with cGMP regulations.

The timing of final U.S. FDA approval of an ANDA depends on a variety of factors, including whether the applicant challenges any listed patents for the drug and whether the brand-name manufacturer is entitled to one or more statutory exclusivity periods, during which the U.S. FDA may be prohibited from accepting applications for, or approving, generic

 

37


Table of Contents

products. In certain circumstances, a regulatory exclusivity period can extend beyond the life of a patent, and thus block ANDAs from being approved on the patent expiration date. For example, in certain circumstances the U.S. FDA may extend the exclusivity of a product by six months past the date of patent expiration if the manufacturer undertakes studies on the effect of their product in children, a so-called pediatric extension.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Medicare Act of 2003”) modified certain provisions of the Hatch-Waxman Act. In particular, significant changes were made to provisions governing 180-day exclusivity and forfeiture thereof. The new statutory provisions governing 180-day exclusivity may or may not apply to an ANDA, depending on whether the first Paragraph IV certification submitted by any applicant for the drug was submitted prior to the enactment of the Medicare Amendments on December 8, 2003.

Where the first Paragraph IV certification was submitted on or after December 8, 2003, the new statutory provisions apply. Under these provisions, 180-day exclusivity is awarded to each ANDA applicant submitting a Paragraph IV certification for the same drug with regard to any patent on the first day that any ANDA applicant submits a Paragraph IV certification for the same drug. The180-day exclusivity period begins on the date of first commercial marketing of the drug by any of the first applicants or a decision of a court holding the patent that is the subject of the paragraph IV certification to be invalid or not infringed. However, a first applicant may forfeit its exclusivity in a variety of ways, including, but not limited to (a) failure to obtain tentative approval within 30 months after the application is filed or (b) failure to market its drug by the later of two dates calculated as follows: (x) 75 days after approval or 30 months after submission of the ANDA, whichever comes first, or (y) 75 days after each patent for which the first applicant is qualified for 180-day exclusivity is either (1) the subject of a final court decision holding that the patent is invalid, not infringed, or unenforceable or (2) withdrawn from listing with the U.S. FDA (court decisions qualify if either the first applicant or any applicant with a tentative approval is a party; a final court decision is a decision by a court of appeals or a decision by a district court that is not appealed). The foregoing is an abbreviated summary of certain provisions of the Medicare Act of 2003, and accordingly it should be consulted for a complete understanding of both the provisions described above and other important provisions related to 180-day exclusivity and forfeiture thereof.

Where the first Paragraph IV certification was submitted prior to enactment of the Medicare Act of 2003, the statutory provisions governing 180-day exclusivity prior to the Medicare Act of 2003 still apply. The U.S. FDA interprets these statutory provisions to award 180-day exclusivity to each ANDA applicant submitting a Paragraph IV certification for the same drug on the same day with regard to the same patent on the first day that any ANDA applicant submits a Paragraph IV certification for the same drug with regard to the same patent. The 180-day exclusivity period begins on the date of first commercial marketing of the drug by any of the first applicants or on the date of a final court decision holding that the patent is invalid, not infringed, or unenforceable, whichever comes first. A final court decision is a decision by a court of appeals or a decision by a district court that is not appealed.

Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (“FDASIA”) and Generic Drug User Fee Agreement (“GDUFA”)

In 2012, the United States enacted the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (“FDASIA”), a landmark legislation intended to enhance the safety and security of the U.S. drug supply chain by imposing stricter oversight and by holding all drug manufacturers supplying products to the United States to the same U.S. FDA inspection standards. Specifically, prior to the passage of FDASIA, U.S. law required U.S. based manufacturers to be inspected by the U.S. FDA every two years but remained silent with respect to foreign manufacturers, causing some foreign manufacturers to go as many as nine years without a routine U.S. FDA current Good Manufacturing Practice (“cGMP”) inspection, according to the Government Accountability Office. FDASIA requires foreign manufacturers to have cGMP inspections at least every two years, or more frequently for manufacturers with high risk profiles.

FDASIA also includes the Generic Drug User Fee Agreement (“GDUFA”), a program to provide the U.S. FDA with additional funds through newly imposed user fees on generic and biosimilar products. These new fees are estimated to total approximately $1.5 billion through 2018, and are intended to fund increases in the U.S. FDA’s operations and staffing with a focus on three key aims:

 

   

Safety – To ensure that industry participants, foreign or domestic, are held to consistent quality standards and are inspected with foreign and domestic parity using a risk-based approach.

 

   

Access – To expedite the availability of generic drugs by bringing greater predictability to the review times for ANDAs, amendments and supplements and improving timeliness in the review process. For example, FDASIA is expected to decrease the review time for ANDAs by approximately two-thirds.

 

   

Transparency – To enhance the U.S. FDA’s visibility into the complex global supply environment by requiring the identification of facilities involved in the manufacture of drugs and associated active pharmaceutical ingredients, and improve the U.S. FDA’s communications and feedback with industry.

 

38


Table of Contents

The establishment of dedicated biosimilar fees should also help ensure that the U.S. FDA has appropriate resources for managing the introduction of biosimilar products on the U.S. market. Under GDUFA, 70% of the total fees will be derived from facility fees paid by finished dosage form manufacturers and active pharmaceutical ingredient facilities listed or referenced in a pending or approved generic drug application. The remaining 30% of the total fees will be derived from application fees, including generic drug application fees, prior approval supplement fees and drug master file fees.

U.S. FDA Proposed New Labeling Rule

On November 13, 2013, the U.S. FDA proposed a new labeling rule which the agency believes will speed up the dissemination of new safety information about generic drugs to health professionals and patients by allowing generic drug makers to use the same process as brand drug manufacturers to update safety information in the product labeling. Under the proposal, generic drug manufacturers would be able to independently update product labeling (also called prescribing information or package inserts) with newly-acquired safety information before the U.S. FDA’s review of the change, in the same way brand drug manufacturers do today. Generic manufacturers would also be required to inform the brand name manufacturer about the change. The U.S. FDA would then evaluate whether the proposed change is justified and make an approval decision on the generic drug labeling change and the corresponding brand drug labeling change at the same time, so that brand and generic drug products would ultimately have the same U.S. FDA-approved prescribing information.

Currently, generic manufacturers must wait to update product safety information until the corresponding brand name product has received approval to update its safety information. Brand drug manufacturers are allowed to independently update and promptly distribute updated safety information by submitting a “changes being effected” (“CBE”) supplement to the U.S. FDA. Generic manufacturers must notify the U.S. FDA of new safety information, and wait for the U.S. FDA and the brand manufacturer to determine the updated labeling, which may result in a delay in getting new information to health care professionals and patients.

Under current law, generic and brand drug manufacturers are required to promptly review safety information about their drugs and comply with the U.S. FDA’s reporting and recordkeeping requirements. When new information becomes available that causes the product labeling to be inaccurate, all drug manufacturers must take steps to update the labeling.

To enhance transparency while the U.S. FDA is reviewing the change and to make safety-related changes to drug labeling quickly available to health care professionals and the public, the U.S. FDA plans to create a web page where safety-related changes proposed by all drug manufacturers would be posted. Members of the public could subscribe to receive updates.

Comments on the proposed labeling rule were due on March 13, 2014. Various comments and concerns were expressed by various stakeholders on the proposed rule, which is yet to be finalized.

Because the current regulatory scheme only permits a generic manufacturer to use the CBE process to update its label if the branded drug manufacturer changes its label first, this can prevent generic manufacturers from complying with state law warning requirements. As a result, state product liability suits based on failure-to-warn and design defect claims against generics manufacturers have generally been held preempted by Federal law, and in June 2013 the United States Supreme Court upheld such preemption and immunity of generic manufacturers in Mutual Pharmaceutical Co. v. Bartlett.

If the U.S. FDA’s proposed new rule is adopted, it may eliminate this preemption and increase our potential exposure to lawsuits relating to product safety, side effects and warnings on labels. This new potential exposure to lawsuits may also increase the risk that, in the future, we may not be able to obtain the type and amount of coverage we desire at an acceptable price and self-insurance may become the sole commercially reasonable means available for managing the product liability risks of our business.

Prescription Drug Marketing Act and Laws Regulating Payments to Healthcare Professionals

The FDA also enforces the requirements of the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, which, among other things, imposes various requirements in connection with the distribution of product samples to physicians. Sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the federal anti-kickback statute, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud

 

39


Table of Contents

and Abuse Act, as amended, the False Claims Act, as amended, and similar state laws. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, as amended. We are also subject to Section 6002 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, commonly known as the Physician Payment Sunshine Act which regulates disclosure of payments to certain healthcare professionals and providers.

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

In March 2010, the “Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act”, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”), was signed into law. The PPACA is one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in the United States in decades, and is expected to significantly impact the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. Among the provisions of the PPACA that may affect our business include the following:

 

   

The PPACA imposes annual, non-deductible fees for entities that manufacture or import certain prescription drugs and biologics. This fee is calculated based upon each manufacturer’s percentage share of total branded prescription drug and biologics sales to U.S. government programs (such as Medicare, Medicaid, Veterans’ Affairs, and Public Health Service discount programs), and authorized generic products are generally treated as branded products. The manufacturer must have at least $5 million in sales of branded prescription drugs or biologics in order to be subject to this fee.

In August 2013, we received a final invoice from the United States Internal Revenue Service determining our liability for the manufacturers’ fee under the PPACA for calendar year 2013 to be $12,171, based upon our calendar year 2011 sales of branded and authorized generic prescription drugs and biologics. We expect our sales of brand and authorized generic products during calendar year 2012 to the specified government programs to be below the threshold limit of $5 million, and thus we may not be subject to the fee for calendar year 2014, based on our calendar year 2012 sales.

 

   

In addition, the PPACA changed the computations used to determine Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by redefining the average manufacturer’s price (“AMP”), effective October 1, 2010, and by using 23.1% instead of 15% of AMP for most branded drugs and 13% instead of 11% of AMP for generic drugs, effective January 1, 2010. The PPACA also increased the number of healthcare entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program.

 

   

The PPACA also increased the number of healthcare organizations eligible to participate in the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program, which provides for government controlled prices that result in substantial discounts to participants.

 

   

The PPACA has pro-generic provisions that could increase competition in the generic pharmaceutical industry and therefore adversely impact our selling prices or costs and reduce our profit margins. Among other things, the PPACA creates an abbreviated pathway to U.S. FDA approval of “biosimilar” biological products and allows the first interchangeable bio-similar biological product 18 months of exclusivity, which could increase competition for our bio-similars business. Conversely, the PPACA has some anti-generic provisions that could adversely affect our bio-similars business, including provisions granting the innovator of a biological drug product 12 years of exclusive use before generic drugs can be approved based on being biosimilar.

 

   

The PPACA made several important changes to the federal anti-kickback statute, false claims laws, and health care fraud statutes that may make it easier for the government or whistleblowers to pursue such fraud and abuse violations. In addition, the PPACA increased penalties for fraud and abuse violations.

 

   

To further facilitate the government’s efforts to coordinate and develop comparative clinical effectiveness research, the PPACA established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in such research. The manner in which the comparative research results will be used by third-party payors is uncertain.

On June 28, 2010 the Departments of Health and Human Services, Labor, and the Treasury jointly issued interim final regulations to implement the provisions of the PPACA that prohibit the use of pre-existing condition exclusions, eliminate lifetime and annual dollar limits on benefits, restrict contract rescissions, and provide patient protections.

On January 27, 2012, The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) issued its long awaited proposed rule implementing the Medicaid pricing and reimbursement provisions of the PPACA and related legislation. CMS accepted comments on this proposed rule through April 2, 2012, and we are waiting for CMS to issue a final rule.

 

40


Table of Contents

On June 28, 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled on certain challenged provisions of the PPACA. The U.S. Supreme Court generally upheld the constitutionality of the PPACA, including its individual mandate that requires most Americans to buy health insurance starting in 2014, and ruled that the Anti-Injunction Act did not bar the court from reviewing that PPACA provision. However, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down the PPACA’s provisions requiring each state to expand its Medicaid program or lose all federal Medicaid funds. The Court did not invalidate the PPACA’s expansion of Medicaid for states that voluntarily participate; it only held that a state’s entire Medicaid funding cannot be withheld due to its failure to participate in the expansion.

Pending full implementation of the PPACA, we are continuing to evaluate all potential scenarios surrounding its implementation and the corresponding impact of the PPACA on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Drug Quality and Security Act

On November 28, 2013, the Drug Quality and Security Act was signed into law in the United States. The legislation introduces a federal track-and-trace system for medicines with serial numbers added to individual packs and (non-mixed) cases within four years of the legislation’s adoption, and electronic tracing of production through the supply chain mandated within 10 years. It also strengthens licensure requirements for wholesale distributors and third-party logistics providers, and requires the U.S. FDA to maintain a database of wholesalers that will be available to the public through its website. The law also boosts oversight of compounding pharmacies that make drugs to order, and increases the powers of the U.S. FDA to oversee large-volume or ‘outsourcing’ compounders without individual prescriptions.

Biologics Pathway

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 created a statutory pathway and abbreviated approval processes for the approval of biosimilar versions of brand-name biological products and a process to resolve patent disputes. While regulations are still being developed by the U.S. FDA, the U.S. FDA issued three substantial draft guidance documents in February 2012 that are intended to provide a roadmap for development of biosimilar products. These draft guidance documents address quality considerations, scientific considerations and questions and answers regarding commonly posed issues.

CANADA REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

In Canada, we are required to file product dossiers with the Health Canada for permission to market the generic formulation. The regulatory authorities may inspect our manufacturing facility before approval of the dossier.

Europe

Our sales of generic medicines in Europe for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.6,970 million, which accounted for 7% of our Global Generics segment’s sales.

In the European Union (the “EU”), the manufacture and sale of pharmaceutical products is regulated in a manner substantially similar to that in the United States. Legal requirements generally prohibit the handling, manufacture, marketing and importation of any pharmaceutical product unless it is properly registered and manufactured in accordance with applicable law. The registration file relating to any particular product must contain scientific data related to product efficacy and safety, including results of clinical testing and references to medical publications, as well as detailed information regarding production methods and quality control. Regulatory authorities are authorized to suspend, restrict or cancel the registration of a product if it is found to be harmful or ineffective, or manufactured and marketed other than in accordance with registration conditions.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution Network

Germany

In Germany, we sell a broad range of generic pharmaceutical products under the “betapharm” brand.

Over the last few years, the German pharmaceutical market has significantly changed. The healthcare reform known as the Statutory Health Insurance (SHI) – Competition Strengthening Act or Wettbewerbsstärkungsgesetz (“GKV-WSG”) (an act to strengthen the competition in public health insurance), which was effective as of April 1, 2007, has significantly increased the power of insurance companies and statutory health insurance funds (“SHI funds”) to influence dispensing of medicines.

 

41


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the GKV-WSG law, those pharmaceutical products covered by rebate contracts with insurance companies and SHI funds have to be prescribed by physicians and dispensed by pharmacies with priority. This has increased the power of insurance companies and SHI funds. As a result, many SHI funds have enacted tender (i.e., competitive bidding) processes to determine which pharmaceutical companies they will enter into rebate contracts with, resulting in the market moving towards a tender based supply model while causing pressure on margins. This has caused a significant shift from the previous prescription based model, where the key driver for generating sales had previously been doctors’ prescriptions and pharmacists’ influence. In response to these market changes, betapharm underwent a comprehensive restructuring of its sales force, with a reduction of more than 200 employees since we acquired it in March 2006. In addition, we are participating in the tender opportunities by bidding at prices which meet our internal incremental profitability thresholds. In view of this, our success ratio in winning these tender awards has declined and, accordingly, the ratio of our tender based sales to our overall sales has significantly reduced over the past few years.

United Kingdom and other Countries within Europe

We market our generic products in the United Kingdom and other EU countries through our U.K. subsidiary, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories (U.K.) Limited. This subsidiary was formed in the year ended March 31, 2003 after our acquisition of Meridian Healthcare Limited, a United Kingdom based generic pharmaceutical company. We currently market 39 generic products in such countries, representing 80 dosage strengths.

Competition

Our key competitors within the German generics market include the Sandoz group of Novartis Pharma A.G. (including its Hexal, Sandoz and 1A Pharma subsidiaries), the Ratiopharm group of Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. (including its Ratiopharm, AbZ-Pharma and CT Arzneimittel subsidiaries), Winthrop Arzneimittel GmbH and the Stada group of Stada Arzneimittel AG (including its Stada and Aliud subsidiaries). In the rebate contracts with SHI funds, prices are one of the most important competitive factors.

The United Kingdom is one of the largest markets for generic pharmaceuticals in Europe. It is also one of the most competitive markets, due to its low barriers to entry. Significant vertical integration exists between wholesalers and retailers, ensuring low prices as long as there are several suppliers.

Government regulations

European Union Regulatory Environment

The activities of pharmaceutical companies within the European Union are governed in particular by Directives 2001/83/EC and 2003/94/EC, as amended, and as implemented in national laws within the countries of the European Union. These Directives outline the legislative framework, including the legal basis of marketing authorization procedures, and quality standards including manufacture, patient information and pharmacovigilance activities.

Prior approval of a marketing authorization is required to supply products within the European Union. Such marketing authorizations may be restricted to one member state, cover a selection of member states or can be for the whole of the European Union, depending upon the form of registration procedure selected.

All pharmaceutical companies that manufacture and market human medicinal products in Germany are subject to the applicable rules and regulations executed by the Federal Institute for Drugs and Medical Devices (Bundesinstitut für Arzneimittel und Medizinprodukte or “BfArM”) and the supervisory authorities of the respective federal state in Germany. All pharmaceutical companies in Germany are periodically inspected by the competent supervisory authority, which has extensive enforcement powers over the activities of pharmaceutical companies. Non-compliance can result in closure of the facility.

Generic or abridged applications omit full non-clinical and clinical data but contain limited non-clinical and clinical data, depending upon the legal basis of the application or to address a specific issue. In the case of a generic medicine application, the applicant is required to demonstrate that its generic product contains the same active pharmaceutical ingredients in the same dosage form for the same indication as the innovator product. Specific data is included in the application to demonstrate that the proposed generic product is interchangeable to the innovator product with respect to quality, safe usage and continued efficacy. European Union laws prevent regulatory authorities from accepting applications for approval of generics that rely on the safety and efficacy data of an innovator of a branded product until the expiration of the innovator’s data exclusivity period (usually 8 years from the first marketing authorization in the European Union, depending on the circumstances). The applicant is also required to demonstrate bioequivalence with the EU reference product. Once all these criteria are met, a marketing authorization may be considered for grant.

 

42


Table of Contents

Unlike in the United States, there is no equivalent regulatory mechanism within the European Union to incentivize challenge to any patent protection, nor is any period of market exclusivity conferred upon the first generic approval. In situations where the period of data exclusivity given to the innovator of a branded product expires before their patent expires, the launch of our product would then be delayed until patent expiration.

Our U.K. facilities are licensed and periodically inspected by the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agencies (“MHRA”) good manufacturing practice Inspectorate, which has extensive enforcement powers over the activities of pharmaceutical manufacturers. Non-compliance can result in product recall, plant closure or other penalties and restrictions. In addition, the U.K. MHRA Inspectorate has approved and periodically inspected our manufacturing facilities based in Hyderabad, Telangana, India for the manufacture of generic medicines for supply to Europe.

In Germany, the government has in recent years enacted a number of laws designed to limit pharmaceutical cost increases, including the GKV-WSG discussed above and the Economic Optimization of Pharmaceutical Care Act (also known as the “AVWG”). During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, the German government introduced a new law entitled “Act on the reorganization of the pharmaceutical market in the public health insurance” (or “Arzneimittelmarktneuordnungsgesetz”, commonly referred to as “AMNOG”), which affects reimbursement of drugs within Germany’s statutory health care system in order to further control the costs of medical care. The key elements of this law are as follows:

 

   

Historically, the pharmaceutical companies had been free to set the initial asking price for novel drugs in the German public health system, subject to certain mandatory rebates. Under this new law, a pharmaceutical company determines the price for a new drug or new therapeutic indication for the first year after launch, but must submit to the Joint Federal Committee (the Gemeinsamer Bundesausschuss or “G-BA”) a benefit/risk assessment dossier on the drug at or prior to its launch. The G-BA analyzes whether the drug shows an additional clinical benefit in comparison to a corresponding established drug (the “appropriate comparator therapy”).

 

   

If an additional benefit is established, the pharmaceutical company must negotiate the price of the drug with the Federal Association of the health insurance funds. If no agreement is reached in the negotiation, then the price is determined pursuant to an arbitration procedure. There must be a minimum term of one year.

 

   

If no additional benefit is established, the drug is immediately included in a group of drugs with comparable pharmaceutical and therapeutic characteristics, for which maximum reimbursement prices have already been set. If this is not possible due to the drug’s novelty, then the pharmaceutical company must negotiate a reimbursement price with the Federal Association of the health insurance funds that may not exceed the costs of the appropriate comparator therapy.

 

   

The prices determined pursuant to the above procedures also apply to private insurance agencies, privately insured persons and self-payers, although they may negotiate further discounts.

 

   

For drugs developed specifically to treat rare medical conditions that are designated as “orphan drugs”, the orphan drug will be presumed to have an additional benefit under certain circumstances.

 

   

A new regulation for packaging size had to be implemented in 2013. Standard sizes are now based upon the duration of therapies, instead of being based on fixed quantity. Three different types of package sizes are now allowed: N1-packages for treatment periods of 10 days; N2-packages for treatment periods of 30 days; and N3-packages for treatment periods of 100 days.

 

   

The law increases the choice to patients by the use of co-payment as an option for patients opting for a non-rebated generic drug.

In Germany, the German Drug Law (Arzneimittelgesetz) (“AMG”), which implements European Union requirements, is the primary regulation applicable to medicinal products. In 2012, the 16th Amendment to the AMG and related laws were enacted in order to implement European Directives into national laws. Among other things, the most important changes refer to pharmacovigilance, clinical trials, protection measures against counterfeited medicines and liberalization of German drug advertising law. These transpositions of European Union legislation into national law also took place in the United Kingdom.

The German Social Code’s price freeze imposed on reimbursable drugs, which was due to expire at the end of 2013, was amended in 2013 and 2014 to extend the price freeze until December 31, 2017, although the continued price freeze will not apply to medicines subject to internal reference pricing. New European pharmacovigilance legislation (Regulation (EU) No 1235/2010 and Directive 2010/84/EU) was implemented in July 2012. These new requirements are intended to improve patient safety, but will also increase our administrative burdens and therefore our costs. In addition, there are proposals from the European Commission to introduce fees that industry pays for the simplification and maintenance of the European

 

43


Table of Contents

pharmacovigilance system as well as fees for the assessment of pharmacovigilance reports, study protocols and referrals. The principle of the proposal has been agreed, but the actual financial proposals are currently in the final stages of discussion and will likely be implemented during the year ending March 31, 2015. This may lead to further increased costs in Europe whenever such proposals are implemented.

“Rest of the World” markets of our Global Generics segment

We refer to all markets of our Global Generics segment other than North America, Europe, Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union and India as our “Rest of the World” markets. Our significant Rest of the World markets include Venezuela, South Africa and Australia. Our revenues from our “Rest of the World” markets were Rs.7,359 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 33% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013.

GSK Alliance

We have entered into a strategic partnership with GlaxoSmithKline plc (“GSK”) to develop and market select products across emerging markets outside India. The products are manufactured by us, and licensed and supplied to GSK in markets such as Latin America, Africa, the Middle East and Asia Pacific, excluding India.

Collaboration agreement with Merck Serono

During June 30, 2012, we entered into a partnership agreement with Merck Serono, a division of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, to co-develop a portfolio of biosimilar compounds in oncology, primarily focused on monoclonal antibodies (MAbs). The partnership covers co-development, manufacturing and commercialization of the compounds included in the agreement. The partnership with Merck Serono expands on our presence in the bio-similar space in select emerging market countries and enables our entry in the bio-similar space into the regulated markets of the United States and Europe.

The agreement is based on full research and development cost sharing. The deal structure calls for Merck Serono and us to co-develop the molecules included in the agreement. We will lead early product development and complete Phase I development. Upon completion of Phase I, Merck Serono will take over manufacturing of the compounds and will lead Phase III development. Merck Serono will undertake commercialization globally, outside the United States, with the exception of select emerging markets that will be co-exclusive or where we maintain exclusive rights. We will receive royalty payments from Merck Serono upon commercialization by them. In the United States, the parties will co-commercialize the products on a profit-sharing basis.

As part of the collaboration arrangement, we are currently conducting early product development, technology transfers and Phase I trials.

Global Generics Manufacturing and Raw Materials

Manufacturing for our Global Generics segment entails converting active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”) into finished dosages. As of March 31, 2014, we had twelve manufacturing facilities within this segment. Ten of these facilities are located in India and two are located in the United States (Shreveport, Louisiana; and Bristol, Tennessee). We also have one packaging facility in the United Kingdom. Two of the Indian facilities, one each in Hyderabad and Vishakhapatnam, are U.S. FDA compliant. Two of the Indian facilities located in Hyderabad are approved by German drug regulator Bundesinstitut für Arzneimittel und Medizinprodukte (also known as “BfARM”) and by the United Kingdom Medicines and Health Care Products Regulatory Agencies (“MHRA”). All the facilities are designed in accordance with and are compliant with current Good Manufacturing Practice (“cGMP”) requirements and are used for the manufacture of tablets, hard gelatin capsules, injections, liquids and creams for sale in India as well as other markets. The manufacturing site in Vishakhapatnam, India is a state of the art facility for the manufacture of injectable form and solid oral products. The Vishakhapatnam facility has satisfactorily passed inspection by the U.S. FDA, the National Health Surveillance Agency (also known as “ANVISA”) of Brazil and the German BfARM. All our sites outside of India are approved by the respective regulatory bodies in the jurisdictions where they are located.

We manufacture most of our finished products at these facilities and also use contract manufacturing arrangements as we determine necessary. For each of our products, we continue to identify, upgrade and develop alternate vendors as part of risk mitigation and continual improvement.

 

44


Table of Contents

The ingredients for the manufacture of the finished products are sourced from in-house API manufacturing facilities and from vendors, both local and non-local. Each of these vendors undergo a thorough assessment as part of the vendor qualification process before they qualify as an approved source. We attempt to identify more than one supplier in each drug application or make plans for alternate vendor development from time to time, considering the supplier’s history and future product requirements. Arrangements with international raw material suppliers are subject to, among other things, respective country regulations, various import duties and other government clearances.

The prices of our raw materials generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles. Raw material expense forms the largest portion of our cost of revenues. We evaluate and manage our commodity price risk exposure through our operating procedures and sourcing policies.

The logistics services for storage and distribution in the United States, Germany and Russia are outsourced to a third party service provider.

We manufacture formulations in various dosage forms including tablets, capsules, injections, liquids and creams. These dosage forms are then packaged, quarantined and subject to stringent quality tests, to assure product quality before release into the market. We manufacture our key brands for our Indian markets at our facilities in Baddi, Himachal Pradesh, to take advantage of certain fiscal benefits offered by the Government of India, which includes partial exemption from income taxes for a specified period.

All pharmaceutical manufacturers that sell products in any country are subject to regulations issued by the Ministry of Health (or its equivalent) of the respective country. These regulations govern, or influence the testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storing, record-keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of products. Our facilities and products are periodically inspected by various regulatory authorities such as the U.S. FDA, the U.K. MHRA, the German BfARM, the South African Medicines Control Council, the Brazilian ANVISA, the Romanian National Medicines Agency, Ukrainian State Pharmacological Center, the local World Health Organization and Drug Control Authority of India, all of which have extensive enforcement powers over the activities of pharmaceutical manufacturers operating within their jurisdiction.

Capacity Expansion

To meet growing demand in regulated markets, we are in the process of obtaining approvals from the U.S. FDA for products to be manufactured from our recently commissioned oral solid dosage form facility in a Special Economic Zone in Devunipalavalasa, Srikakulam, Andhra Pradesh, India. We have also set up a new manufacturing facility in a Special Economic Zone in Duvvada, Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh, India for the manufacture of parenteral (injectable form) products. This will ease the manufacturing pressure and optimize the capacities across our plants. We have also expanded our biosimilars facility in Hyderabad, Telangana, India to meet growing demand in emerging markets.

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients Segment (“PSAI”)

Our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”) segment includes active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates, also known as active pharmaceutical products or bulk drugs, which are the principal ingredients for finished pharmaceutical products. Active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates become finished pharmaceutical products when the dosages are fixed in a form ready for human consumption, such as a tablet, capsule or liquid using additional inactive ingredients. This segment also includes contract research services and the manufacture and sale of active pharmaceutical ingredients and steroids in accordance with specific customer requirements.

Our PSAI segment’s revenues for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.23,974 million, a decrease of 22% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. Our PSAI segment accounted for 18% of our total revenues for the year ended March 31, 2014.

During the year ended March 31, 2014, we filed 61 Drug Master Files (“DMFs”) worldwide, of which 12 were filed in the United States, 13 were filed in Europe and 36 were filed in other countries. Cumulatively, our total DMFs filed worldwide as of March 31, 2014 were 631, including 196 DMFs filed in the United States.

We produce and market more than 100 different APIs in numerous markets. We export API to developed markets as well as many other key markets, covering more than 80 countries. Our principal overseas markets in this business segment include North America (the United States and Canada) and Europe. Our PSAI segment’s API business is operated independently from our Global Generics segment and, in addition to supplying API to our Global Generics segment, our PSAI segment sells API to third parties for use in manufacturing generic products, subject to any patent rights of other third parties. Our PSAI

 

45


Table of Contents

segment’s API business also manufactures and supplies the API requirements of our pharmaceutical services business. The research and development group within our API business contributes to our business by creating intellectual property (principally with respect to novel and non-infringing manufacturing processes and intermediates), providing research intended to reduce the cost of production of our products and developing new products every year.

The pharmaceutical services (contract research and manufacturing) arm of our PSAI segment was established in 2001 to leverage our strength in process chemistry to serve the niche segment of the pharmaceutical and fine chemicals industry. Over the years, our business strategy in this area has evolved to focus on the marketing of process development and manufacturing services. Our objective is to be the preferred partner for innovator pharmaceutical companies, providing a complete range of services that are necessary to take their innovations to the market speedily and more efficiently. The focus is to leverage our skills in process development, analytical development, formulation development and Current Good Manufacturing Practice (“cGMP”) to serve various needs of innovator pharmaceutical companies. We have positioned our PSAI segment’s Custom Pharmaceutical Services business to be the partner of choice for large and emerging innovator companies across the globe, with service offerings spanning the entire value chain of pharmaceutical services.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Developed Markets. Our principal overseas markets are the United States and Europe. Our sales to these markets were Rs.12,878 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, and accounted for 54% of our PSAI segment’s revenues for the year ended March 31, 2014. In the United States and Europe, the patent protection for a large number of high value branded pharmaceutical products expired in the years ended March 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and this opened the market to generic products that sourced their API from our PSAI segment. However, during the year ended March 31, 2014, such expirations were much less frequent, which resulted in a decrease in new opportunities in these markets for the customers of our PSAI segment. As a result, we experienced a significant decrease in the revenues of our PSAI segment from these markets. We expect our API division to show growth on account of our investments in newer technologies and platforms in the future. We are also pursuing a partnership model to enable our customers to reach more markets faster and efficiently by leveraging our cost leadership and presence across the globe. We market our products through our subsidiaries in the United States and Europe. These subsidiaries are engaged in all aspects of marketing activity and support our customers’ pursuit of regulatory approval for their products, focusing on building long-term relationships with the customers.

Other Key Markets. India is an important market with total sales of Rs.3,787 million and it accounted for 16% of the PSAI segment’s revenues in the year ended March 31, 2014. In India, we market our API products to Indian and multinational companies, many of whom are also our competitors in our Global Generics segment. The market in India is highly competitive, with severe pricing pressure and competition from lower cost foreign imports in several products.

Our sales to all of the other key markets (excluding India) were Rs.7,309 million for the year ended March 31, 2014 and accounted for 30% of our PSAI segment’s revenues for such year. Our other key markets include Brazil, Mexico, South Korea and Japan. While we work through our agents in these markets, our zonal marketing managers also interact directly with our key customers in order to service their requirements. Our focus is on building relationships with top customers in each of these markets and partnering with them in product launches by providing timely technical and analytical support.

For our custom pharmaceutical services line of business, we have focused business development teams dedicated to our key geographies of North America (the United States and Canada), the European Union and Asia Pacific. These teams target large and emerging innovator companies to build long-term business relationships focused on catering to their outsourcing needs.

PSAI Manufacturing and Raw Materials

The infrastructure for our PSAI segment consists of eight U.S. FDA-inspected plants (six of which are in India, one of which is in Mexico, and one of which is in Mirfield, United Kingdom) and four technology development centers (two of which are in Hyderabad, India, one of which is in Cambridge, United Kingdom and one of which is in Leiden, the Netherlands as a result of our acquisition of Netherlands-based specialty pharmaceutical company OctoPlus N.V.).

India. All of the facilities in India are located in the states of Andhra Pradesh and Telangana. We have the flexibility to produce quantities that range from a few kilograms to several metric tons. We have also set up a new manufacturing facility which is part of a Special Economic Zone located in Devunipalavalasa, Srikakulam, Andhra Pradesh, India. The manufacturing process consumes a wide variety of raw materials that we obtain from sources that comply with the requirements of regulatory authorities in the markets to which we supply our products. We procure raw materials on the basis

 

46


Table of Contents

of our requirement planning cycles. We utilize a broad base of suppliers in order to minimize risk arising from dependence on a single supplier. We also source several APIs from third party suppliers for resale in some of the key markets in which we make sales. During the year ended March 31, 2014, approximately 10% of our total API revenues resulted from sales of API procured from third-party suppliers. We maintain stringent quality controls when procuring materials from third-party suppliers.

The prices of our raw materials generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles although the prices of raw materials used in our API business are generally more volatile. Raw material expense forms the largest portion of our cost of revenues. We evaluate and manage our commodity price risk exposure through our operating procedures and sourcing policies.

Mexico. Our manufacturing plant in Cuernavaca, Mexico (the “Mexico facility”) was acquired from Roche during the year ended March 31, 2006. In addition to manufacturing the active pharmaceutical ingredients naproxen and naproxen sodium and a range of intermediates, the Mexico facility synthesizes steroids for use in pharmaceutical and veterinary products.

For our contract research services, we have well-resourced synthetic organic chemistry laboratories, analytical laboratories and kilo laboratories at our technology development centers at Miyapur and Jeedimetla in Hyderabad, India. Our chemists and engineers understand cGMP manufacturing and regulatory requirements for synthesis, manufacture and formulation of a NCE from the pre-clinical stage to commercialization. To complete the full value chain in development services, we also provide formulation development services. We now have facilities for pre-formulation and formulation development, analytical development, clinical trial supplies, pilot scale and product regulatory support. Larger quantities of APIs are sourced from API plants in India and Mexico.

The Dowpharma Small Molecules business, which we acquired from The Dow Chemical Company in April 2008, continues to offer niche capabilities, such as biocatalysis, chemocatalysis and hydroformulation, to provide cost effective solutions for chiral molecules. The non-exclusive license to Dow’s Pfēnex Expression Technology™ for biocatalysis development, also acquired as part of the acquisition, continues to offer us opportunities to provide technology leveraged manufacturing services to innovators, including major global pharmaceutical companies.

In the year ended March 31, 2013, we acquired Netherlands-based specialty pharmaceutical company OctoPlus N.V. (“OctoPlus”). OctoPlus has developed significant in-house expertise in the development and creation of micro-spheres and liposomes using certain polymer based technologies that enhance and enable controlled-release of the subject API into the human body. OctoPlus is well-known in the market for formulating complex injectables using polylactic-co-glycolic acid (“PLGA”) technology, which requires significant expertise and experience. In addition, it also uses its own patented PolyActive™ technology in specific project based injectables.

Our contract research and manufacturing business is uniquely positioned in the market where it utilizes assets (both in terms of physical assets and technical know-how) of a vertically integrated pharmaceutical company and combines this with the service model which we built over the last few years.

Competition

The global API market can broadly be divided into regulated and less regulated markets. The less regulated markets offer low entry barriers in terms of regulatory requirements and intellectual property rights. The regulated markets, like the United States and Europe, have high entry barriers in terms of intellectual property rights and regulatory requirements, including facility approvals. As a result, there is a premium for quality and regulatory compliance along with relatively greater stability for both volumes and prices. During the year ended March 31, 2014, the competitive environment for the API industry continued to change due to increased consolidation in the global generics industry and vertical integration of some key generic pharmaceutical companies. As an API supplier, we compete with a number of manufacturers within and outside India, which vary in size. Our main competitors in this segment are Divis Laboratories Limited, Aurobindo Pharma Limited, Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited, Cipla Limited, Mylan Laboratories Limited, Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Limited and MSN Laboratories Limited, all based or operating in India. In addition, we experience competition from European and Chinese manufacturers, as well as from Teva Pharmaceuticals Industries Limited, based in Israel.

With respect to our custom pharmaceuticals business, we believe that contract manufacturing is a significant opportunity for Indian pharmaceutical companies, based on their strengths of a skilled workforce and a low-cost manufacturing infrastructure. Key competitors in India include Divis Laboratories Limited, Dishman Pharmaceuticals & Chemicals Limited, Jubilant Organosys Limited and Nicholas Piramal India Limited. Key competitors from outside India include Lonza Group, Koninklijke DSM N.V., Albany Molecular Research, Inc., Patheon, Inc. and Cardinal Health, Inc. We distinguish ourselves

 

47


Table of Contents

from our key competitors by offering a wider range of cost effective services spanning the entire pharmaceutical value chain. Growth in contract manufacturing is likely to be driven by increasing outsourcing of late-stage and off-patent molecules by large pharmaceutical companies to compete with generics. India is emerging as an alliance and outsourcing destination of choice for global pharmaceutical companies. Companies such as Roche, Bayer, Aventis, Novartis, Eli Lilly, Merck Sereno and GlaxoSmithKline may make India the regional hub for API and supply of bulk drugs.

Government regulations

All pharmaceutical companies that manufacture and market products in India are subject to various national and state laws and regulations, which principally include the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, the Drugs (Prices Control) Order, 1995, various environmental laws, labor laws and other government statutes and regulations. These regulations govern the testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storing, record-keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products.

In India, manufacturing licenses for drugs and pharmaceuticals are generally issued by state drug authorities. Under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, the state drug administration agencies are empowered to issue manufacturing licenses for drugs if they are approved for marketing in India by the Drug Controller General of India (“DCGI”). Prior to granting licenses for any new drugs or combinations of new drugs, the DCGI clearance has to be obtained in accordance with the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

We submit a DMF for active pharmaceutical ingredients to be commercialized in the United States. Any drug product for which an ANDA is being filed must have a DMF in place with respect to a particular supplier supplying the underlying API. The manufacturing facilities are inspected by the U.S. FDA to assess compliance with Current Good Manufacturing Practice regulations (“cGMP”). The manufacturing facilities and production procedures utilized at the manufacturing facilities must meet U.S. FDA standards before products may be exported to the United States. Eight of our manufacturing facilities are inspected and approved by the U.S. FDA. For European markets, we submit a European DMF and where applicable, obtain a certificate of suitability from the European Directorate for the Quality of Medicines.

Proprietary Products Segment

Our Proprietary Products segment includes the discovery and development of new chemical entities and differentiated formulations for subsequent commercialization. This segment also includes our dermatology focused specialty business operated through Promius™ Pharma.

We continue to leverage our semi-virtual research and development model to expand our portfolio of drug discovery, differentiated and specialty formulations programs. We achieve this by efficiently collaborating with different biotechnology companies and service providers, and tapping their expertise in the different areas of our drug development process. We continue to progress towards building a sustainable mix of proprietary, branded research and development portfolio with significantly reduced fixed costs.

Proprietary Products business

In our Proprietary Products segment, our business model focuses on building a pipeline in the therapeutic areas of neurology, pain management, dermatology and infectious diseases.

Our research and development efforts have a unique “medicines-to-molecules” approach to product development. In this approach, we leverage in an integrated manner the disciplines of biology, chemistry, drug delivery, clinical development, regulatory and commercial positioning to construct novel differentiated formulations and NCEs.

We follow a hybrid research and development model, both in-house and virtual (i.e., operations are outsourced, subject to our retention of strategic and project management functions), with the following core principles:

 

   

develop creative research and development investment models and partnerships to tap external innovation focused on leveraging, rather than replicating, unique core competencies;

 

   

select assets based on potential for early risk mitigation, both with respect to product development and commercialization; and

 

   

leverage knowledge and presence in emerging markets (especially India) to maximize cost advantage.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our principal research laboratory is based in Hyderabad, India. As of March 31, 2014, we employed a total of 125 scientists, including 30 scientists who held Ph.D. degrees, across all of this segment’s locations. We pursue an integrated research strategy through a mix of translational, formulation and analytical research at our laboratories. Our research strategy focuses on discovery of new molecular targets, designing of screening assays to screen promising molecules and developing novel formulations of currently marketed drugs or combinations thereof to address unmet medical needs.

While we continue to seek licensing and development arrangements with third parties to further develop our product pipeline, we also conduct clinical development of some candidate drugs ourselves, which will enable us to derive higher value for our products. Our goal is to balance internal development of our own product candidates with in-licensing of promising compounds that complement our strengths. We also pursue licensing and joint development of some of our lead compounds with companies looking to implement their own product portfolio.

Pipeline Status

As of March 31, 2014, we had 20 active products in our Proprietary Products pipeline, of which 9 were in clinical development stage. Since repositioning our research activities in the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, our Proprietary Products segment has focused its efforts towards developing drugs to meet key unmet clinical needs. We have built a pipeline of assets that we expect to produce a steady stream of Investigational New Drugs (“INDs”) in the coming years. The details of clinical development candidates from our Proprietary Products segments as of March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Compound    Therapeutic Area    Status    Remarks

DRL 17822

  

Metabolic disorders/cardiovascular disorders

  

Phase II

  

Targeting dyslipidemia/atherosclerosis

DFP-08

  

Pain

  

Phase I

  

Targeting pain

DFA-02

  

Anti-infectives

  

Phase II

  

Targeting bacterial infections

DFP-02

  

Migraine

  

Phase III

  

Targeting migraine

DFD-01

  

Psoriasis

  

Phase III

  

Targeting psoriasis

DFD-06

  

Atopic dermatitis/psoriasis

  

Phase II

  

Targeting psoriasis, atopic dermatitis

In addition to the above, we have three programs which are in pharmacokinetic, bioavailability and bioequivalence studies in the migraine and dermatology therapeutic areas.

Patents. Our Proprietary Products segment had the following patents filed and issued as of March 31, 2014:

 

Category

   USPTO(1)
(# Filed)
    USPTO(1)
(# Granted)
     PCT(2)
(# Filed)
     India
(# Filed)
    India
(# Granted)
 

Anti-diabetic

     85        17         62         117        45   

Anti-cancer

     18        11         14         45        15   

Anti-bacterial

     8        7         10         22        4   

Anti-inflammation/cardiovascular

     42        21         35         23        3   

Anti-ulcerant

     1        1         —           1        —     

Miscellaneous

     4+1 (provisional     1         3         23        8   

Differentiated formulations

     3+4 (provisional     1         7         6+1 (provisional     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

     166        59         131         238        75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

“USPTO” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(2)

“PCT” means the Patent Cooperation Treaty, an international treaty that facilitates foreign patent filings for residents of member countries when obtaining patents in other member countries.

 

49


Table of Contents

Stages of Testing Development. The stages of testing required before a pharmaceutical product can be marketed in the United States are generally as follows:

 

Stage of

Development

   Description

Preclinical

  

Animal studies and laboratory tests to evaluate safety and efficacy, demonstrate activity of a product candidate and identify its chemical and physical properties.

Phase I

  

Clinical studies to test safety and pharmacokinetic profile of a drug in humans.

Phase II

  

Clinical studies conducted with groups of patients to determine preliminary efficacy, dosage and expanded evidence of safety.

Phase III

  

Larger scale clinical studies conducted in patients to provide sufficient data for statistical proof of efficacy and safety.

For ethical, scientific and legal reasons, animal studies are required in the discovery and safety evaluation of new medicines. Preclinical tests assess the potential safety and efficacy of a product candidate in animal models. The results of these studies must be submitted to the U.S. FDA as part of an Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application before human testing may proceed.

U.S. law further requires that studies conducted to support approval for product marketing be “adequate and well controlled.” In general, this means that either a placebo or a product already approved for the treatment of the disease or condition under study must be used as a reference control. Studies must also be conducted in compliance with good clinical practice requirements, and adverse event and other reporting requirements must be followed.

The clinical trial process can take five to ten years or more to complete, and there can be no assurance that the data collected will be in compliance with good clinical practice regulations, will demonstrate that the product is safe or effective, or, in the case of a biologic product, pure and potent, or will provide sufficient data to support U.S. FDA approval of the product. The U.S. FDA may place clinical trials on hold at any point in this process if, among other reasons, it concludes that clinical subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Trials may also be terminated by institutional review boards, which must review and approve all research involving human subjects. Side effects or adverse events that are reported during clinical trials can delay, impede, or prevent marketing authorization.

Competition

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are highly competitive. We face intense competition from organizations such as large pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and academic and research organizations. The major pharmaceutical organizations competing with us have greater capital resources, larger overall research and development staff and facilities and considerably more experience in drug development. Biotechnology companies competing with us may have these advantages as well.

In addition to competition from collaborators and investors, these companies and institutions also compete with us in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific and management personnel.

Government regulations

Virtually all pharmaceutical and biologics products that we or our collaborative partners develop will require regulatory approval by governmental agencies prior to commercialization. The nature and extent to which these regulations apply varies depending on the nature of the products and also vary from country to country. In particular, human pharmaceutical products are subject to rigorous preclinical and clinical testing and other approval procedures by the relevant regulatory agency. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country.

In India, under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of drugs is primarily the concern of the state authorities while the Central Drug Control Administration is responsible for approval of new drugs, clinical trials in the country, establishing the standards for drugs, control over the quality of imported drugs, coordination of the activities of state drug control organizations and providing expert advice with a view of bringing about the uniformity in the enforcement of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

 

50


Table of Contents

In order to market a drug in the United States, we or our partners will be subject to regulatory requirements governing human clinical trials, marketing approval and post-marketing activities for pharmaceutical products and biologics. Various federal, and in some cases state, statutes and regulations also govern or influence the manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, record-keeping and marketing of these products. The process of obtaining these approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations is time consuming and requires substantial resources, and the approval outcome is uncertain.

Generally, in order to gain U.S. FDA approval, a company first must conduct pre-clinical studies in the laboratory and in animal models to gain preliminary information on a compound’s activity and to identify any safety problems. Pre-clinical studies must be conducted in accordance with U.S. FDA regulations. The results of these studies are submitted as part of an IND application that the U.S. FDA must review before human clinical trials of an investigational drug can start. If the U.S. FDA does not respond with any questions, a drug developer can commence clinical trials thirty days after the submission of an IND.

In order to eventually commercialize any products, we or our collaborator first will be required to sponsor and file an IND and will be responsible for initiating and overseeing the clinical studies to demonstrate the safety and efficacy that is necessary to obtain U.S. FDA marketing approval. Clinical trials are normally done in three phases and generally take several years to complete. The clinical trials have to be designed taking into account the applicable U.S. FDA guidelines. Furthermore, the U.S. FDA may suspend clinical trials at any time if the U.S. FDA believes that the subjects participating in trials are being exposed to unacceptable risks or if the U.S. FDA finds deficiencies in the conduct of the trials or other problems with our product under development.

After completion of clinical trials of a new product, U.S. FDA marketing approval must be obtained. If the product is classified as a new pharmaceutical, we or our collaborator will be required to file a New Drug Application (“NDA”), and receive approval before commercial marketing of the drug. The testing and approval processes require substantial time and effort. NDAs submitted to the U.S. FDA can take several years to obtain approval and the U.S. FDA is not obligated to grant approval at all.

Even if U.S. FDA regulatory clearances are obtained, a marketed product is subject to continual review. If and when the U.S. FDA approves any of our or our collaborators’ products under development, the manufacture and marketing of these products will be subject to continuing regulation, including compliance with cGMP, adverse event reporting requirements and prohibitions on promoting a product for unapproved uses. Later discovery of previously unknown problems or failure to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on the marketing of a product or withdrawal of the product from the market as well as possible civil or criminal sanctions. Various federal and, in some cases, state statutes and regulations also govern or influence the manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping and marketing of pharmaceutical products.

Our research and development processes involve the controlled use of hazardous materials and controlled substances. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and waste products.

Promius Pharma

Promius Pharma is our subsidiary in Princeton, New Jersey in the United States focusing on our U.S. Specialty Business – i.e., development and sales of branded specialty products. It has a portfolio of in-licensed patented dermatology products. It also has an internal pipeline of dermatology products that are in different stages of development. Promius Pharma’s current portfolio contains innovative products for the treatment of seborrheic dermatitis, acne and steroid responsive dermatoses. It has commercialized four products: EpiCeram®, which is a skin barrier emulsion for the treatment of atopic dermatitis; Scytera™, which is foam for the treatment of psoriasis; Promiseb™, which is a cream for the treatment for seborrheic dermatitis; and Cloderm® (clocortolone pivalate 0.1%), which is a cream used for treating dermatological inflammation.

Promius Pharma leverages our research, development and manufacturing facilities in Hyderabad, India. Promius Pharma also works with various third party research organizations in conducting product development, pre-clinical and clinical studies. Promius Pharma has 53 sales representatives, six regional sales managers and one sales director in the field. Its sales force targets physicians in the field of dermatology and is supported by a direct marketing team and a public relations program. The manufacturing of Promius Pharma’s products has been outsourced to third party manufacturers based in the United States and Europe.

 

51


Table of Contents

4.C. Organizational structure

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited is the parent company in our group. We had the following subsidiary companies where our direct and indirect ownership was more than 50% as of March 31, 2014:

 

Name of the subsidiary

   Country of
Incorporation
   Percentage of
Direct/Indirect
Ownership Interest
 

Aurigene Discovery Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

   Malaysia      100 %(3) 

Aurigene Discovery Technologies Inc.

   U.S.A.      100 %(3) 

Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited

   India      100

beta Institut gemeinnützige GmbH

   Germany      100 %(8) 

betapharm Arzneimittel GmbH

   Germany      100 %(8) 

Cheminor Investments Limited

   India      100

Chienna BV (from February 15, 2013)

   Netherlands      100 %(14) 

Chirotech Technology Limited

   United Kingdom      100 %(5) 

DRANU LLC (from July 9, 2012)

   U.S.A.      50 %(16) 

Dr. Reddy’s Bio-Sciences Limited

   India      100

Dr. Reddy’s Farmaceutica Do Brasil Ltda.

   Brazil      100

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories (Australia) Pty. Limited

   Australia      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Canada, Inc. (from August 29, 2013)

   Canada      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories (EU) Limited

   United Kingdom      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Inc.

   U.S.A.      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories International SA

   Switzerland      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, LLC Ukraine

   Ukraine      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Louisiana LLC

   U.S.A.      100 %(6) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories New York, Inc.

   U.S.A.      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Romania S.R.L.

   Romania      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories SA

   Switzerland      100

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Tennessee, LLC

   U.S.A.      100 %(6) 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom      100 %(5) 

Dr. Reddy’s New Zealand Limited.

   New Zealand      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Pharma SEZ Limited

   India      100

Dr. Reddy’s Singapore PTE Limited, Singapore (from October 22, 2013)

   Singapore      100 %(10) 

Dr. Reddy’s Srl

   Italy      100 %(11) 

Dr. Reddy’s Venezuela, C.A.

   Venezuela      100 %(10) 

DRL Impex Limited

   India      100

Eurobridge Consulting B.V.

   Netherlands      100 %(1) 

Industrias Quimicas Falcon de Mexico, S.A. de CV

   Mexico      100

Idea2Enterprises (India) Pvt. Limited

   India      100

I-Ven Pharma Capital Limited

   India      100 %(2)(12) 

Kunshan Rotam Reddy Pharmaceutical Co. Limited (JV)

   China      51.33 %(4) 

Lacock Holdings Limited

   Cyprus      100 %(10) 

OOO Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited

   Russia      100 %(10) 

OOO DRS LLC

   Russia      100 %(9) 

OctoPlus N.V. (from February 15, 2013)

   Netherlands      100 %(13) 

OctoPlus Development B.V. (from February 15, 2013)

   Netherlands      100 %(14) 

OctoPlus Sciences B.V. (from February 15, 2013)

   Netherlands      100 %(14) 

OctoPlus PolyActive Sciences B.V. (from February 15, 2013)

   Netherlands      100 %(15) 

OctoPlus Technologies B.V. (from February 15, 2013)

   Netherlands      100 %(14) 

OctoShare B.V. (from February 15, 2013)

   Netherlands      100 %(14) 

 

52


Table of Contents

Name of the subsidiary

   Country of
Incorporation
   Percentage of
Direct/Indirect
Ownership Interest
 

Promius Pharma LLC

   U.S.A.      100 %(6) 

Reddy Antilles N.V.

   Netherlands      100

Reddy Specialities GmbH (formerly Reddy beta GmbH)

   Germany      100 %(8) 

Reddy Cheminor S.A.

   France      100 %(2) 

Reddy Holding GmbH

   Germany      100 %(10) 

Reddy Netherlands B.V.

   Netherlands      100 %(10) 

Reddy Pharma Iberia SA

   Spain      100

Reddy Pharma Italia S.p.A.

   Italy      100 %(7) 

Reddy US Therapeutics Inc. (until July 3, 2013)

   U.S.A.      100 %(1) 

 

(1)

Indirectly owned through Reddy Antilles N.V.

(2)

Subsidiary under liquidation.

(3)

Indirectly owned through Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited.

(4)

Kunshan Rotam Reddy Pharmaceutical Co. Limited is a subsidiary, as we hold a 51.33% stake. However, we account for this investment by the equity method and do not consolidate it in our financial statements.

(5)

Indirectly owned through Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories (EU) Limited.

(6)

Indirectly owned through Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Inc.

(7)

Indirectly owned through Lacock Holdings Limited.

(8)

Indirectly owned through Reddy Holding GmbH.

(9)

Indirectly owned through Eurobridge Consulting B.V.

(10)

Indirectly owned through Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories SA.

(11)

Indirectly owned through Reddy Pharma Italia S.p.A.

(12)

Indirectly owned through DRL Impex Limited

(13)

Indirectly owned through Reddy Netherlands B.V.

(14)

Indirectly owned through OctoPlus N.V.

(15)

Indirectly owned through OctoPlus Sciences B.V.

(16)

DRANU LLC is consolidated in accordance with guidance available in IFRS 10.

 

53


Table of Contents

4.D. Property, plant and equipment

The following table sets forth current information relating to our principal facilities:

 

Sl. No.

  

Location

   Approximate
Area
(Square feet)
     Built up
Area
(Square
feet)
   

Certifications

   Installed
Capacity
  Actual
Production
 
  

Within India

            

1

  

API Hyderabad Plant 1, Telangana, India

     734,013         399,339      U.S. FDA and EUGMP    4,792(8)(11)     3,542 (8)(11) 

2

  

API Hyderabad Plant 2, Telangana, India

     725,274         405,956      U.S. FDA and EUGMP    See above(11)     See above (11) 

3

  

API Hyderabad Plant 3, Telangana, India

     715,610         217,515      U.S. FDA and EUGMP    See above(11)     See above (11) 

4

  

API Hyderabad Plant 4, Telangana, India

     228,033         141,035      U.S. FDA and EUGMP    See above(11)     See above (11) 

5

  

API Nalgonda Plant, Telangana, India

     3,402,907         576,570      U.S. FDA and EUGMP    See above(11)     See above (11) 

6

  

API Srikakulam Plant, Andhra Pradesh, India

     4,047,595         1,859,056      U.S. FDA and EUGMP    See above(11)     See above (11) 

7

  

API Srikakulam Plant (SEZ), Andhra Pradesh, India

     11,001,863         414,351      —      N/A     N/A   

8

  

Technology Development Centre Hyderabad 1, Telangana, India

     113,256         95,394      ISO 27001: 2005 Information Security Management System    N/A     N/A   

9

  

Technology Development Centre Hyderabad 2, Telangana, India

     68,825         23,538      ISO 27001: 2005 Information Security Management System    N/A     N/A   

10

  

Formulations Hyderabad Plant 1, Telangana, India

     217,729         154,217      (2)    10,636(6)(13)(15)     5,456 (6)(13) 

11

  

Formulations Hyderabad Plant 2, Telangana, India

     1,306,372         832,559      (3)    See above(13)     See above (13) 

12

  

Formulations Yanam Plant, Pondicherry, India

     457,000         63,738      —      See above(13)     See above (13) 

13

  

Formulations Baddi Plant 1, Himachal Pradesh, India

     786,261         217,546      WHO-GMP    See above(13)     See above (13) 

14

  

Formulations Baddi Plant 2, Himachal Pradesh, India

     378,190         205,284      —      See above(13)     See above (13) 

15

  

Biologics Hyderabad, Telangana, India

     789,727         213,002      (2)    123,682(9)(14)     66,657 (9) 

16

  

Formulations Hyderabad Plant 3, Telangana, India

     783,823         833,841      (4)    11,600(6)(10)     6,501 (6) 

17

  

Formulations Srikakulam Plant (SEZ), Andhra Pradesh, India(16)

     879,034         308,316      —      N/A     N/A   

18

  

Formulations Visakhapatnam Plant (SEZ), Andhra Pradesh, India

     908,800         179,451      U.S. FDA, ANVISA, Brazil and BfARM, Germany    127(6)(7)     2 (6) 

19

  

Formulations Visakhapatnam Plant 2 (SEZ), Andhra Pradesh, India

     251,784         15,332      —      N/A     N/A   

20

  

ADTL Hyderabad, Telangana, India(7)

     187,308         118,012      —      N/A     N/A   
  

Outside India

            

21

  

API Cuernavaca Plant, Mexico

     2,361,840         689,719      (1)    3,500(8)     2,046 (8) 

22

  

API Mirfield Plant, United Kingdom

     1,785,960         653,400      ISO 9001:2008, MHRA (UK), U.S. FDA and Korean FDA (Travapost)    (12)     (12

23

  

API Middleburgh Plant, New York, United States(5)

     292,000         26,000      —      50-100(17)     N/A   

24

  

Technology Development Centre, Cambridge, United Kingdom(5)

     32,966         32,966      —      N/A     N/A   

25

  

Technology Development Centre, OctoPlus N.V., Leiden, the Netherlands(5)

     56,500         18,700      EUGMP    2(7)(8)     0.07 (7)(8) 

26

  

Formulations Beverley Plant, East Yorkshire, United Kingdom

     81,000         32,500      U.K. Medicine Control Agency, British Retail Consortium    N/A     N/A   

27

  

Formulations Shreveport Plant, Louisiana, United States

     1,817,123         335,000      U.S. FDA    5,875(6)(10)     3,376 (6) 

28

  

Formulations Bristol Plant, TN, United States

     1,742,400         390,000      U.S. FDA    2,460(6)(10)     218 (6) 

 

54


Table of Contents

 

(1)

U.S. FDA; European Directorate for the Quality of Medicines & HealthCare (“EDQM”); Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare, Japan; Secretaría de Salud, Mexico; Ministry of Health, Romania.

(2)

Ministry of Health, Uganda; Brazilian National Agency of Sanitary Surveillance (“ANVISA”), Brazil; National Medicines Agency, Romania; Ministry of Health, Ukraine; Gulf Cooperation Council (“GCC”) group of countries.

(3)

Medicine Control Council, Republic of South Africa; The State Company for Marketing Drugs and Medical Appliances, Ministry of Health, Iraq; Sultanate of Oman, Ministry of Health, Muscat; Ministry of Health, State of Bahrain; State Pharmaceutical Inspection, Republic of Latvia; Pharmaceutical and Herbal Medicines, Registration and Control Administrations, Ministry of Health, Kuwait. National Medicines Agency, Romania; Ministry of Health, Ukraine; Ministry of Health, Indonesia; Health Authorities, Nigeria; Ministry of Health, Kirgystan; World Health Organization, cGMP; ANVISA, Brazil; Medicines and Health Care Products Regulatory Agencies (“MHRA”), U.K., British Retail Consortium; Danish Medicines Agency; BfARM, Germany.

(4)

U.S. FDA; Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency, U.K.; Ministry of Health, United Arab Emirates; Medicines Control Council, South Africa; ANVISA, Brazil; National Medicines Agency, Romania; Danish Medicines Agency, Environmental Management System ISO 14001; Occupational Health and Safety Management System – OHSAS 18001; Quality Management System-ISO 9001:2000; BfARM, Germany.

(5)

Leased facilities.

(6)

Million units.

(7)

On a single shift basis.

(8)

Tons.

(9)

Grams.

(10)

Three shift basis

(11)

Represents the aggregate capacity and production for the facilities serially numbered from 1 to 6 in this table.

(12)

Capacity and production at this facility is not separately tracked.

(13)

Represents the aggregate capacity and production for the facilities serially numbered from 10 to 14 in this table.

(14)

Installed capacity is variable and subject to changes in product mix, and utilization of manufacturing facilities given the nature of production.

(15)

On a two shift basis.

(16)

This facility is part of our PSAI segment’s Special Economic Zone (“SEZ”) in Devunipalavalasa, Srikakulam, Andhra Pradesh, India.

(17)

Kilograms.

Except for as indicated in the notes above, we own all of our facilities. All properties identified above, including leased properties, are either used for manufacturing and packaging of pharmaceutical products or for research and development activities. In addition, we have sales, marketing and administrative offices, some of which are owned and some others are leased properties. We believe that our facilities are optimally utilized.

Global Generics

During the year ended March 31, 2014, we set up a new manufacturing facility in a Special Economic Zone in Duvvada, Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh, India for the manufacture of parenteral (injectable form) products. This will ease the manufacturing pressure and optimize the capacities across our plants.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, we also expanded our biosimilars facility in Hyderabad, Telangana, India to meet growing demand in emerging markets.

We are also in the process of obtaining approvals from the U.S. FDA for products to be manufactured from a recently commissioned oral solid dosage form facility in a Special Economic Zone in Devunipalavalasa, Srikakulam, Andhra Pradesh, India. The new plant is intended for the manufacture of new molecules, and certain high volume products of our Global Generics segment.

 

55


Table of Contents

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

During the year ended March 31, 2013, we also set up a new manufacturing facility in a Special Economic Zone located in Devunipalavalasa, Srikakulam, Andhra Pradesh, India. We have begun filing some of our new DMFs from this location and we expect to file some more during the year ending March 31, 2015. This plant is adjacent to an existing plant, in a newly acquired area of approximately 250 acres under a Pharmaceutical-Sector specific Special Economic Zone for fiscal benefits. This location also houses our Global Generics segment’s recently commissioned oral solid dosage form facility. The formal governmental approval for designating the property as a Special Economic Zone has been obtained.

Material plans to construct, expand and improve facilities

As of March 31, 2014, we had capital work-in-progress and capital commitments of Rs.6,675 million and Rs.2,920 million, respectively, for expansion of our manufacturing and research facilities, primarily relating to facilities located in India and the United States. We currently intend to finance our additional expansion plans entirely through our operating cash flows and through cash and other investments. A majority of these projects are expected to be completed during the fiscal years ending March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.

Environmental laws and regulations

We are subject to significant national and state environmental laws and regulations which govern the discharge, emission, storage, handling and disposal of a variety of substances that may be used in or result from our operations at the above facilities. Non-compliance with the applicable laws and regulations may subject us to penalties and may also result in the closure of our facilities.

 

56


Table of Contents

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Overview

We are an integrated global pharmaceutical company committed to providing affordable and innovative medicines. We derive our revenues from the sale of finished dosage forms, active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates, development and manufacturing services provided to innovator pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and license fees from marketing authorizations for our products.

The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) evaluates our performance and allocates resources based on an analysis of various performance indicators by reportable segments. Our reportable segments are as follows:

 

   

Global Generics;

 

   

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”); and

 

   

Proprietary Products.

Global Generics: This segment consists of finished pharmaceutical products ready for consumption by the patient, marketed under a brand name (branded formulations) or as generic finished dosages with therapeutic equivalence to branded formulations (generics). This segment includes the operations of our biologics business.

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”): This segment includes active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates, also known as active pharmaceutical products or bulk drugs, which are the principal ingredients for finished pharmaceutical products. Active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates become finished pharmaceutical products when the dosages are fixed in a form ready for human consumption, such as a tablet, capsule or liquid using additional inactive ingredients. This segment also includes contract research services and the manufacture and sale of active pharmaceutical ingredients and steroids in accordance with specific customer requirements.

Proprietary Products: This segment includes the discovery and development of new chemical entities and differentiated formulations for subsequent commercialization. Our differentiated formulations portfolio consists of new, synergistic combinations and technologies that improve safety and/or efficacy by modifying pharmacokinetics of existing medicines. This segment also includes our specialty pharmaceuticals business, which conducts sales and marketing operations for in-licensed and co-developed dermatology products.

The CODM reviews revenue and gross profit as the performance indicator, and does not review the total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment. The measurement of each segment’s revenues, expenses and assets is consistent with the accounting policies that are used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that in our view are the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results and that require the most exercise of management’s judgment. We consider the policies discussed under the following paragraphs to be critical for an understanding of our financial statements. Our significant accounting policies and application of these are discussed in detail in Notes 2 and 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting estimates and judgments

While preparing financial statements in conformity with IFRS, we make certain estimates and assumptions that require difficult, subjective and complex judgments. These judgments affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the statement of financial position date and the reported amount of income and expenses for the reporting period. Financial reporting results rely on our estimate of the effect of certain matters that are inherently uncertain. Future events rarely develop exactly as forecast and the best estimates require adjustments, as actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information.

Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. In particular, information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements are as below:

 

   

Assessment of functional currency for foreign operations;

 

   

Financial instruments;

 

   

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and other intangibles;

 

   

Measurement of recoverable amounts of cash-generating units;

 

   

Assets and obligations relating to employee benefits;

 

   

Provisions;

 

   

Sales returns, rebates and chargeback provisions;

 

   

Evaluation of recoverability of deferred tax assets;

 

   

Inventory obsolescence;

 

   

Business combinations; and

 

   

Contingencies.

Revenue

Sale of goods

Revenue is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise duty and is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns, sales tax and applicable trade discounts and allowances. Revenue includes shipping and handling costs billed to the customer.

Revenue from sales of generic products in India is recognized upon delivery of products to distributors by our clearing and forwarding agents. Revenue from sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates in India is recognized on delivery of products to customers, from our factories. Revenue from export sales is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of products are transferred to the customers, which occurs upon delivery of the products to the customers unless the terms of the applicable contract provide for specific revenue generating activities to be completed, in which case revenue is recognized once all such activities are completed.

Sales of generic products in India are made through clearing and forwarding agents to distributors. Significant risks and rewards in respect of ownership of generic products are transferred by us when the goods are delivered to distributors from clearing and forwarding agents. Clearing and forwarding agents are generally compensated on a commission basis as a percentage of sales made by them.

Sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates in India are made directly to the end customers (generally formulation manufacturers) from our factories. Significant risks and rewards in respect of ownership of active pharmaceutical ingredients are transferred by us upon delivery of the products to the customers. Sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates outside India are made directly to the end customers (generally distributors or formulations manufacturers) from our parent company or subsidiaries. Significant risks and rewards in respect of ownership of active pharmaceutical ingredients are transferred by us upon delivery of the products to the customers, unless the terms of the applicable contract provide for specific revenue generating activities to be completed, in which case revenue is recognized once all such activities are completed.

 

58


Table of Contents

Profit share revenues

From time to time, we enter into marketing arrangements with certain business partners for the sale of our products in certain markets. Under such arrangements, we sell our products to the business partners at a non-refundable base purchase price agreed upon in the arrangement, and we are also entitled to a profit share which is over and above the base purchase price. The profit share is typically dependent on the business partner’s ultimate net sale proceeds or net profits, subject to any reductions or adjustments that are required by the terms of the arrangement. Such arrangements typically require the business partner to provide confirmation of units sold and net sales or net profit computations for the products covered under the arrangement.

Revenue in an amount equal to the base purchase price is recognized in these transactions upon delivery of products to the business partners. An additional amount representing the profit share component is recognized as revenue in the period which corresponds to the ultimate sales of the products made by business partners only when the collectability of the profit share becomes probable and a reliable measurement of the profit share is available. Otherwise, recognition is deferred to a subsequent period pending satisfaction of such collectability and reliability requirements. In measuring the amount of profit share revenue to be recognized for each period, we use all available information and evidence, including any confirmations from the business partner of the profit share amount owed to us, to the extent made available before the date our Board of Directors authorizes the issuance of our financial statements for the applicable period.

Milestone payments and out licensing arrangements

Revenues include amounts derived from product out-licensing agreements. These arrangements typically consist of an initial up-front payment upon inception of the license and subsequent payments dependent on achieving certain milestones in accordance with the terms prescribed in the agreement. Non-refundable up-front license fees received in connection with product out-licensing agreements are deferred and recognized over the period in which we have continuing performance obligations. Milestone payments which are contingent on achieving certain clinical milestones are recognized as revenues either on achievement of such milestones, if the milestones are considered substantive, or over the period we have continuing performance obligations, if the milestones are not considered substantive. If milestone payments are creditable against future royalty payments, the milestones are deferred and released over the period in which the royalties are anticipated to be paid.

Provision for chargeback, rebates and discounts

In our U.S. Generics business, our gross revenues are significantly reduced by chargebacks, rebates, sales returns, discounts, shelf stock adjustments, Medicaid payments and similar “gross-to-net” adjustments. The estimates of “gross-to-net” adjustments for our operations in India and other countries outside of the U.S. relate mainly to sales return allowances in all such operations, and certain rebates to healthcare insurance providers are specific to our German operations. The pattern of such sales return allowances is generally consistent with our gross sales. In Germany, the rebates to healthcare insurance providers mentioned above are contractually fixed in nature and do not involve significant estimations by us.

 

   

Chargebacks: Chargebacks are issued to wholesalers for the difference between our invoice price to the wholesaler and the contract price through which the product is resold in the retail part of the supply chain. The information that we consider for establishing a chargeback accrual includes the historical average chargeback rate over a period of time, current contract prices with wholesalers and other customers, and estimated inventory holding by the wholesaler. With this methodology, we believe that the results are more realistic and closest to the potential chargeback claims that may be received in the future period relating to inventory on which a claim is yet to be received as at the end of the reporting period. In addition, as part of our books closure process, a chargeback validation is performed in which we track and reconcile the volume of sold inventory for which we should carry an appropriate provision for chargeback. We procure the inventory holding statements and data through an electronic data interface with our wholesalers (representing approximately 90% of the total value of chargebacks outstanding at every reporting date) as part of this reconciliation. On the basis of this volume reconciliation, chargeback accrual is validated. For the chargeback rate computation, we consider different contract prices for each product across our customer base. This chargeback rate is adjusted (if necessary) on a periodic basis for expected future price reductions.

 

   

Rebates: Rebates (direct and indirect) are generally provided to customers as an incentive to stock and sell our products. Rebate amounts are based on a customer’s purchases made during an applicable period. Rebates are paid to wholesalers, chain drug stores, health maintenance organizations or pharmacy buying groups under a contract with us. We determine our estimates of rebate accruals primarily based on the contracts entered into with our wholesalers

 

59


Table of Contents
 

and other direct customers and the information received from them for secondary sales made by them. For direct rebates, liability is accrued whenever we invoice to direct customers. For indirect rebates, the accruals are based on a representative weighted average percentage of the contracted rebate amount applied to inventory sold and delivered by us to wholesalers or other direct customers.

 

   

Sales Return Allowances: We account for sales returns by recording a provision based on our estimate of expected sales returns. We deal in various products and operate in various markets. Accordingly, our estimate of sales returns is determined primarily by our experience in these markets. In respect of established products, we determine an estimate of sales returns provision primarily based on historical experience of such sales returns. Additionally, other factors that we consider in determining the estimate include levels of inventory in the distribution channel, estimated shelf life, product discontinuances, price changes of competitive products, and introduction of competitive new products, to the extent each of these factors impact our business and markets. We consider all of these factors and adjust the sales return provision to reflect our actual experience. With respect to new products introduced by us, those have historically been either extensions of an existing product line where we have historical experience or in a general therapeutic category where established products exist and are sold either by us or our competitors.

We have not yet introduced products in a new therapeutic category where the sales returns experience of such products by us or our competitors (as we understand based on industry publications) is not known. The amount of sales returns for our newly launched products have not historically differed significantly from sales returns experience of the then current products marketed by us or our competitors (as we understand based on industry publications). Accordingly, we do not expect sales returns for new products to be significantly different from expected sales returns of current products. We evaluate sales returns of all our products at the end of each reporting period and record necessary adjustments, if any.

 

   

Medicaid Payments: We estimate the portion of our sales that may get dispensed to customers covered under Medicaid programs based on the proportion of units sold in the previous two quarters for which a Medicaid claim could be received as compared to the total number of units sold in the previous two quarters. The proportion is based on an analysis of the actual Medicaid claims received for the preceding four quarters. In addition, we also apply the same percentage on the derived estimated inventory sold and delivered by us to our wholesalers and other direct customers to arrive at the potential volume of products on which a Medicaid claim could be received. We use this approach because we believe that it corresponds to the approximate six month time period it takes for us to receive claims from the various Medicaid programs. After estimating the number of units on which a Medicaid claim is to be paid, we use the latest available Medicaid reimbursement rate per unit to calculate the Medicaid accrual. In the case of new products, accruals are done based on specific inputs from our marketing team or data from the publications of IMS Health.

 

   

Shelf Stock Adjustments: Shelf stock adjustments are credits issued to customers to reflect decreases in the selling price of products sold by us, and are accrued when the prices of certain products decline as a result of increased competition upon the expiration of limited competition or exclusivity periods. These credits are customary in the pharmaceutical industry, and are intended to reduce the customer inventory cost to better reflect the current market prices. The determination to grant a shelf stock adjustment to a customer is based on the terms of the applicable contract, which may or may not specifically limit the age of the stock on which a credit would be offered.

 

   

Cash Discounts: We offer cash discounts to our customers, generally at 2% of the gross sales price, as an incentive for paying within invoice terms, which generally range from 45 to 90 days. Accruals for such cash discounts do not involve any significant variables, and the estimates are based on the gross sales price and agreed cash discount percentage at the time of invoicing.

We believe our estimation processes are reasonable methods of determining accruals for the “gross-to-net” adjustments. Chargeback accrual accounts for the highest element among the “gross-to-net” adjustments, and constituted approximately 67% of such “gross-to-net” adjustments for our U.S. Generics business for the year ended March 31, 2014. For the purpose of the following discussion, we are therefore restricting our explanations to this specific element. While chargeback accruals depend on multiple variables, the most pertinent variables are our estimates of inventories on which a chargeback claim is yet to be received and the unit price at which the chargeback will be processed. To determine the chargeback accrual applicable for a reporting period, we perform the following procedures to calculate these two variables:

 

  a)

Estimated inventory – Inventory volumes on which a chargeback claim that is expected to be received in the future are determined using the validation process and methodology described above (see “Chargebacks” above). When such a validation process is performed, we note that the difference represents an immaterial variation. Therefore, we believe that our estimation process in regard to this variable is reasonable.

 

60


Table of Contents
  b)

Unit pricing rate – At any point in time, inventory volumes on which we carry our chargeback accrual represents up to 1.5 months of sales volumes. Therefore, the sensitivity of price changes on our chargeback accrual only relates to such volumes. Assuming that the chargebacks were processed within such period, we analyzed the impact of changes of prices for the periods beginning April 1, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, on our estimated inventory levels computed based on the methodology described above (see “Chargebacks” above). We note that the impact on net sales on account of such price variation was negligible.

In view of this, we believe that the calculations are not subject to a level of uncertainty that warrants a probability-based approach. Accordingly, we believe that we have been reasonable in our estimates for future chargeback claims and that the amounts of reversals or adjustments made in the current period pertaining to the previous year’s accruals are immaterial. Further, this data is not determinable except on occurrence of specific instances or events during a period, which warrant an adjustment to be made for such accruals.

A roll-forward for each major accrual for our U.S. Generics operations is presented below for our fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively:

 

Particulars

   Chargebacks     Rebates     Medicaid     Sales
Returns
 
     (All values in U.S. $ millions)  

Beginning Balance: April 1, 2011

     80        40        4        9   

Current provisions relating to sales in current year

     886        158        8        13   

Provisions and adjustments relating to sales in prior years

              4        0        0   

Credits and payments**

     (842     (142     (5     (8

Ending Balance: March 31, 2012

     124        60        7        14   

Beginning Balance: April 1, 2012

     124        60        7        14   

Current provisions relating to sales in current year

     1,162        246        14        19   

Provisions and adjustments relating to sales in prior years

              1        1        —     

Credits and payments**

     (1,119     (194     (10     (13

Ending Balance: March 31, 2013

     167        113        12        20   

Beginning Balance: April 1, 2013

     167        113        12        20   

Current provisions relating to sales in current year

     1,029        355        17        24   

Provisions and adjustments relating to sales in prior years

              2        0        —     

Credits and payments**

     (1,070     (340     (14     (16

Ending Balance: March 31, 2014

     126        130        15        28   

 

*

Currently, we do not separately track provisions and adjustments, in each case to the extent relating to prior years for chargebacks. However, the adjustments are expected to be non-material. The volumes used to calculate the closing balance of chargebacks represent an average of 1 to 1.5 months equivalent of sales, which corresponds to the pending chargeback claims yet to be processed.

**

Currently, we do not separately track the credits and payments, in each case to the extent relating to prior years for chargebacks, rebates, medicaid payments or sales returns.

Services

Revenue from services rendered, which primarily relate to contract research, is recognized in the consolidated income statement as the underlying services are performed. Upfront non-refundable payments received under these arrangements are deferred and recognized as revenue over the expected period over which the related services are expected to be performed.

Export entitlements

Export entitlements from government authorities are recognized in the consolidated income statement as a reduction from cost of revenues when the right to receive credit as per the terms of the scheme is established in respect of the exports made by us, and where there is no significant uncertainty regarding the ultimate collection of the relevant export proceeds.

 

61


Table of Contents

Shipping and handling costs

Shipping and handling costs incurred to transport products to customers and internal transfer costs incurred to transport the products from our factories to various points of sale are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments consist of investments in mutual funds, equity securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings, trade and other payables and certain other assets and liabilities.

Non-derivative financial instruments are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs, except for those instruments that are designated as being fair value through profit and loss upon initial recognition. Subsequent to initial recognition, non-derivative financial instruments are measured as described below.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits and short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value. For this purpose, “short-term” means investments having maturity of three months or less from the date of investment. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of our cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

Other investments

Other investments consist of term deposits with original maturities of more than three months, mutual funds and equity securities.

Investments in mutual funds and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses, are recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) and presented within equity. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred to the consolidated income statement.

Trade payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is expected within one year or within the normal operating cycle of the business.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for merchandise sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. Trade receivables are classified as current assets if the collection is expected within one year or within the normal operating cycle of the business.

Debt instruments and other financial liabilities

We initially recognize debt instruments issued on the date that they originate. All other financial liabilities are recognized initially on the trade date, which is the date we become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. These are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Others

Other non-derivative financial instruments are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

Derivative financial instruments

We are exposed to exchange rate risks which arise from our foreign exchange revenues, expenses and borrowings primarily in U.S. dollars, U.K. pounds sterling, Russian roubles and Euros, and foreign currency debt in U.S. dollars, Russian roubles and Euros.

 

62


Table of Contents

We use derivative financial instruments, including forward exchange contracts, option contracts and currency swap contracts, to mitigate our risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We also use non-derivative financial instruments as part of our foreign currency exposure risk mitigation strategy.

Hedges of highly probable forecasted transactions

We classify our derivative financial instruments that hedge foreign currency risk associated with highly probable forecasted transactions as cash flow hedges and measure them at fair value. The effective portion of such cash flow hedges is recorded in our hedging reserve, as a component of equity, and re-classified to the consolidated income statement as revenue in the period corresponding to the occurrence of the forecasted transactions. The ineffective portion of such cash flow hedges is recorded in the consolidated income statement as finance costs immediately.

We also designate certain non-derivative financial liabilities, such as foreign currency borrowings from banks, as hedging instruments for hedge of foreign currency risk associated with highly probable forecasted transactions. Accordingly, we apply cash flow hedge accounting to such relationships. Remeasurement gain/loss on such non-derivative financial liabilities is recorded in our hedging reserve, as a component of equity, and reclassified to the consolidated income statement as revenue in the period corresponding to the occurrence of the forecasted transactions.

Upon initial designation of a hedging instrument, we formally document the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction and the hedged risk, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. We make an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, of whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items attributable to the hedged risk, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80%-125% relative to the gain or loss on the hedged items. For cash flow hedges to be “highly effective”, a forecast transaction that is the subject of the hedge must be highly probable and must present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss), remains there until the forecast transaction occurs. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income/(loss) is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

Hedges of recognized assets and liabilities

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments (such as forward contracts and option contracts) that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, and for which no hedge accounting is applied, are recognized in the consolidated income statement. The changes in fair value of such derivative financial instruments, as well as the foreign exchange gains and losses relating to the monetary items, are recognized as part of “net finance income/(expense)” in the consolidated income statement.

Hedges of changes in the interest rates

Consistent with our risk management policy, we use interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of changes in interest rates. We do not use such instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

De-recognition of financial assets and liabilities

We derecognize a financial asset when the contractual right to the cash flows from that asset expires, or we transfer the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. If we retain substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, we continue to recognize the financial asset and also recognize a collateralized borrowing, at amortized cost, for the proceeds received.

We derecognize a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of the derecognized financial liability and the consideration paid is recognized as profit or loss.

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, we have a legal right and ability to offset the amounts and intend either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

63


Table of Contents

Foreign currency

Functional currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Indian rupees, which is the functional currency of our parent company, DRL. Functional currency of an entity is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.

In respect of all non-Indian subsidiaries that operate as marketing arms of our parent company in their respective countries/regions, the functional currency has been determined to be the functional currency of our parent company (i.e., the Indian rupee). The operations of these subsidiaries are largely restricted to the import of finished goods from our parent company in India, sale of these products in the foreign country and remittance of the sale proceeds to our parent company. The cash flows realized from sale of goods are readily available for remittance to our parent company and cash is remitted to our parent company on a regular basis. The costs incurred by these subsidiaries are primarily the cost of goods imported from our parent company. The financing of these subsidiaries is done directly or indirectly by our parent company.

In respect of subsidiaries whose operations are self-contained and integrated within their respective countries/regions, the functional currency has been determined to be the local currency of those countries/regions.

Foreign currency transactions and foreign operations

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of entities within our company group at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition during the period or in previous financial statements are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation and are recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) and presented within equity as a part of foreign currency translation reserve (“FCTR”).

In case of foreign operations whose functional currency is different from Indian rupees (our parent company’s functional currency), the assets and liabilities of such foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising upon acquisition, are translated to the reporting currency at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of such foreign operations are translated to the reporting currency at the monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Resulting foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) and presented within equity as part of FCTR. When a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant amount in the FCTR is transferred to the consolidated income statement.

Business combinations

We use the acquisition method of accounting to account for any business combination that occurred on or after April 1, 2009. The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. Judgment is applied in determining the acquisition date and determining whether control is transferred from one party to another. Control exists when we are exposed to, or have rights to, variable returns from our involvement with the entity and have the ability to affect, those returns through power over the entity. In assessing control, potential voting rights are considered only if the rights are substantive.

We measure goodwill as of the applicable acquisition date at the fair value of the consideration transferred, including the recognized amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. When the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the consideration transferred, a bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement. Consideration transferred includes the fair values of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred by us to the previous owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by us. Consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Consideration transferred does not include amounts related to settlement of pre-existing relationships. Any goodwill that arises on account of such business combination is tested annually for impairment. A contingent liability of the acquiree is assumed in a business combination only if such a liability represents a present obligation and arises from a past event, and its fair value can be measured reliably. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, we recognize any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. Transaction costs incurred by us in connection with a business combination, such as finder’s fees, legal fees, due diligence fees and other professional and consulting fees, are expensed as incurred.

 

64


Table of Contents

Acquisitions of non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders. The difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred, together with the amount of non-controlling interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of our share of identifiable net assets acquired.

Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment, and any impairment loss on such an investment is not allocated to any asset, including goodwill, that forms part of the carrying value of the equity accounted investee.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets that are acquired by us, which have finite useful lives, are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditures are capitalized only when they increase the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which they relate.

Research and development

Expenditures on research activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding are recognized in profit or loss when incurred.

Expenditures on development activities involving a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products and processes are capitalized only if:

 

   

development costs can be measured reliably;

 

   

the product or process is technically and commercially feasible;

 

   

future economic benefits are probable; and

 

   

we intend to and have sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset.

Our internal drug development expenditures are capitalized only if they meet the recognition criteria as mentioned above. Where regulatory and other uncertainties are such that the criteria are not met, the expenditures are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. This is almost invariably the case prior to approval of the drug by the relevant regulatory authority. However, where the recognition criteria are met, intangible assets are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives from product launch. As of March 31, 2014, no internal drug development expenditure amounts have met the recognition criteria. The expenditures to be capitalized include the cost of materials and other costs directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Other development expenditures are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

In conducting our research and development activities related to differentiated formulations and new chemical entities (“NCEs”), we seek to optimize our expenditures and to limit our risk exposures. Most of our current research and development projects related to differentiated formulations and NCEs are at an early discovery/development phase. These early development stage exploratory projects are numerous and are characterized by uncertainty with respect to timing and cost of completion. At such time as a research and development project related to a differentiated formulation or NCE progresses into the more costly clinical study phases, where the costs can be tracked separately, such project is considered to be significant if:

 

  a)

it is expected to account for more than 10% of our total research and development costs; and

 

  b)

the costs and efforts to develop the project can be reasonably estimated and the product resulting from the project has a high probability of launch.

Historically, none of our development projects have met the significance thresholds listed above.

A substantial portion of our current research and development activities relates to the development of bio-equivalent products, which do not require full scale clinical trials to be conducted prior to the filing by us of applications with regulatory authorities to allow the marketing and sale of such products. Our total research and development costs for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.12,402 million, which was approximately 9% of our total revenue for the year. The amounts spent on research and development related to our bio-equivalent products for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 represented approximately 62%, 60% and 71%, respectively, of our total research and development expenditures.

 

65


Table of Contents

For each of our bio-equivalent generic product research and development projects, the timing and cost of completion varies depending on numerous factors, including, among others: the intellectual property patented by the innovator for the applicable product; the patent regimes of the countries in which we seek to market the product; our development strategy for such product; the complexity of the molecule for such product; and the time required to address any development challenges that arise during the development process. For any particular bio-equivalent generic product, these factors and other product launch requirements may vary across the numerous geographies in which we seek to market the product. In addition, bio-equivalent research and development projects often may relate to a number of different therapeutic areas. At any particular point of time, we tend to have a very high number of bio-equivalent generic product research and development projects ongoing simultaneously, in various developmental stages, with the exact number of such active projects changing regularly. As a result, we believe it would be impractical for us to state the exact number of ongoing projects and the estimated timing or cost to complete such projects.

Payments to third parties that generally take the form of up-front payments and milestones for in-licensed products, compounds and intellectual property are capitalized. Our criteria for capitalization of such assets are consistent with the guidance given in paragraph 25 of International Accounting Standard 38 (“IAS 38”) (i.e., receipt of economic benefits out of the separately purchased transaction is considered to be probable).

Intangible assets relating to products in development, other intangible assets not available for use and intangible assets having indefinite useful life are subject to impairment testing at each reporting date. All other intangible assets are tested for impairment when there are indications that the carrying value may not be recoverable. All impairment losses are recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

Amortization

Amortization is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets or on any other basis that reflects the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity. Intangible assets that are not available for use are amortized from the date they are available for use.

Impairment

Financial assets

A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value.

Significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis.

All impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement. When the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets declines below acquisition cost and there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss that has been recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the statement of income. An impairment loss may be reversed in subsequent periods, if the indicators for the impairment no longer exist. Such reversals are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of our non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives or that are not yet available for use, an impairment test is performed each year at March 31.

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit (as defined below) is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or the cash-generating unit. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”).

 

66


Table of Contents

The goodwill acquired in a business combination is, for the purpose of impairment testing, allocated to cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an investment in an associate is not recognized separately, and therefore is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the investment in an associate is tested for impairment as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the investment in an associate may be impaired.

Income tax

Income tax expense consists of current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognized using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit; differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and taxable temporary differences arising upon the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

Any deferred tax asset or liability arising from deductible or taxable temporary differences in respect of unrealized inter-company profit or loss on inventories held by us in different tax jurisdictions is recognized using the tax rate of the jurisdiction in which such inventories are held. Withholding tax arising out of payment of dividends to shareholders under the Indian Income tax regulations is not considered as tax expense for us and all such taxes are recognized in the statement of changes in equity as part of the associated dividend payment.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials, stores and spares, work in progress and finished goods, and are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of all categories of inventories is based on the weighted average method. Stores and spares consists of packing materials, engineering spares (such as machinery spare parts) and consumables (such as lubricants, cotton waste and oils) that are used in operating machines or consumed as indirect materials in the manufacturing process. Cost includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of finished goods and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of overheads based on normal operating capacity.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

 

67


Table of Contents

The factors that we consider in determining the allowance for slow moving, obsolete and other non-saleable inventory includes estimated shelf life, planned product discontinuances, price changes, aging of inventory and introduction of competitive new products, to the extent each of these factors impact our business and markets. We consider all these factors and adjust the inventory provision to reflect our actual experience on a periodic basis.

Litigations

We are involved in disputes, lawsuits, claims, governmental and/or regulatory inspections, inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including patent and commercial matters that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Most of the claims involve complex issues. We assess the need to make a provision for a liability for such claims and record a provision when we determine that a loss related to a matter is both probable and reasonably estimable.

Because litigation and other contingencies are inherently unpredictable, our assessment can involve judgments about future events. Often, these issues are subject to uncertainties and therefore the probability of a loss, if any, being sustained and an estimate of the amount of any loss are difficult to ascertain. This is due to a number of factors, including: the stage of the proceedings (in many cases trial dates have not been set) and the overall length and extent of pre-trial discovery; the entitlement of the parties to an action to appeal a decision; clarity as to theories of liability; damages and governing law; uncertainties in timing of litigation; and the possible need for further legal proceedings to establish the appropriate amount of damages, if any. We also believe that disclosure of the amount of damages sought by plaintiffs, if that is known, would not be meaningful with respect to those legal proceedings.

Consequently, for a majority of these claims, it is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the expected financial effect, if any, that will result from ultimate resolution of the proceedings. In these cases, we disclose information with respect to the nature and facts of the case.

Other provisions

We recognize a provision if, as a result of a past event, we have a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable (i.e., more likely than not) that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

Restructuring

A provision for restructuring is recognized when we have approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating costs are not provided.

Onerous contracts

A provision for onerous contracts is recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by us from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established, we recognize any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

Reimbursement rights

Expected reimbursements for expenditures required to settle a provision are recognized only when receipt of such reimbursements is virtually certain. Such reimbursements are recognized as a separate asset in the statement of financial position, with a corresponding credit to the specific expense for which the provision has been made.

 

68


Table of Contents

5.A. Operating results

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated revenues by segment:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (Rs. in millions)  
     Revenues      Revenues
(Segment
% of Total)
    Revenues      Revenues
(Segment
% of Total)
    Revenues      Revenues
(Segment
% of Total)
 

Global Generics

   Rs. 70,243         72   Rs. 82,563         71   Rs. 105,164         80

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

     23,812         25     30,702         26     23,974         18

Proprietary Products

     1,078         1     1,468         1     1,778         1

Others

     1,604         2     1,533         2     1,254         1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 96,737         100   Rs. 116,266         100   Rs. 132,170         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our gross profits by segment:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (Rs. in millions)  
     Gross
Profit
     Gross Profit
(% of

Segment
Revenue)
    Gross
Profit
     Gross Profit
(% of
Segment
Revenue)
    Gross
Profit
     Gross Profit
(% of
Segment
Revenue)
 

Global Generics

   Rs. 44,263         63   Rs. 48,721         59   Rs. 69,148         66

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

     7,508         32     9,970         32     4,848         20

Proprietary Products

     903         84     1,324         90     1,606         90

Others

     631         39     564         37     199         16
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 53,305         55   Rs. 60,579         52   Rs. 75,801         57
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, financial data as percentages of total revenues and the increase (or decrease) by item as a percentage of the amount over the comparable period in the previous years.

 

     Percentage of Sales     Percentage Increase/(Decrease)  
     For the Year Ended March 31,    
     2012     2013     2014     2012 to 2013     2013 to 2014  

Revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0     20     14

Gross profit

     55.1     52.1     57.4     14     25

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     30.9     29.5     29.3     15     13

Research and development expenses

     6.1     6.6     9.4     30     62

Other (income)/expense, net

     (0.8 %)      (2.1 %)      (1.1 %)      224     (43 %) 

Results from operating activities

     18.9     18.2     19.8     16     23

Finance (expense)/income, net

     0.2     0.4     0.3     187     (13 %) 

Profit before income taxes

     19.1     18.6     20.1     17     23

Income tax expense, net

     (4.3 %)      (4.2 %)      (3.9 %)      17     4

Profit for the period

     14.7     14.4     16.3     18     28

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014 compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013

Revenues

 

   

Our overall consolidated revenues were Rs.132,170 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 14% as compared to Rs.116,266 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. Revenue growth for the year ended March 31, 2014 was largely driven by our Global Generics segment’s operations in the United States and our “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia).

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated revenues by geography:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
    

Revenues

     % of Total
Revenue*
    Revenues      % of Total
Revenue*
    Revenues      % of Total
Revenue*
 
     (Rs. in millions)  

Global Generics

   Rs. 70,243         72   Rs. 82,563         71   Rs. 105,164         80

North America (the United States and Canada)

     31,889         45     37,846         46     55,303         53

Europe

     8,259         12     7,716         9     6,970         6

India

     12,931         18     14,560         18     15,713         15

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     13,260         19     16,908         20     19,819         19

Rest of the World

     3,904         6     5,533         7     7,359         7

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

   Rs. 23,812         25   Rs. 30,702         26   Rs. 23,974         18

North America (the United States and Canada)

     4,272         18     5,744         19     3,820         16

Europe

     8,424         35     12,007         39     9,058         38

India

     3,586         15     4,638         15     3,787         16

Rest of the World

     7,531         32     8,313         27     7,309         30

Proprietary Products and Others

   Rs. 2,682         3   Rs. 3,001         3   Rs. 3,032         2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 96,737         100   Rs. 116,266         100   Rs. 132,170         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

The percentage of geography revenue to total represents the respective geography’s revenue to the total segment’s revenue.

 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Indian rupee depreciated by approximately 10%, 14%, and 4% against the U.S. dollar, the Euro and the Russian rouble, respectively, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. This change in the exchange rates resulted in higher reported revenues because of the increase in Indian rupee realization from sales in U.S. dollars, Euros and Russian roubles. However, our higher realization for the U.S. dollar was partially offset by net losses incurred on cash flow hedges undertaken by us to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with highly probable forecasted sales transactions. Accordingly, on a net basis, our realizations of U.S. dollar denominated revenues reported in Indian rupees were higher by 15% during the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to our revenues during the year ended March 31, 2013 adjusted for losses on such cash flow hedges, on account of depreciation of the Indian rupee.

 

 

Our provision for sales returns as at March 31, 2014 was Rs.2,504 million, as compared to a provision of Rs.1,904 million as at March 31, 2013. This increase in our provision was primarily due to higher sales recorded during the year ended March 31, 2014. Consistent with our accounting policy for creating provisions for sales returns (discussed in Note 3(1) of our consolidated financial statements), we periodically assess the adequacy of our allowance for sales returns based on the criteria discussed in our Critical Accounting Policies, as well as sales returns actually processed during the year. For further information regarding our sales return provisions, see Notes 3(1) and 21 to our consolidated financial statements.

Segment analysis

Global Generics

Revenues from our Global Generics segment were Rs.105,164 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 27% as compared to Rs.82,563 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. North America (the United States and Canada), India and our “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia), contributed approximately 93% of the revenues of this segment for the year ended March 31, 2014.

After taking into account the favorable impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate, the foregoing increase in revenues of this segment was attributable to the following factors:

 

   

an increase of approximately 20% resulting from the introduction of new products during the year ended March 31, 2014;

 

   

an increase of approximately 3% resulting from the net impact of increases in sales prices of products; and

 

   

an increase of approximately 4% resulting from increased sales volumes of existing products;

 

70


Table of Contents

North America (the United States and Canada): Our Global Generics segment’s revenues from North America (the United States and Canada) for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.55,303 million, an increase of 46% as compared to our revenues of Rs.37,846 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. In U.S. dollar absolute currency terms (i.e., U.S. dollars without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), this segment’s revenues from such geography grew by 25% in the year ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. This growth was largely attributable to the following:

 

   

Revenues from 9 new products launched in the year ended March 31, 2014. The following table sets forth, for the year ended March 31, 2014, products that we launched in the United States:

 

Product

  Innovator’s Brand   Innovator

Zoledronic acid (5mg/100ml)

  Reclast®   Novartis AG

Lamotrigine Extended Release

  Lamictal® XR   GlaxoSmithKline

Azacitidine

  Vidaza®   Celgene Corporation

Divalproex Extended Release

  Depakote® ER   GlaxoSmithKline

Donepezil 23 mg

  Aricept® 23 mg   Eisai Inc.

Decitabine

  Dacogen®   Eisai Inc.
Amlodipine besylate and atorvastatin calcium   Caduet®   Pfizer Inc.

Sumatriptan Auto Injector

  Imitrex STATdose Pen®   Pfizer Inc.

Moxifloxacin

  Avelox®   Bayer AG

 

   

Market share expansion in our existing key products, such as metoprolol succinate and atorvastatin.

During the year ended March 31, 2014, we made 13 U.S. filings, which includes one NDA filing under section 505(b)(2) and 12 ANDA filings, bringing our cumulative ANDA filings to 209. We now have 62 ANDAs pending approval at the U.S. FDA, out of which 39 are Paragraph IV filings and we believe 9 to have first to file status. We have also received a tentative approval for one of our NDAs filed under section 505(b)(2).

A significant portion of our Global Generics segment’s revenue growth in North America (the United States and Canada) during the year ended March 31, 2014 was on account of sales from launches of new products. However, revenues from the launch of new products in North America (the United States and Canada) by this segment were significantly high during the year ended March 31, 2014, and may not contribute towards revenue growth as significantly during the year ending March 31, 2015. Nonetheless, we are optimistic about garnering additional market shares in some of our existing products during the year ending March 31, 2015.

India: Our revenues from India in the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.15,713 million, an increase of 8% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Government of India released drug price notifications for a majority of the 348 products listed in the National List of Essential Medicines that are subject to price controls under the Drugs (Price Control) Order, 2013. The reduced prices from these price controls adversely impacted the revenues from our India business by approximately 3% (the annualized impact is approximately 4%) for the year ended March 31, 2014.

Despite the adverse impact of the aforesaid reduction in prices, growth was largely driven by an increase in sales volumes across our key brands, as well as revenues from 11 new products launched during the year ended March 31, 2014. According to IMS Health, as per its moving annual total report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2014, our sales value grew by 12.2%. In comparison, the Indian pharmaceutical market grew by 9.9% during such period.

Bio-similar products are one of the key contributors to our revenues from India, and represented approximately 7% of our revenues from India during the year ended March 31, 2014.

Emerging Markets: Our revenues from our “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia), for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.27,178 million, an increase of 21% over the year ended March 31, 2013. The reasons for this growth are set forth below in the separate discussions of these geographies.

 

71


Table of Contents

Russia: Our revenues from Russia for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.16,333 million, an increase of 16% over the year ended March 31, 2013. In Russian rouble absolute currency terms (i.e., Russian roubles without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), such revenues grew by 11% in the year ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. The growth was largely driven by an increase in sales across our key brands (such as Nise, Omez, Ketorol, Senade and Cetrine) as well as new product launches. According to IMS Health, as per its moving annual total report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2014, our sales value and volume growths for the year ended March 31, 2014 were 7.7% and 4.1%, respectively, as compared to the Russian pharmaceutical market value growth and volume decrease of 1.9% and 5.0%, respectively. During the same period, our volume market share increased from 1.64% to 1.80%, according to IMS Health. Our sales of OTC products have grown significantly, and accounted for 34% of the total sales made by us in Russia during the year ended March 31, 2014. We intend to further increase our OTC sales by various branding and other marketing initiatives. According to IMS Health, in the year ended March 31, 2014, we have improved our rank by five positions in the OTC segment as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. As per IMS Health’s moving annual total report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2014, our OTC sales value and volume growths in Russia for the year ended March 31, 2014 were 18.8% and 16.8%, respectively, as compared to the Russian OTC pharmaceutical market value growth and volume decrease of 1.4% and 6.0%, respectively.

Other countries of the former Soviet Union: Our revenues from other countries of the former Soviet Union for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.3,486 million, an increase of 22% over the year ended March 31, 2013. This growth was largely led by increased revenues resulting from higher prices from sales in Ukraine and increased sales volumes from sales in Uzbekistan, Belarus and Kazakhstan. This growth also benefitted from the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar and the Ukrainian hryvnia.

Rest of the World Markets: We refer to all markets of this segment other than North America, Europe, Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union and India as our “Rest of the World” markets. Our revenues from our “Rest of the World” markets were Rs.7,359 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 33% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. The growth was largely led by increased revenues resulting from higher prices and increased sales volumes from South Africa and Venezuela, and was partially offset by the impact of devaluation of the Venezuelan bolivar.

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”)

Our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”) segment’s revenues for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.23,974 million, a decrease of 22% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. After taking into account the favorable impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate, such decrease was largely attributable to:

 

   

decreased sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients, as some of our key customers lost market share during the year, coupled with lower sales from “launch molecules” (i.e., API sales to customers to support their generic product launches related to impending patent expirations) to our customers in the year ended March 31, 2014, which decreased our PSAI segment’s revenues by 16%; and

 

   

decreased customer orders in our pharmaceutical development services for certain products provided to innovator companies which decreased our PSAI segment’s revenues by 6%.

In the year ended March 31, 2014, our PSAI segment filed 61 Drug Master Files (“DMFs”) worldwide, of which 12 were filed in the United States, 13 were filed in Europe and 36 were filed in other countries. Cumulatively, our total DMFs filed worldwide as of March 31, 2014 were 631, including 196 DMFs filed in the United States.

Gross Profit

Our total gross profit was Rs.75,801 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, representing 57.4% of our total revenues for this period, as compared to Rs.60,579 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, representing 52.1% of our total revenues for this period.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our gross profit by segment:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     Gross Profit      % of
Segment
Revenue
    Gross Profit      % of
Segment
Revenue
    Gross Profit      % of
Segment
Revenue
 
     (Rs. in millions)  

Global Generics

   Rs. 44,263         63.0   Rs. 48,721         59.0   Rs. 69,148         65.8

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

     7,508         31.5     9,970         32.5     4,848         20.2

Proprietary Products

     903         83.7     1,324         90.2     1,606         90.3

Others

     631         39.3     564         36.8     199         15.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 53,305         55.1   Rs. 60,579         52.1   Rs. 75,801         57.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

After taking into account the favorable impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate, the gross profits from our Global Generics segment increased from 59.0% in the year ended March 31, 2013 to 65.8% in the year ended March 31, 2014, on account of:

 

   

the favorable impact of changes in our existing business mix (i.e., an increase in the proportion of sales of higher gross margin products and a decrease in the proportion of sales of lower gross margin products) primarily attributable to an increased proportion of sales from new product launches with better margins; and

 

   

higher price realizations from existing products, primarily due to the favorable impact of the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the U.S. Dollar.

The gross profits from our PSAI segment decreased from 32.5% during the year ended March 31, 2013 to 20.2% during the year ended March 31, 2014, due to the following:

 

   

the unfavorable impact of changes in our existing business mix (i.e., a decrease in the proportion of sales of higher gross margin products and an increase in the proportion of sales of lower gross margin products) primarily on account of lower sales from “launch molecules” (i.e., API sales to customers to support their generic product launches related to impending patent expirations) to our customers during the year; and

 

   

increased pricing pressures on key products.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.38,783 million, an increase of 13% as compared to Rs.34,272 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. After taking into account the unfavorable impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate, this increase was largely attributable to the following:

 

   

increased personnel costs, due to annual raises and new recruitments, which increased our selling, general and administrative expenses by 5.2%;

 

   

increased sales and marketing costs, due to expenditures towards select brand building activities in “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia), which increased our selling, general and administrative expenses by 4.8%; and

 

   

increased legal and professional services cost, which increased our selling, general and administrative expenses by 2.0%.

As a proportion of our total revenues, our selling, general and administrative expenses have marginally decreased from 29.5% during the year ended March 31, 2013 to 29.3% during the year ended March 31, 2014.

Research and development expenses

Our research and development expenses in the year ended March 31, 2014 were Rs.12,402 million, an increase of 62% as compared to Rs.7,674 million in the year ended March 31, 2013. This increase was in accordance with our strategy to expand our research and development efforts in complex formulations, differentiated formulations and biosimilar compounds. Our research and development expenditures accounted for 9.4% of our total revenues in the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to 6.6% in the year ended March 31, 2013. Approximately 62% of our research and development expenses during the year ended March 31, 2014 were spent towards the development of bio-equivalent products and the other 38% was dedicated to innovative and bio-pharmaceutical research.

 

73


Table of Contents

Reversal of impairment losses

Consequent to the increase in expected cash flows of some of the products forming part of the product related intangibles pertaining to our Global Generics segment, we estimated the recoverable amount of such intangible assets and assessed that the impairment loss recorded in an earlier period should be reversed. Accordingly, a reversal of impairment loss of Rs.497 million for such product related intangibles was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2014 under “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated income statement. The expected cash flows increased primarily due to various market dynamics, such as reduced competition and favorable pricing position.

Other income, net

Our net other income was Rs.1,416 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to a net other income of Rs.2,479 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in net other income by Rs.1,063 million was largely attributable to the following:

 

   

during March 2013, we entered into an agreement with Nordion Inc. (formerly known as MDS Inc.) to settle our ongoing litigation for alleged breach of service obligations by Nordion Inc. during the years 2000 to 2004. As part of the settlement, we received a one-time settlement amount of Rs.1,220 million (U.S.$22.5 million) from Nordion Inc., out of which Rs.108 million (U.S.$2 million) was towards reimbursement of research and development cost and was recorded as reduction in such cost. The balance of Rs.1,112 million (U.S.$20.5 million) was compensation for lost profits and was recorded as part of other income; and

 

   

other income for the year ended March 31, 2014 includes Rs.415 million (CAD6.75 million) from the resolution of litigation associated with the sale of one of our generic products in North America.

Finance income, net

Our net finance income was Rs.400 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to net finance income of Rs.460 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in net finance income by Rs.60 million was largely attributable to an increase in our net interest expense, which was Rs.189 million for the year ended March 31, 2014 as compared to Rs.118 million for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Profit before income taxes

As a result of the above, profit before income taxes was Rs.26,606 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 23% as compared to Rs.21,676 million for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Income tax expense

Our consolidated weighted average tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were 19.1% and 22.6%, respectively. Income tax expense was Rs.5,094 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to income tax expense of Rs.4,900 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in effective tax rate by 3.5% for the year ended March 31, 2014 was primarily attributable to the following:

 

   

a decrease in the effective tax rate by approximately 3.2% as a result of a favorable order from the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, Hyderabad over a previously litigated tax matter;

 

   

a decrease in the effective tax rate by approximately 0.9% on account of impairment losses and reversal of impairment losses; and

 

   

a decrease in the effective tax rate by approximately 1.6% due to increased research and development expenditures which were eligible for weighted tax deduction. This decrease was largely offset by an increase in the effective tax rate on account of unrecognized deferred tax assets, primarily pertaining to OctoPlus N.V., Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories New York, Inc. and Dr. Reddy’s Srl.

Profit for the period

As a result of the above, our net result was a net profit of Rs.21,512 million in the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to a net profit of Rs.16,776 million in the year ended March 31, 2013.

 

74


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012

Revenues

 

   

Our overall consolidated revenues were Rs.116,266 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, an increase of 20% as compared to Rs.96,737 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. Our revenues for the year ended March 31, 2012 included a profit share pursuant to our agreement with Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. of Rs.4,500 million, attributable to sales of olanzapine 20 mg tablets in the United States with a 180 days marketing exclusivity. Excluding this impact, revenues increased by 26% for the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. Revenue growth for the year ended March 31, 2013 was largely driven by our Global Generics segment’s operations in the United States, India and our “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia), as well as our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients segment’s operations.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated revenues by geography:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     Revenues      % of Total
Revenue*
    Revenues      % of Total
Revenue*
    Revenues      % of Total
Revenue*
 
     (Rs. in millions)  

Global Generics

   Rs. 53,340         71   Rs. 70,243         72   Rs. 82,563         71

North America (the United States and Canada)

     18,996         36     31,889         45     37,846         46

Europe

     8,431         16     8,259         12     7,716         9

India

     11,690         22     12,931         18     14,560         18

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     10,858         20     13,260         19     16,908         20

Rest of the World

     3,365         6     3,904         6     5,533         7

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

   Rs. 19,648         26   Rs. 23,812         25   Rs. 30,702         26

North America (the United States and Canada)

     3,170         16     4,272         18     5,744         19

Europe

     7,020         36     8,424         35     12,007         39

India

     2,619         13     3,586         15     4,638         15

Rest of the World

     6,838         35     7,531         32     8,313         27

Proprietary Products and Others

   Rs. 1,705         3   Rs. 2,682         3   Rs. 3,001         3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 74,693         100   Rs. 96,737         100   Rs. 116,266         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

The percentage of geography revenue to total represents the respective geography’s revenue to the total segment’s revenue.

 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2013, the Indian rupee depreciated by approximately 12%, 6%, and 7% against the U.S. dollar, the Euro and the Russian rouble, respectively, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. This change in the exchange rates resulted in higher reported revenues because of the increase in Indian rupee realization from sales in U.S. dollars, Euros and Russian roubles. However for the U.S. dollar, our higher realization was partially offset on account of net losses incurred on cash flow hedges undertaken by us to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with highly probable forecasted sales transactions. Accordingly, on a net basis, our realizations of U.S. dollar denominated revenues reported in Indian rupees were higher by 9% during the year ended March 31, 2013 on account of depreciation of the Indian rupee.

 

 

Our provision for sales returns as at March 31, 2013 was Rs.1,904 million, as compared to a provision of Rs.1,335 million as at March 31, 2012. This increase in our provision is primarily due to higher sales recorded during the year ended March 31, 2013. Consistent with our accounting policy for creating provisions for sales returns (discussed in Note 3.1. of our consolidated financial statements), we periodically assess the adequacy of our allowance for sales returns based on the criteria discussed in our Critical Accounting Policies, as well as sales returns actually processed during the year. For further information regarding our sales return provisions, see Note 21 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

75


Table of Contents

Segment analysis

Global Generics

Revenues from our Global Generics segment were Rs.82,563 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, an increase of 18% as compared to Rs.70,243 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. This segment’s revenues for the year ended March 31, 2012 included a profit share pursuant to our agreement with Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. of Rs.4,500 million, attributable to sales of olanzapine 20 mg tablets in the United States subject to 180 days marketing exclusivity. Excluding this impact, revenues from our Global Generics segment increased by 26% for the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. North America (the United States and Canada), our “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia) and India, contribute approximately 91% of the revenues of this segment for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Excluding the impact of profit share revenues from sales of olanzapine 20 mg, the 26% increase in revenues of this segment was attributed to the following factors: approximately 16% of the increase resulted from an increase in the sales volumes of existing products in this segment, approximately 12% of the increase resulted from the introduction of new products in this segment, offset by an approximately 2% decrease resulting from decline in sales prices (net of currency depreciation) of products in this segment.

North America (the United States and Canada): Our Global Generics segment’s revenues from North America (the United States and Canada) for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.37,846 million, an increase of 19% as compared to our revenues of Rs.31,889 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. In U.S. dollar absolute currency terms (i.e., U.S. dollars without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), this segment’s revenues from such geography grew by 10% in the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012.

Excluding the impact of Olanzapine profit share revenues from Teva Pharmaceuticals Ltd. of Rs.4,500 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, the revenues from North America (the United States and Canada) for the year ended March 31, 2013 increased by 38% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. In U.S. dollar absolute currency terms (i.e., U.S dollars without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), this segment’s revenues from such geography grew by 29% in the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. This growth was largely attributable to the following:

 

   

Revenues from 14 new products launched in the year ended March 31, 2013, including the 180 days marketing exclusivity of finasteride 1 mg (our generic version of Propecia®) and clopidogrel 300 mg (our generic version of Plavix®). The following table sets forth, for the year ended March 31, 2013, products that we launched in the United States:

 

Product

  

Therapeutic Category

  

Innovator’s Brand

Olanzapine (other than 20 mg)

   Antipsychotic    Zyprexa®

Lansoprazole OTC

   Gastro-intestinal    Prevacid®

Clopidogrel

   Cardiovascular    Plavix®

Ropinirole hydrochloride XR

   Central nervous system    Requip XL®

Atorvastatin

   Cardiovascular    Lipitor®

Ibandronate sodium

   Calcium regulator    Boniva®
Montelukast sodium, Montelukast sodium chewable, and Montelukast sodium oral granules    Respiratory    Singulair®

Metoprolol succinate ER

   Cardiovascular    Toprol - XL®
Amoxicillin (tablets, capsules and oral suspension)    Anti-infective    Amoxil®

Sildenafil

   Cardiovascular    Revatio®

Finasteride

   Alopecia agent    Propecia®

Desloratadine ODT

   Anti-infective    Clarinex® Reditabs®

Zoledronic acid injection

   Calcium regulator    Zometa®

Zenatane TM

   Dermatology    Accutane®

 

   

Market share expansion in our existing key products such as ziprasidone and fondaparinux, ramp-up in our antibiotics portfolio and higher contributions by our facility in Shreveport, Louisiana, U.S.A. Our facility in Shreveport, Louisiana, U.S.A. accounted for approximately 4% of the revenue growth of this segment in North America (the United States and Canada), primarily due to a new multi-year contract signed with a customer during the previous year.

 

76


Table of Contents

During the year ended March 31, 2013, we made 19 U.S. filings, which includes one NDA filing under section 505(b)(2) and 18 ANDA filings, bringing our cumulative ANDA filings to 200. We now have 65 ANDAs pending approval at the U.S. FDA, out of which 38 are Paragraph IV filings and we believe 8 to have first to file status.

During the year ending March 31, 2014, we expect to launch a few more key products, and we remain optimistic about the long term growth opportunity in this market.

India: Our revenues from India for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.14,560 million, an increase of 13% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. This growth was driven by an increase in sales volumes across our key brands, such as Omez, Nise, Stamlo, Razo and Reditux, as well as revenues from 24 new brands launched during the year. According to IMS Health, a market research firm, as per its moving annual total report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2013, our sales value grew by 13.7%. In comparison, the Indian pharmaceutical market grew by 10.2% during such period.

Bio-similar products are one of our key growth drivers in India, and represent approximately 8% of our revenues from India in the year ended March 31, 2013.

Emerging Markets: Our revenues from our “Emerging Markets” (which is comprised of Russia, other countries of the former Soviet Union, and certain other countries from our “Rest of the World” markets, primarily South Africa, Venezuela and Australia), for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.22,441 million, an increase of 31% over the year ended March 31, 2012. This growth was due to the reasons set forth in the below discussions of these geographies.

Russia: Our revenues from Russia for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.14,048 million, an increase of 27% over the year ended March 31, 2012. In Russian rouble absolute currency terms (i.e., Russian roubles without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), such revenues grew by 18% in the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. The growth was largely driven by an increase in sales across our key brands (such as Nise, Omez, Ketorol, Senade and Cetrine) as well as new product launches. According to IMS Health, a market research firm, as per its moving annual total report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2013, our sales value and volume growths for the year ended March 31, 2013 were 4.9% and 2.7%, respectively, as compared to the Russian pharmaceutical market value growth and volume decrease of 8.5% and 0.7%, respectively. During the same period, our volume market share increased from 1.65% to 1.70%. We launched 5 new brands in Russia during the year ended March 31, 2013. OTC products represented approximately 34% of our overall sales in Russia and we intend to further strengthen our OTC sales by continuous branding initiatives.

Other countries of the former Soviet Union: Our revenues from other countries of the former Soviet Union for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.2,860 million, an increase of 28% over the year ended March 31, 2012. This growth was largely led by increased revenues resulting from higher prices and increased sales volumes from sales in Ukraine, Belarus and Kazakhstan, and partly benefitted by depreciation of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar and Ukrainian hryvnia.

Rest of the World Markets: We refer to all markets of this segment other than North America, Europe, Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union and India as our “Rest of the World” markets. Our revenues from our “Rest of the World” markets were Rs.5,533 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, an increase of 42% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. The growth was largely led by increased revenues resulting from higher prices and increased sales volumes from South Africa, Australia and Venezuela, and was partially offset by the impact of devaluation of the Venezuelan bolivar.

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”)

Our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”) segment’s revenues for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.30,702 million, an increase of 29% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. This was largely attributable to:

 

   

increases in the sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients to generic customers to support their generic product launches related to impending patent expirations, which increased our PSAI segment’s revenues by 9%;

 

   

a strong recovery of customer orders in our PSAI segment primarily due to increased pharmaceutical development services for certain products provided to our innovator company customers, which increased our PSAI segment’s revenues by 8%; and

 

   

the impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies, which increased our PSAI segment’s revenues by 12%.

 

77


Table of Contents

In the year ended March 31, 2013, our PSAI segment filed 47 Drug Master Files (“DMFs”) worldwide, of which 5 were filed in the United States, 10 were filed in Europe and 32 were filed in other countries. Cumulatively, our total DMFs filed worldwide as of March 31, 2013 were 577, including 184 DMFs filed in the United States.

Gross Margin

Our total gross margin was Rs.60,579 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, representing 52% of our total revenues for this period, as compared to Rs.53,305 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, representing 55% of our total revenues for this period.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our gross margin by segment:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     Gross
Margin
     % of
Segment
Revenue
    Gross
Margin
     % of
Segment
Revenue
    Gross
Margin
     % of
Segment
Revenue
 
     (Rs. in millions)  

Global Generics

   Rs. 34,499         65   Rs. 44,263         63   Rs. 48,721         59

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

     5,105         26     7,508         32     9,970         32

Proprietary Products

     382         72     903         84     1,324         90

Others

     277         24     631         39     564         37
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 40,263         54   Rs. 53,305         55   Rs. 60,579         52
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The change in gross margin was primarily on account of the following:

 

   

the favorable impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

the impact of one time profit share revenues from the sale of olanzapine 20 mg tablets in the United States during the year ended March 31, 2012, which resulted in higher gross margins during such year;

 

   

the unfavorable impact of price erosions in some of our existing products in the United States and Germany; and

 

   

the unfavorable impact of higher power and fuel costs in India due to an increase in tariff rates as well as imposition of certain fuel surcharge adjustments.

Adjusting for the impact of the one time profit share revenues from the sale of olanzapine 20 mg tablets in the United States during the year ended March 31, 2012 which resulted in higher gross margins during such year, the gross margin for the year ended March 31, 2013 did not change significantly as compared to the gross margin for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.34,272 million, an increase of 15% as compared to Rs.29,907 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. Including the unfavorable impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate, this increase was primarily on account of the following:

 

   

increased personnel costs, due to annual raises and new recruitments, which increased our selling, general and administrative expenses by 9%; and

 

   

higher distribution costs, due to increases in sales volumes and freight cost increases, which increased our selling, general and administrative expenses by 3%.

Our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales have gradually declined and were at 30% for the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to 31% and 32% for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses

Our research and development expenses for the year ended March 31, 2013 were Rs.7,674 million, an increase of 30% as compared to Rs.5,911 million during the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase in research and development expenditure was primarily due to increased spending in our innovative and bio-pharmaceutical research. Our research and development expenditures accounted for 6.6% of our total revenues during the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 6.1% during the year ended March 31, 2012. Approximately 60% of our research and development expenses during the year ended March 31, 2013 were spent towards the development of bio-equivalent generic products and the other 40% was dedicated to innovative and bio-pharmaceutical research.

Impairment loss on goodwill and other intangible assets

Based on the business performance and expected cash flows from our business in Italy, we carried out an impairment test of Dr. Reddy’s SRL’s cash-generating unit and recorded an impairment loss of goodwill amounting to Rs.181 million during the year ended March 31, 2013. Further, we also recorded an impairment loss on intangibles amounting to Rs.10 million during the year ended March 31, 2013 pertaining to this cash-generating unit.

Consequent to the decline in expected cash flows of some of the products forming part of the product related intangibles pertaining to our Global Generics segment, we carried out an impairment test of such product related intangibles and recorded an impairment loss of Rs.497 million during the year ended March 31, 2013.

The above impairment losses were recorded under “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated income statement.

Other income, net

In the year ended March 31, 2013, our net other income was Rs.2,479 million as compared to the net other income of Rs.765 million in the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily on account of the following:

 

   

During March 2013, we entered into an agreement with Nordion Inc. (formerly known as MDS Inc.) to settle our ongoing litigation for alleged breach of service obligations by Nordion Inc. during the years 2000 to 2004. As part of the settlement, we received a one-time settlement amount of Rs.1,220 million (U.S.$22.5 million) from Nordion Inc., out of which Rs.108 million (U.S.$2 million) was towards reimbursement of research and development cost and was recorded as reduction in such cost. The balance of Rs.1,112 million (U.S.$20.5 million) was compensation for lost profits and was recorded as part of other income; and

 

   

a net increase in sales of spent chemicals by Rs.208 million.

Finance income, net

Net finance income was Rs.460 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to net finance income of Rs.160 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. The change was primarily on account of the following:

 

   

our net foreign exchange gain was Rs.365 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to a net foreign exchange gain of Rs.689 million for the year ended March 31, 2012;

 

   

our net interest expense was Rs.118 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to net interest expense of Rs.690 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 primarily due to increased interest income on our higher term deposits; and

 

   

our dividend and profit on sale of investments was Rs.213 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to Rs.161 million for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Profit before income taxes

As a result of the above, profit before income taxes was Rs.21,676 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, an increase of 17% as compared to Rs.18,466 million for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was Rs.4,900 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to income tax expense of Rs.4,204 million for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Our consolidated effective tax rate was 22.6% for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to a consolidated effective tax rate of 22.8% for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Profit for the period

As a result of the above, our net result was a net profit of Rs.16,776 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to a net profit of Rs.14,262 million for the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

79


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011

Revenues

 

   

Our overall consolidated revenues were Rs.96,737 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, an increase of 30% as compared to Rs.74,693 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. Revenue growth for the year ended March 31, 2012 was largely driven by our Global Generics segment’s operations in the markets of North America (the United States and Canada) and Russia and our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients segment’s operations.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated revenues by geography:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
    

Revenues

     % of Total
Revenue*
    Revenues      % of Total
Revenue*
    Revenues      % of Total
Revenue*
 
     (Rs. in millions)  

Global Generics

   Rs. 48,606         69   Rs. 53,340         71   Rs. 70,243         72

North America (the United States and Canada)

     16,817         35     18,996         36     31,889         45

Europe

     9,643         20     8,431         16     8,259         12

India

     10,158         21     11,690         22     12,931         18

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     9,119         19     10,858         20     13,260         19

Rest of the World

     2,869         6     3,365         6     3,904         6

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

   Rs. 20,404         29   Rs. 19,648         26   Rs. 23,812         25

North America (the United States and Canada)

     3,673         18     3,170         16     4,272         18

Europe

     6,652         33     7,020         36     8,424         35

India

     2,646         13     2,619         13     3,586         15

Rest of the World

     7,433         36     6,838         35     7,531         32

Others

   Rs. 1,267         2   Rs. 1,705         3   Rs. 2,682         3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 70,277         100   Rs. 74,693         100   Rs. 96,737         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

The percentage of geography revenue to total represents the respective geography’s revenue to the total segment’s revenue.

 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2012, the Indian rupee depreciated by approximately 5%, 9%, and 7% against the U.S. dollar, the Euro and the Russian rouble, respectively, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. This change in the exchange rates resulted in higher reported revenue growth rates because of the increase in Indian rupee realization from sales in U.S. dollars, Euros and Russian roubles.

 

 

Our provision for sales returns during the year ended March 31, 2012 was Rs.1,335 million, as compared to Rs.731 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. This increase in our provision is primarily due to higher sales recorded during the year ended March 31, 2012. Consistent with our accounting policy for creating provisions for sales returns (discussed in Note 3.1. of our consolidated financial statements), we periodically assess the adequacy of our allowance for sales returns based on the criteria discussed in our Critical Accounting Policies, as well as sales returns actually processed during the year. For further information regarding our sales return provisions, see Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements.

Segment analysis

Global Generics

Revenues from our Global Generics segment were Rs.70,243 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, an increase of 32% as compared to Rs.53,340 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. North America (the United States and Canada), Germany, India and Russia were the four key markets for our Global Generics segment, contributing approximately 86% of the revenues of this segment for the year ended March 31, 2012.

North America (the United States and Canada). Our revenues from North America (the United States and Canada) for the year ended March 31, 2012 were Rs.31,889 million, an increase of 68% as compared to our revenues of Rs.18,996 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. In U.S. dollar absolute currency terms (i.e., U.S dollars without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), such revenues grew by 62% in the year ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. This growth was largely attributable to the following:

 

   

Revenues from 15 new products launched in the year ended March 31, 2012, including the 180 days marketing exclusivity of olanzapine (our generic version of Zyprexa®) and ziprasidone (our generic version of Geodon®).

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the year ended March 31, 2012, products that we launched in North America (the United States and Canada):

 

Product

 

Innovator’s Brand

  Total annual market size*
(U.S.$Billions)
 

Donepezil HCL

  Aricept®   U.S.$ 2.10   

Venlafaxine-XR

  Effexor XR®     2.50   

Letrozole

  Femara®     0.70   

Levofloxacin

  Levaquin®     1.70   

Topotecan injection

  Hycamtin®     0.10   

Fondaparinux sodium injection

  Arixtra®     0.32   

Amlodipine besylate and Benazepril hydrochloride (5/40 mg)

  Lotrel®     0.02   

Rivastigmine tartrate

  Exelon®     0.10   

Gemcitabine for injection

  Gemzar®     0.70   

Fexofenadine-pseudoephedrine HCL OTC

  Allegra-D24®     N/A   

Amoxicillin clavulanic acid (oral suspension and tablets)

  Augmentin®     0.46   

Olanzapine

  Zyprexa®     3.60   

Olanzapine ODT

  Zyprexa Zydis®     0.40   

Ziprasidone

  Geodon®     1.34   

Quetiapine fumarate

  Seroquel®     4.60   

*  Approximate total annual market size in the United States at the time of our generic launch, as per IMS Health.

      

 

   

Market share expansion in our existing key products such as lansoprazole, omeprazole magnesium OTC, tacrolimus and higher contributions of our Shreveport facility.

According to IMS Health, 26 products in our prescription generics portfolio are ranked among the top three in U.S. market share for the year ended March 31, 2012.

During the year ended March 31, 2012, our OTC portfolio, which is one of the key focus areas of our North America (the United States and Canada) business, crossed $100 million in revenues. Our key OTC products include omeprazole magnesium, fexofenadine, fexofenadine-pseudoephedrine and ranitidine. We expect to introduce more such products in this portfolio, and expect our OTC portfolio to be a key growth driver in the future.

During the year ended March 31, 2012, we made 17 new ANDA filings, bringing our cumulative ANDA filings to 194. We now have 80 ANDAs pending approval at the U.S. FDA, out of which 41 are Paragraph IV filings and 7 have first to file status.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, we expect to launch a few more key products, and we remain optimistic about the long term growth opportunity in this market. However, there has been a delay in the anticipated launch of one of our key products, atorvastatin, which remains pending approval by the U.S. FDA.

Russia. Our revenues from Russia for the year ended March 31, 2012 were Rs.11,024 million, an increase of 23% over the year ended March 31, 2011. In Russian rouble absolute currency terms (i.e., Russian roubles without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), such revenues grew by 15% in the year ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. The growth was largely driven by an increase in sales volumes across our key brands, such as Nise, Omez, Ketorol, Senade and Cetrine. Pharmexpert, a market research firm, in its moving annual total report for the 12 months ended March 31, 2012 (the “Pharmexpert MAT March 2012”), reported our prescription secondary sales growth (i.e., sales made by our wholesalers to stockists and retailers) for the year ended March 31, 2012 at 21%, as compared to the Russian pharmaceutical market’s overall growth rate of 17% for the same period. Our rank in the Russian pharmaceutical market has improved from 15th as of March 31, 2011 to 13th as of March 31, 2012, as per the Pharmexpert MAT March 2012 report. We launched 5 new brands in Russia during the year ended March 31, 2012, with two being OTC products. OTC products represent approximately 29% of our overall sales in Russia and we intend to further strengthen our OTC sales by continuous branding initiatives.

 

81


Table of Contents

India. Our revenues from India for the year ended March 31, 2012 were Rs.12,931 million, an increase of 11% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. This growth was driven by an increase in sales volumes across our key brands, such as Omez, Stamlo, Razo and Reditux, as well as revenues from 23 new brands launched in the year ended March 31, 2012.

Bio-similar products are one of our key growth drivers in India, and represent approximately 7% of our revenues from India in the year ended March 31, 2012. We are among the cost leaders in the bio-similar product category, which allows us to price our products comparatively cheaper than the innovator brands in India.

Germany. Our revenues from Germany for the year ended March 31, 2012 were Rs.5,055 million, a decline of 7% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. In Euro absolute currency terms (i.e., Euros without taking into account the effect of currency exchange rates), such revenues for the year ended March 31, 2012 declined by 15% as compared to year ended March 31, 2011. The decline was largely due to the continuing pricing challenges in the tender (i.e., competitive bidding) based supply model in Germany, partly offset by additional revenues from new products launched during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 under non-tender supply contracts.

Other Countries of the former Soviet Union. Our revenues from other countries of the former Soviet Union for the year ended March 31, 2012 were Rs.2,236 million, an increase of 17% over the year ended March 31, 2011. This growth was largely led by increased revenues from sales in Uzbekistan and Kazakhstan, and partly by the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar.

Other countries of Europe. Our revenues from our “Rest of Europe” markets (i.e., all European markets other than Germany, Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union) were Rs.3,203 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, an increase of 8% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. Such growth was primarily due to increased out-licensing of product rights, and partly due to depreciation of the Indian rupee against the Euro.

Other Markets. Our revenues from our “Rest of the World” markets (i.e., all markets other than North America, Europe, Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union and India) were Rs.3,904 million in the year ended March 31, 2012, an increase of 16% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. The growth was largely led by increased revenues from sales in South Africa, Australia and Venezuela, and was partially offset by the impact of depreciation of the Venezuelan bolivar against the Indian rupee.

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”)

Our PSAI segment’s revenues for the year ended March 31, 2012 were Rs.23,812 million, an increase of 21% as compared to the year ended March 31, 2011. This was largely attributable to an increase in the sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients to generic customers, a strong recovery of customer orders in the pharmaceutical services segment and the impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies. In the year ended March 31, 2012, our Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients segment filed 68 Drug Master Files (“DMFs”) worldwide, of which 14 were filed in the United States, 14 were filed in Europe and 40 were filed in other countries. Cumulatively, our total worldwide DMFs as of March 31, 2012 were 543, including 187 DMFs in the United States.

Gross Margin

Our total gross margin was Rs.53,305 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, representing 55% of our total revenues for that period, as compared to Rs.40,263 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, representing 54% of our total revenues for that period.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our gross margin by segment:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     Gross
Margin
     % of
Segment
Revenue
    Gross
Margin
     % of
Segment
Revenue
    Gross
Margin
     % of
Segment
Revenue
 
     (Rs. in millions)  

Global Generics

   Rs. 29,146         60   Rs. 34,499         65   Rs. 44,263         63

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients

     6,660         33     5,105         26     7,508         32

Proprietary Products

     396         77     382         72     903         84

Others

     138         18     277         24     631         39
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 36,340         52   Rs. 40,263         54   Rs. 53,305         55
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The change in gross margin was primarily on account of the following:

 

   

the favorable impact of launches of certain high margin new products in the United States;

 

   

the favorable impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate; and

 

   

the unfavorable impact of price erosions in some of our existing products

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2012 were Rs.29,907 million, an increase of 26% as compared to Rs.23,689 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. This increase was primarily on account of the following:

 

   

increased personnel costs, due to annual raises and new recruitments;

 

   

higher distribution costs, due to increases in sales volumes and freight cost increases;

 

   

impairment loss on other intangible assets; and

 

   

the impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee against multiple currencies in the markets in which we operate.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased by 17% to Rs.5,911 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to Rs.5,060 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. Our research and development expenditures accounted for 6% of our total revenues during the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to 7% during the year ended March 31, 2011. Approximately 70% of our research and development expenses during the year ended March 31, 2012 were spent towards the development of bio-equivalent generic products and the other 30% was dedicated to innovative and biologics research.

Impairment loss on other intangible assets

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were certain significant changes in the German generic pharmaceutical market that are expected to adversely impact the future operations of our German subsidiary, betapharm. Among other things, there was a reference pricing review that resulted in a reduction of the government mandated price of certain of our products being sold by betapharm, which is expected to adversely affect betapharm’s sales margins. In addition, one of the key SHI funds, Barmer GEK, announced a large sales tender that is expected to cause significant impact on the price realization of some of the key products of betapharm.

As a result of such adverse market developments, we reassessed the recoverable amounts of betapharm’s product-related intangibles, and of the cash generating unit that comprises these product-related intangibles and its trademark/brand “beta”. The recoverable amount of both the product-related intangibles and the betapharm cash generating unit were based on their fair value less costs to sell, which was higher than its value in use. As a result of this re-evaluation, the carrying amount of certain product-related intangibles was determined to be higher than its recoverable amount. Accordingly, an impairment loss of Rs.1,022 million for the product related intangibles was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Further, based on our recent business performance and evaluation of expected cash flows from certain customer related intangibles pertaining to our New Zealand business, we have recorded an impairment loss of Rs.18 million during the year ended March 31, 2012.

 

83


Table of Contents

Other (income)/expense, net

In the year ended March 31, 2012, our net other income was Rs.765 million, as compared with net other income of Rs.1,115 million in the year ended March 31, 2011. This decrease was largely on account of the following:

 

   

a profit from the sale of land amounting to Rs.292 million that arose for the year ended March 31, 2011 did not exist during the year ended March 31, 2012; and

 

   

a benefit of negative goodwill of Rs.73 million realized on account of our acquisition of a penicillin-based antibiotics manufacturing site in Bristol, Tennessee, U.S.A. for the year ended March 31, 2011 did not exist during the year ended March 31, 2012.

Finance (expense)/income, net

Net finance income was Rs.160 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to a net finance expense of Rs.189 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The change was primarily on account of the following:

 

   

our net foreign exchange gain was Rs.689 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to a net foreign exchange loss of Rs.57 million for the year ended March 31, 2011;

 

   

our net interest expense was Rs.690 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 (largely on account of interest on bonus debentures of Rs.470 million for such year), as compared to net interest expense of Rs.127 million for the year ended March 31, 2011; and

 

   

our dividend and profit on sale of investments was Rs.161 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to Rs.68 million for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Profit/(loss) before income taxes

As a result of the above, profit before income taxes was Rs.18,466 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, an increase of 48% as compared to Rs.12,443 million for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was Rs.4,204 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to an income tax expense of Rs.1,403 million for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Our consolidated effective tax rate was 23% for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to 11% for the year ended March 31, 2011. This increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to:

 

   

reduced tax incentives, as well as expiration of a tax holiday period, under Indian laws that applied to certain of our facilities located in India, amounting to an increase in tax expense by approximately 4%;

 

   

higher revenues from the launch of our product olanzapine in the United States, amounting to an increase in tax expense by approximately 3%; and

 

   

the unfavorable impact of changes in the profit mix of our subsidiaries (i.e., a decrease in the proportion of profit from subsidiaries with lower tax rates and an increase in the proportion of profit from subsidiaries with higher tax rates), coupled with an increase in expenses not deductible for tax purposes.

The rate of weighted deduction on our eligible research and development expenditures was equal to 200% for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. The decrease in our eligible research and development expenditure did not cause any significant impact on our effective tax rate.

Profit/(loss) for the period

As a result of the above, our net result was a profit of Rs.14,262 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to a net profit of Rs.11,040 million for the year ended March 31, 2011.

 

84


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Standards issued but not yet effective and not early adopted by us

IFRS 9 – Financial instruments

In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9, “Financial instruments”, relating to the classification and measurement of financial assets. In October 2010, the IASB added the requirements related to the classification and measurement of financial liabilities to IFRS 9. This includes requirements on embedded derivatives and how to account for an entity’s own credit risks for financial liabilities that are measured at fair value. In November 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 that introduces a new general hedge accounting model. The new hedge accounting model set forth in IFRS 9 significantly differs from the IAS 39 hedge accounting model in number of respects such as eligibility of hedging instruments and hedged items, accounting for time value component of options and forward contracts, qualifying criteria for applying hedge accounting and related disclosures. Further, the IASB has tentatively decided to establish the mandatory effective date for implementation of IFRS 9 as January 1, 2018. Entities are permitted to early adopt the provisions of IFRS 9.

We believe that the adoption of IFRS 9, insofar it relates to classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities, will not have any material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of new hedge accounting model on our consolidated financial statements.

Amendment to IAS 32 – Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 “Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”. The amendments to IAS 32 clarify existing application issues relating to the offsetting requirements. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and “simultaneous realization and settlement”. The amendments to IAS 32 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with retrospective application required. We believe that these amendments will not have any material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Amendment to IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets

In May 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 36 “Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets”. IAS 36 has been amended to disclose the recoverable amount of every cash-generating unit to which significant goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets have been allocated. Under the amendments, the recoverable amount is required to be disclosed only when an impairment loss has been recognized or reversed. The amendments to IAS 36 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. We believe that these amendments will not have any material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 16 – Property, plant and equipment and IAS 38 Intangible assets

In May 2014, the IASB issued limited-scope amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 to clarify the use of a revenue-based depreciation or amortization method. With respect to property, plant and equipment, the IASB has clarified that the use of revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset. With respect to intangible assets, the amended standard incorporates a rebuttable presumption that an amortization method based on the revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an intangible asset is inappropriate. We believe that these amendments will not have any material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also will result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively (for example, service revenue and contract modifications) and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements. The new revenue recognition standard is applicable for the reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the new standard on our consolidated financial statements.

 

85


Table of Contents

5.B. Liquidity and capital resources

Liquidity

We have primarily financed our operations through cash flows generated from operations and a mix of long-term and short-term borrowings. Our principal liquidity and capital needs are for making investments, the purchase of property, plant and equipment, regular business operations and drug discovery.

Our principal sources of short-term liquidity are internally generated funds and short-term borrowings, which we believe are sufficient to meet our working capital requirements. We borrowed U.S.$220 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, which is to be repaid in eight quarterly installments beginning December 2014. Further, we also borrowed U.S.$150 million during the year ended March 31, 2014, which is to be repaid in five quarterly installments beginning February 2018. These loans were borrowed primarily to repay some of our then existing short term borrowings and to meet anticipated capital expenditure over the near term. As part of our growth strategy, we continue to review opportunities to acquire companies, complementary technologies or product rights.

The following table summarizes our statements of cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  
     (Rs. in millions)  

Net cash provided by/(used in):

      

Operating activities

   Rs. 19,463      Rs. 13,317      Rs. 16,150   

Investing activities

     (16,620     (13,944     (18,665

Financing activities

     (217     (1,792     3,735   

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,626        (2,419     1,220   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     771        94        499   

In addition to cash, inventory and our balance of accounts receivable, our unused sources of liquidity included Rs. 14,596 million in available credit under revolving credit facilities with banks as of March 31, 2014. We had no other material unused sources of liquidity as of March 31, 2014.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

The net result of our operating activities was a cash inflow of Rs.19,463 million for the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to cash inflows of Rs.13,317 million and Rs.16,150 million for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The net cash provided by our operating activities increased by Rs.6,146 million during the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to our improved business performance during the year ended March 31, 2014, resulting in earnings before interest expense, profit/loss on sale of investments, tax expense, depreciation, impairment and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) of Rs.33,187 million, as compared to Rs.27,818 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. Our business growth during the year ended March 31, 2014 was mainly attributable to launches of new products in the United States.

Our days’ sales outstanding (“DSO”), based on the most recent quarter’s sales as at March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, were 86 days, 91 days and 86 days respectively.

The net cash provided by our operating activities decreased by Rs.2,833 million during the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to the following reasons:

 

   

Our balances and receivables from statutory authorities increased by Rs.1,949 million during the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to a decrease by Rs.270 million during the year ended March 31, 2012. These balances primarily represent amounts receivables from the excise, value added tax and customs authorities of India and the unutilized excise input credits on purchases and are included in our “other current assets”. This increase was primarily due to increased sales volumes as well as delayed payment from the statutory authorities during the year ended March 31, 2013. We expect these balances to be paid in the near term and we do not foresee any material payment risks, as these are receivables from governmental authorities.

 

   

Our accruals forming part of our Germany business decreased by Rs.1,328 million during the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to an increase by Rs.2,420 million during the year ended March 31, 2012. These accruals primarily represent amounts accrued for tender rebates and are payable to the various statutory healthcare insurance (“SHI”) funds upon submission of claims by such SHI funds. We account for such rebate accruals concurrently with the sales generating such rebates. Effective June 2011, we started supplying our products under a new tender contract awarded to us by one of the big SHI funds in Germany. A significant portion of tender rebates under this contract was not claimed by such SHI fund as at March 31, 2012. As a result, our accruals during the year ended March 31, 2012 increased substantially. During the year ended March 31, 2013, we received various invoices for the rebate claims and, accordingly, this resulted in the payment of such tender rebates during that year.

 

86


Table of Contents

The aforesaid reasons resulted in an incremental net cash outflow from operating activities of Rs.5,967 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012.

The aforesaid increase in cash outflows was partially offset by cash inflows from increases in our business performance during the year ended March 31, 2013, resulting in earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, impairment and amortization of Rs.28,031 million, as compared to Rs.25,409 million for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Our days’ sales outstanding (“DSO”), based on the most recent quarter’s sales as at March 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2012, were 86 days, 86 days and 87 days, respectively.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Our net cash used in investing activities during the year ended March 31, 2014 was Rs.16,620 million, as compared to Rs.13,944 million and Rs.18,665 million during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Our net cash used in investing activities increased during the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013, by Rs.2,676 million primarily due to the following reasons:

 

   

our net investments in mutual funds and time deposits having an original maturity of more than three months increased by Rs.1,062 million during the year ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013; and

 

   

an increase in the amount spent on property, plant and equipment by Rs.3,411 million during the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2013. The amount spent on property, plant and equipment during the year ended March 31, 2014 includes Rs.1,150 million (excluding taxes and duties) spent on property, plant and equipment acquired from Ecologic Chemicals Limited (Refer to Note 32 in our consolidated financial statements for further details).

The above increases in cash outflow towards investing activities during the year ended March 31, 2014 were partially offset by the impact of Rs.1,746 million of cash outflow during the year ended March 31, 2013 on account of the acquisition of OctoPlus N.V.

Our net cash used in investing activities decreased during the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to the following reasons:

 

   

our net investments in mutual funds and time deposits having an original maturity of more than three months’ decreased by Rs.4,548 million during the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2012;

 

   

we had a cash outflow of Rs.1,605 million during the year ended March 31, 2012 attributable to payment towards acquisition of the rights to manufacture, distribute and market the product Cloderm (clocortolone pivalate 0.1%) in the United States; and

 

   

we had a cash outflow of Rs.1,746 million during the year ended March 31, 2013 attributable to the acquisition of OctoPlus N.V.

 

87


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our net cash outflows were Rs.217 million during the year ended March 31, 2014 as compared to net cash outflows of Rs.1,792 million during the year ended March 31, 2013. The primary reasons for this decrease are as follows:

 

   

we redeemed our 9.25% unsecured, non-convertible, redeemable debentures (sometimes referred to as our “bonus debentures”) for an aggregate payment of Rs.5,078 million, representing their face value, during the year ended March 31, 2014;

 

   

we borrowed Rs.9,391 million (U.S.$150 million) pursuant to a long term loan arrangement for the purpose of our ongoing capital investments during the year ended March 31, 2014 (For further details, see Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements); and

 

   

we had a cash outflow on account of net short term borrowings repayments of Rs.858 million during the year ended March 31, 2014. In comparison, we had cash inflow from net short term borrowing proceeds of Rs.2,329 million during the year ended March 31, 2013, which was primarily drawn for our working capital needs.

The following highlights the reasons for net cash outflows of Rs.1,792 million during the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to net cash inflows of Rs.3,735 million during the year ended March 31, 2012:

 

   

we had cash inflow from a new long term loan of Rs.10,713 million (U.S.$220 million) taken by our Swiss subsidiary, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, SA, during the year ended March 31, 2012. Such new long term loan was incurred primarily to repay some of our short term borrowings, as well as to meet our near term capital expenditure plans (For further details, see Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements); and

 

   

we had cash inflow from net short term borrowing proceeds of Rs.2,329 million during the year ended March 31, 2013, which was primarily drawn for our working capital needs. In comparison, we had a cash outflow on account of net short term borrowings repayments of Rs.3,650 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, primarily repaid from the cash generated from long term borrowings.

Principal obligations

The following table summarizes our principal debt obligations (excluding capital lease obligations) outstanding as of March 31, 2014:

 

     Payments due by period  
Financial Contractual Obligations    Total      Less than 1 year      1-5 years      More than 5 years  
     (Rs. in millions)  

Short-term borrowings from banks

   Rs. 20,607       Rs. 20,607       Rs. —         Rs. —     

Long term debt in foreign currency

     23,166         3,295         19,871         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total obligations

   Rs. 43,773       Rs. 23,902       Rs. 19,871       Rs. —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Annual rate of interest

Short term borrowings

 

     As at March 31, 2014  
     Outstanding
balance
     Currency    Interest rate    Average
amount
outstanding
     Maximum
amount
outstanding
 
     (All amounts in Rs. millions)  

“Packing credit” borrowings

   Rs. 17,630       USD    LIBOR + 25 to 85 bps    Rs. 15,462       Rs. 18,352   
      EURO    LIBOR + 20 bps      
      RUB    Mosprime + 60 bps      
      RUB

INR

   7.20% to 7.75%

9.50% to 10%

     

Borrowings on transfer of receivables

     —         RUB    7.30% to 7.65%      376         1,566   

Other foreign currency borrowings

     2,977       EURO    LIBOR + 90 bps      5,316         8,494   

In the above table, Mosprime means the Moscow Prime Offered Rate.

 

     As at March 31, 2013  
     Outstanding
balance
     Currency    Interest rate    Average
amount
outstanding
     Maximum
amount
outstanding
 
     (All amounts in Rs. millions)  

Packing credit foreign currency borrowings

   Rs. 14,736       USD    LIBOR + 50 to 120 bps    Rs. 12,480       Rs. 15,242   
      EURO    LIBOR + 50 to 125 bps      
      RUB    7.25% to 8%      

Borrowings on transfer of receivables

     1,050       RUB    7.30%      462         1,098   

Other foreign currency borrowings

     3,128       EURO    LIBOR + 110 bps      5,346         5,710   

Long term borrowings

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014    2013  
     Currency    Interest Rate    Currency    Interest Rate  

Foreign currency borrowings

   USD

GBP

   LIBOR+100 to 179 bps

LIBOR+130 bps

   USD

    

 

LIBOR+145 bps

—  

  

  

Bonus Debentures

         INR      9.25

Subject to obtaining certain regulatory approvals, there are no legal or economic restrictions on the transfer of funds between us and our subsidiaries or for the transfer of funds in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances.

The maturities of our short-term borrowings from banks vary from one month to twelve months. Our objective in determining the borrowing maturity is to ensure a balance between flexibility, cost and the continuing availability of funds.

Cash and cash equivalents are primarily held in Indian rupees, U.S. dollars, U.K. pounds sterling, Euros, Russian roubles, and Swiss francs.

As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, we had committed to spend Rs.2,920 million and Rs.2,912 million, respectively, under agreements to purchase property, plant and equipment. This amount is net of capital advances paid in respect of such purchases. These commitments will be funded through the cash flows generated from operations as well as cash flows from our long term borrowings.

 

89


Table of Contents

5.C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities can be classified into several categories, which run parallel to the activities in our principal areas of operations:

 

   

Global Generics, where our research and development activities are directed at the development of product formulations, process validation, bioequivalence testing and other data needed to prepare a growing list of drugs that are equivalent to numerous brand name products for sale in the highly regulated markets of the United States and Europe as well as emerging markets. Global Generics also includes our biologics business, where research and development activities are directed at the development of biologics products for the emerging as well as highly regulated markets. Our new biologics research and development facility caters to the highest development standards, including cGMP, Good Laboratory Practices and bio-safety level IIA.

 

   

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients, where our research and development activities concentrate on development of chemical processes for the synthesis of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates (“API”) for use in our Global Generics segment and for sales in the emerging and developed markets to third parties. Our research and development activities also support our custom pharmaceutical line of business, where we continue to leverage the strength of our process chemistry and finished dosage development expertise to target innovator as well as emerging pharmaceutical companies. The research and development is directed toward providing services to support the entire pharmaceutical value chain, from discovery all the way to the market.

 

   

Proprietary Products, where we are actively pursuing discovery and development of differentiated formulations and new molecules, sometimes referred to as a “new chemical entity” or “NCE”. Our business model focuses on building a pipeline in neurology, pain management, dermatology and infectious diseases.

In the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we expended Rs.12,402 million, Rs.7,674 million and Rs.5,911 million, respectively, on research and development activities. The increase in research and development expenditure was in line with our strategy to expand our research and development efforts in complex formulations, differentiated formulations and bio-similar compounds.

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

We have filed and been issued numerous patents in our principal areas of operations: Global Generics, Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients and Proprietary Products. We expect to continue to file patent applications seeking to protect our innovations and novel processes in several countries, including the United States. Any existing or future patents issued to or licensed by us may not provide us with any competitive advantages for our products or may even be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by our competitors. In addition, such patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or commercializing products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products. As of March 31, 2014, we had registered more than 1,091 trademarks with the Registrar of Trademarks in India. We have also filed registration applications for non-U.S. trademarks in other countries in which we do business. We market several products under licenses in several countries where we operate.

5.D. Trend Information

Please see “Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 4. Information on the Company” for trend information.

5.E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

None.

 

90


Table of Contents

5.F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2014 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 

     Payments due by period  
     (Rs. in millions)  
Contractual Obligations    Total      Less than
1 year
     2-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations

   Rs. 2,303       Rs. 359       Rs. 615       Rs. 392       Rs. 937   

Capital lease obligations

     1,047         100         165         98         684   

Purchase obligations

              

Agreements to purchase property and equipment and other capital commitments(1)

     2,920         2,920         —           —           —     

Short term debt obligations

     20,607         20,607         —           —           —     

Long term debt obligations

     23,166         3,295         10,884         8,987         —     

Estimated interest payable on long-term debt(2)

     1,069         345         482         242         —     

Post retirement benefits obligations(3)

     2,178         155         331         409         1,283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   Rs. 53,290       Rs. 27,781       Rs. 12,477       Rs. 10,128       Rs. 2,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

These amounts are net of capital advances paid in respect of such purchases and are expected to be funded from internally generated funds and proceeds from long term borrowings.

(2)

Disclosure of estimated interest payments for future periods is only with respect to our long term debt obligations, as the projected interest payments with respect to our short term borrowings and other obligations cannot be reasonably estimated because they are subject to fluctuation in actual utilization of borrowings depending on our daily funding requirements. The estimated interest costs are based on March 31, 2014 applicable benchmark rates and are subject to fluctuation in the future.

(3)

Post-retirement benefits obligations in the “More than 5 years” column are estimated for a maximum of 10 years.

5.G. Safe harbor

See page 3 under heading “Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statement”.

 

91


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

6.A. Directors and senior management

The list of our directors and executive officers and their respective age and position as of March 31, 2014 was as follows:

Directors

 

Name(1)

  

Age (in yrs)

  

Position

Mr. G.V. Prasad(2)(3)(5)

   54    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Satish Reddy(2)(4)(5)

   47    Vice Chairman and Managing Director

Mr. Anupam Puri

   68    Director

Dr. J.P. Moreau

   66    Director

Ms. Kalpana Morparia

   65    Director

Dr. Omkar Goswami

   57    Director

Mr. Ravi Bhoothalingam

   68    Director

Dr. Bruce L.A. Carter

   70    Director

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly

   79    Director

Mr. Sridar Iyengar

   66    Director

 

(1)

Except for Mr. G.V. Prasad and Mr. Satish Reddy, all of the directors are independent directors under the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

(2)

Full-time director.

(3)

Brother-in-law of Mr. Satish Reddy.

(4)

Brother-in-law of Mr. G.V. Prasad.

(5)

Effective May 2014, G.V. Prasad’s position and title changed to Co-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and Satish Reddy’s position and title changed to Chairman of the Board.

Executive Officers

Our policy is to classify our officers as “executive officers” if they have membership on our Management Council. Our Management Council consists of various business and functional heads and is our senior management organization. As of March 31, 2014, the Management Council consisted of:

 

Name and Designation

 

Education/Degrees

Held

  Age   Experience
in years
 

Date of

commencement

of employment

 

Particulars of last

employment

G.V. Prasad(1)(3)
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 

B. Sc. (Chem. Eng.),

M.S. (Indl. Admn.)

  54   30   June 30, 1990   Promoter Director, Benzex Labs Private Limited
Satish Reddy(2)(3)
Vice Chairman and Managing Director
 

B. Tech., M.S.

(Medicinal Chemistry)

  47   22   January 18, 1993   Director, Globe Organics Limited
Abhijit Mukherjee(3)
President-Global Generics
  B. Tech. (Chem.)   56   34   January 15, 2003   President, Atul Limited
Alok Sonig
Senior Vice President and Head-India Business (Generics)
  B.E., MBA   42   20   June 11, 2012   Vice President and Head of Global Commercial Excellence, Strategy and Business Model Innovation, Bristol Myers Squibb
Dr. Amit Biswas
Executive Vice President-Integrated Product Development Organization
  B. Tech. (Chem.), Masters (Polymer Science), Ph.D.   54   25   July 12, 2011  

Senior Vice President,

Reliance Industries Limited

Dr. Cartikeya Reddy
Executive Vice President and Head-Biologics
  B. Tech, M.S., Ph.D.   44   23   July 20, 2004   Senior Engineer, Genetech Inc.
Dr. KVS Ram Rao
Sr. Vice President and Head-Chemical Technical Operations (CTO)
 

B.Tech., M.E.,

Ph. D.

  51   21   April 3, 2000   Head of Technical Services, Jubilant Life Sciences

 

92


Table of Contents

Name and Designation

 

Education/Degrees

Held

  Age   Experience
in years
 

Date of

commencement

of employment

 

Particulars of last

employment

M.V. Ramana
Executive Vice President and Head-Emerging Markets, Global Generics
  MBA   46   21   October 15, 1992  
Dr. R. Ananthanarayanan
President, Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients
  B. Pharm., Ph.D.   49   26   August 6, 2010  

President,

Aurosource, U.S.A.

Dr. Raghav Chari
Executive Vice President-Proprietary Products
  M.S. (Physics), Ph.D.   44   17   September 25, 2006   Head Corporate Strategy, NPS Pharmaceuticals Limited
Dr. S. Chandrasekhar
President and Global Head of Human Resources
  MBA., Ph.D.   57   30   August 12, 2013   Vice President and Head of Human Resources, IBM India.
Samiran Das
Executive Vice President and Head-Global Formulations Technical Operations and Global Generics Portfolio Management
  B. Tech (Mechanical.)   54   32   June 15, 2011  

Executive Director,

PepsiCo India.

Saumen Chakraborty
President and Chief Financial Officer and Global Head of Information Technology and Business Process Excellence
  B.Sc. (H), PGDM, MBA (IIM)   53   30   July 2, 2001   Vice President, Tecumseh Products India Private Limited
Umang Vohra
Executive Vice President and Head-North America Generics
  B.E., MBA   43   19   February 18, 2002   Manager, PepsiCo India

 

(1)

Brother-in-law of Mr. Satish Reddy.

(2)

Brother-in-law of Mr. G.V. Prasad.

(3)

Effective May 2014, G.V. Prasad’s position and title changed to Co-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, Satish Reddy’s position and title changed to Chairman of the Board and Abhijit Mukherjee’s position and title changed to Chief Operating Officer.

There was no arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any director or executive officer referred to above was selected as a director or member of our Management Council.

Biographies – Directors

Mr. G.V. Prasad is a member of our Board of Directors and serves as our Co-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to May 2014, he held the titles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He was the Managing Director of Cheminor Drugs Limited, a Dr. Reddy’s Group Company, prior to its merger with us. He has a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering from Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago in the United States of America, and an M.S. in Industrial Administration from Purdue University, Indiana in United States of America. He is also an active member of several associations including the National Committee on Drugs and Pharmaceuticals. In addition to positions held in our subsidiaries and joint ventures, he is a Director of Green Park Hotels and Resorts Limited (formerly known as Diana Hotels Limited), Infotech Enterprises Limited, Ecologic Technologies Limited, Stamlo Hotels Limited, Acumen Fund in the United States of America and a member of the Board of Governors of the Indian Institute of Technology, Hyderabad.

Mr. Satish Reddy is a member of our Board of Directors and serves as our Chairman of the Board. Prior to May 2014, he held the titles of Vice Chairman and Managing Director. He has a Master of Science degree in Medicinal Chemistry from Purdue University, Indiana in the United States of America and a Bachelor of Technology degree in Chemical Engineering from Osmania University, Hyderabad. He is the President of the Indian Pharmaceutical Alliance (IPA) and a member of the Confederation of Indian Industries for Andhra Pradesh. In addition to positions held in our subsidiaries and joint ventures, he is also a Director of Green Park Hotels and Resorts Limited (formerly known as Diana Hotels Limited), Ecologic Technologies Limited and Stamlo Hotels Limited.

 

93


Table of Contents

Mr. Anupam Puri has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2002. He retired from McKinsey and Company in late 2000. He was a Director and played a variety of other leadership roles during his 30-year career there. Before joining McKinsey and Company, he was Advisor for Industrial Development to the President of Algeria, and consultant to General Electric’s Center for Advanced Studies. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University, and Master of Arts and M. Phil. degrees from Oxford University. He is also on the Board of Directors of Mahindra and Mahindra Limited, Tech Mahindra Limited, Mumbai Mantra Media Limited and our wholly owned subsidiary Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Inc. in the United States of America.

Dr. Omkar Goswami has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2000. He is a founder and Chairman of CERG Advisory Private Limited, a corporate advisory and economic research and consulting company. He was a senior consultant and chief economist at the Confederation of Indian Industry for six years. He has also served as editor of Business India, associate professor at the Indian Statistical Institute, Delhi, and as an honorary advisor to the Ministry of Finance. He holds a Bachelor of Economics degree from St. Xavier’s College, Calcutta University, a Master of Economics degree from the Delhi School of Economics, Delhi University and a Ph.D. degree from Oxford University. He is also a Director on the Boards of Infosys Limited, DSP Black Rock Investment Managers Pvt. Limited, Crompton Greaves Limited, IDFC Limited, Ambuja Cements Limited, Godrej Consumer Products Limited, Cairn India Limited, Infosys BPO Limited, Bajaj Finance Limited and Max Healthcare Institute Limited.

Mr. Ravi Bhoothalingam has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2000. He has served as the President of The Oberoi Group and was responsible for its worldwide operations. He has also served as the Head of Personnel at BAT Plc, Managing Director of VST Industries Limited, and as a Director of ITC Limited. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Physics from St. Stephens College, Delhi and a Master of Experimental Psychology degree from Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge University. He is also a Director on the Board of Sona Koyo Steering Systems Limited.

Dr. J.P. Moreau joined our Board as a member on May 18, 2007. In October 1976, Dr. Moreau founded Biomeasure Incorporated, based near Boston, Massachusetts, and was its President and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to that, he worked as Executive Vice-President and Chief Scientific Officer of the IPSEN Group where he was responsible for the Group’s research and development programs in Paris, London, Barcelona and Boston. He was a Vice-President, Research of IPSEN Group from April 1994, and had been a member of its Executive Committee. Dr. Moreau has a degree in chemistry from the University of Orléans and a D. Sc. in biochemistry. He has also conducted post-doctorate research at the École polytechnique. He has published over 50 articles in scientific journals and is named as an inventor or co-inventor in more than 30 patents. He is a regular speaker at scientific conferences and a member of Nitto Denko Scientific Advisory Board. Dr. Moreau was also responsible for establishing Kinerton Ltd. in Ireland in March 1989, a wholesale manufacturer of therapeutic peptides. He is also a Director on the Board of Mulleris Therapeutics Inc. and ProteoThera Inc. in the United States of America.

Ms. Kalpana Morparia joined our Board as a member on June 5, 2007. Ms. Morparia is Chief Executive Officer of J.P. Morgan India. Ms. Morparia leads the Business Groups (Investment Banking, Asset Management, Treasury Services and Principal Investment Management) and Service Groups (Global Research, Finance, Technology and Operations) in India. Ms. Morparia is a member of J.P. Morgan’s global strategy team headquartered in New York, and is one of the key drivers of J.P. Morgan’s international expansion initiative. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer of J.P. Morgan India, Ms. Morparia served as Vice Chair on the Board of ICICI Group. She was a Joint Managing Director of ICICI Group from 2001 to 2007. Ms. Morparia has also served as Chief Strategy and Communications Officer – ICICI Group. Ms. Morparia has been with the ICICI Group since 1975. A graduate in law from Bombay University, Ms. Morparia has served on several committees constituted by the Government of India. Ms. Morparia was named one of “The 50 Most Powerful Women in International Business” by Fortune magazine in 2008 and one of the 25 most powerful women in Indian business by Business Today, a leading Indian business journal, in the years 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2008. Ms. Morparia was also named one of the “The 100 Most Powerful Women” by Forbes Magazine in 2006. She also serves on the Board of Bennett, Coleman and Co. Limited, CMC Limited, J.P. Morgan Services India Private Limited, J.P. Morgan Asset Management India Private Limited, and Philip Morris International Inc. in the United States of America, and also serves a member on the Board of Governors of Bharati Foundation.

Dr. Bruce L.A. Carter joined our Board as a member on July 21, 2008. Dr. Carter was the Chairman of the Board and the former Chief Executive Officer of ZymoGenetics, Inc. in Seattle, Washington, in the United States of America. Dr. Carter was appointed as Chairman of the Board of ZymoGenetics in April 2005. From April, 1998 to January, 2009, he served as Chief Executive Officer of ZymoGenetics. Dr. Carter first joined ZymoGenetics in 1986 as Vice President of Research and Development. In 1988, Novo Nordisk acquired ZymoGenetics and, in 1994, Dr. Carter was promoted to Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer for Novo Nordisk A/S, the then parent company of ZymoGenetics. Dr. Carter led the negotiations that established ZymoGenetics as an independent company from Novo Nordisk in 2000. Dr. Carter held various positions of increasing responsibility at G.D. Searle and Co., Ltd. from 1982 to 1986 and was a Lecturer at Trinity

 

94


Table of Contents

College, University of Dublin from 1975 to 1982. Dr. Carter received a B.Sc. with Honors in Botany from the University of Nottingham, England, and a Ph.D. in Microbiology from Queen Elizabeth College, University of London. Dr. Carter is also on the Board of Directors of TB Alliance, New York Xencor Inc., Regulus Inc., and Enanta Pharmaceutical Inc. in the United States of America.

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly joined our Board as a member on October 23, 2009. Dr. Ashok Ganguly is the Chairman of ABP Private Ltd. (formerly Ananda Bazar Patrika Group), and was a Director on the Central Board of the Reserve Bank of India from 2001 to 2009. Dr. Ganguly’s principal professional career spanned 35 years with Unilever Plc/NV. He was the Chairman of Hindustan Lever Ltd. from 1980 to 1990 and a member of the Unilever Board of Directors from 1990 to 1997 with responsibility for world-wide research and technology. He is a former member of the Board of British Airways Plc (1996-2005). He has served on several public bodies, the principal among them being as a member of the Science Advisory Council to the Prime Minister of India (1985-1989) and the U.K. Advisory Board of Research Councils (1991-1994). Currently, he is a member of the Prime Minister’s Council on Trade and Industry, Investment Commission and the India-U.S.A. CEO Council, set up by the Prime Minister of India and the President of the United States of America. He is also a member of the National Knowledge Commission to the Prime Minister. He is a recipient of the “Padma Bhushan” as well as the “Padma Vibhushan”, two of India’s prestigious civilian honors. At present he serves as a member of the Rajya Sabha, the upper house of the Parliament of India. Dr. Ganguly also serves as a director of Wipro Limited and ABP Private Limited, and also serves as a member on the Advisory Board of Diageo India Private Limited.

Mr. Sridar Iyengar joined our Board as a member on August 22, 2011. Mr. Sridar Iyengar is an independent mentor investor in early stage start-up companies. For more than 35 years, he has worked in the United Kingdom, the United States and India with a large number of companies, advising them on strategy and other issues. Mr. Iyengar is the former President of Foundation for Democratic Reforms in India, a U.S. based non-profit organization. He is also an advisor to several venture and private equity funds in India. Earlier, he was a senior partner with KPMG in the United States and the United Kingdom and served for 3 years as the Chairman and CEO of KPMG’s operations in India. Mr. Iyengar holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Hons.) degree from Calcutta University and he is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Mr. Iyengar also serves as a non-executive director of ICICI Venture Funds Management Company Limited, Rediff.com Limited, Mahindra Holidays and Resorts India Limited, CL Educate Limited, Cleartrip Private Limited, AverQ Inc., Kovair Software Inc., Rediff Holdings Inc. in the United States of America, Cleartrip Inc. in the Cayman Islands, IYogi Limited in Mauritius and our wholly owned subsidiary Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories S.A. in Switzerland. He is also a member of the American India Foundation Inc., a U.S. based non-profit organization.

Biographies – Executive Officers

Mr. Abhijit Mukherjee is the Chief Operating Officer of our company and head of our Global Generics and Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”) businesses. Before joining us, he worked with Atul Limited for 10 years, where he held numerous positions of increasing responsibility. In his last assignment there he was President, Bulk Chemicals and Intermediates Business, and Managing Director, Atul Products Limited. He started his career as a management trainee in Hindustan Lever Limited (“HLL”) and worked at that company for 13 years, including three years in a Unilever company. He was primarily involved in technical assignments in the aroma chemicals business in HLL and Unilever and also in detergents and sulphonation plants of HLL. He holds a degree in Chemical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology in Kharagpur, India.

Mr. Alok Sonig is the Senior Vice President-Generics and head of our India formulations business. He joined us in June 2012 and has over 20 years of experience in healthcare, technology and consumer marketing. Prior to joining us, he worked with Bristol Myers Squibb in Princeton, New Jersey, U.S.A., as Vice President and Head of Global Commercial Excellence, Strategy and Business Model Innovation. Mr. Sonig holds a Bachelor’s of Engineering from Punjab Engineering College in India and an MBA from American University, Washington, D.C.

Dr. Amit Biswas is the Executive Vice President – Integrated Product Development (“IPDO”). He joined us on July 12, 2011 and has 25 years of diverse and rich international experience, spanning academic and industrial research, product development, technical service and management of research and technology in the areas of commodity plastics, engineering polymers, high performance fibers, industrial/automotive coatings and alternate energy technologies. Prior to joining us, he worked with Reliance Industries Limited as Senior Vice President, Technology Services and Emerging Technologies – Reliance Technology Group and was responsible for design and implementation of Research and Technology Management processes, Business Transformation and Change Management, and interfacing with private/public institutions on Alternate Energy Technologies. He is a Master Black Belt in Six Sigma (GE Certification). Recently, he was made an Adjunct Professor at the Centre for Research in Nano-technology and Science at the Indian Institute of Technology in Bombay, India. He has 44 international publications, 3 book chapters and 4 patents. He holds a Ph.D. and Masters in Polymer Science from Case Western Reserve University, Ohio, U.S.A. and a Bachelor of Technology in Chemical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay, India.

 

95


Table of Contents

Dr. Cartikeya Reddy is the Executive Vice President and head of our Biologics division, which focuses on the development of biosimilar molecules for the Indian and global markets. Prior to joining us in 2004, Mr. Reddy worked with Genentech Inc., where he was a Group Leader in the area of Cell Culture Process Development. Before that, he was with the Biotechnology Division of Bayer Corporation, where he successfully led teams in the areas of Bioprocess Development and pilot scale manufacturing. Mr. Reddy holds a Master of Science degree and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, and was a Visiting Scholar at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in Cambridge, Massachusetts, United States of America. He also graduated with a Bachelor of Technology degree in Chemical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology in Chennai, India.

Dr. KVS Ram Rao is the Senior Vice President and Head-Chemical Technical Operations (“CTO”). He joined us in the year 2000 and has over 21 years of experience in New Product Development-API and Global Oncology. In his current role, he is responsible for Supply Chain Management, Manufacturing Operations and Quality Control aspects of our CTO organization. Prior to joining us, Dr. Ram Rao had worked with Jubilant Life Sciences where he headed the Technical Services Division and Gujarat Heavy Chemicals Limited where he was the Head of Research and Development. He holds a Ph.D. and a Masters degree in Chemical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Science (IISc), Bangalore along with a Bachelors Degree in Chemical Engineering from Osmania University, Hyderabad, India. He also holds a Diploma in Project Management from Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies (NMIMS), India.

Mr. M.V. Ramana is the Executive Vice President and Head – Emerging Markets, Global Generics. He heads the Emerging Markets business of our Global Generics segment, focusing on all emerging markets outside of India. He joined us on October 15, 1992 as a Management Trainee in the International Marketing division of our Branded Formulations business. In his 21 year tenure, he has handled various critical assignments including setting up the businesses in several countries across Asia, Latin America, Africa and the Middle East. In his most recent assignment, he served as the Region Head of the Russia and countries of the former Soviet Union operations. He holds a MBA degree from Osmania University, Hyderabad, India.

Dr. R. Ananthanarayanan is the President – Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (PSAI). Prior to joining us, Dr. Ananthanarayanan was President-Custom Research and Development and Manufacturing Services (CRAMS) – Aurosource division for APIs and Finished Dosage of Aurobindo Pharma, New Jersey, U.S.A. He was also a key leadership member on the Executive Management Committee at Piramal Healthcare Ltd. and was the President and Head of Pharma Solutions business. He worked with Piramal Healthcare for over 7 years and was involved since the inception of its Pharma Solutions business. Prior to joining Piramal Healthcare, Dr. Ananthanarayanan was Managing Director – Asia and Head of Global Sourcing for Galpharm International Ltd, a U.K. based manufacturer/distributor of specialty pharmaceuticals and baby products. He has over 26 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry with specialization in research and development, manufacturing operations, regulatory affairs, quality assurance, business development, global strategic sourcing, and mergers and acquisitions. Dr. Ananthanarayanan received a Ph.D. in Pharmaceutical Technology and a Bachelor’s degree in Pharmaceutical Sciences from the University of Mumbai, India.

Dr. Raghav Chari is the Executive Vice President and head of our Proprietary Products segment and is responsible for developing a viable portfolio of products across our New Chemical Entities and Differentiated Formulations businesses. Dr. Chari joined us in 2006 as Vice President-Corporate Development for our New Chemical Entities and Specialty business and has helped shape our Proprietary Products business strategy while developing strong alliance platforms. He started his career with McKinsey and Company, where he spent several years as an Associate, Engagement Manager and finally Associate Principal in McKinsey’s Pharmaceuticals and Medical Products practice. After McKinsey, he took leadership roles in strategy and business development with several smaller biotech companies. Prior to joining us, he was the head of the Corporate Strategy function at NPS Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Chari is a graduate in Mathematics and Physics from the California Institute of Technology and holds a Ph.D. in Theoretical Physics from Princeton University.

Dr. S. Chandrasekhar is the President and Global Head of our Human Resources (“HR”). He joined us in August 2013 and leads a wide range of HR initiatives in leadership development and coaching, talent development, employee engagement and organization design to integrate, grow and transform the organization globally in order to enable our enterprise to meet our business objectives. He has over 30 years of experience across India’s leading firms in public and private sectors engaged in multiple industries such as steel, manufacturing, telecom, information technology services and consulting. He is also among the first few Indians who have been accredited by the International Coach Federation – the world’s leading coach certification body – in the professional practice of executive coaching. Prior to joining us, Dr. Chandrasekhar worked with IBM, India as Vice President and Head of Human Resources for the India/South Asia region. At IBM, he was a key member of the India Leadership Team and a Director on the Board of IBM India Private Limited. Dr. Chandrasekhar is an MBA from Leeds Business School, United Kingdom and is a Ph. D in Organizational Behavior from Andhra University, India.

 

96


Table of Contents

Mr. Samiran Das is the Executive Vice President – Global Formulations Technical Operations and Global Generics Portfolio Management. He joined us on June 15, 2011 and has diverse and rich experience in manufacturing across multiple sectors. Prior to joining us, he worked with Pepsico India as Executive Director, Technical Operations for Pepsico’s beverage business in the India region and was responsible for supply strategy and implementation, manufacturing footprint and expansion, quality assurance, safety, development of co-packing network, procurement and new product commercialization, and supply chain validation. At Pepsico, he was a member of the Regional Executive Committee and the Division Operations Leadership Council, with active involvement in Corporate Governance and Corporate Social Responsibility activities. Before that, he worked with companies like Union Carbide, ICI India, Hindustan Unilever, Godrej Pillsbury, Frito Lay India and D1-BP Fuel Crops India in different roles. He holds a Bachelors degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, India.

Mr. Saumen Chakraborty is the President and Chief Financial Officer of our company. In this role, he is responsible for managing our global finance functions including, among others, Accounts and Controlling, Taxation, Compliance, Secretarial, Investor Relations and Treasury. In addition, Mr. Chakraborty is also responsible for our Information Technology (“IT”) and Business Process Excellence (“BPE”) functions. As the Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Chakraborty was the recipient of the “Best Performing CFO in the Healthcare Sector” award for 2007 by CNBC TV-18. Mr. Chakraborty joined us in 2001 as Global Chief of Human Resources. He later took over as Chief Financial Officer in 2006 and then became our President – Corporate and Global Generics Operations in early 2009. In 2010 he was appointed as President and Global Head of Quality, Human Resources and Information Technology and focused on the integration of people practices, processes and information across the organization. He has 30 years of experience in strategic and operational aspects of management. Prior to joining us, he held various line management, human resources and other positions, including Senior Manager (Finance and Accounts) in the Eicher Group, and Vice President (Operations) in Tecumseh Products Company. He graduated with honors as the valedictorian of his class from Visva-Bharati University in Physics, and went on to pursue management from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India.

Mr. Umang Vohra is the Executive Vice President and head of our North America Generics business and has over 19 years of experience across various functions within finance, strategic planning and corporate development. He is currently responsible for our North America Generics business. Prior to this, he was our Chief Financial Officer from January 2009 to December 2012, managing our organization’s global finance function. He joined us in 2002, and has been part of several of our key initiatives, including acquisitions, research and development, de-risking and partnering transactions, operational improvements and migration to IFRS in our accounting, governance and finance processes. He was awarded the “Best CFO of India Award” by the Stars of the Industry Group and Asian Confederation of Businesses in June 2012. He was also recognized as the “Best CFO nominated by Sell Side analyst” at the 2012 All-Asia Executive Team survey done by the Institutional Investor magazine. Prior to joining us, Mr. Vohra worked with Eicher and PepsiCo India. Mr. Vohra has a bachelor’s degree in computer engineering and he holds an MBA with a specialization in Finance from TA Pai Institute of Management (“TAPMI”), India.

6.B. Compensation

Directors’ compensation

Full-Time Directors: The compensation of our Chairman of the Board (who formerly held the titles of Vice Chairman and Managing Director) and our Co-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (who formerly held the titles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer) (who we refer to as our “full-time directors”) is divided into salary, commission and benefits. They are not eligible to participate in our stock option plans. The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors initially recommends the compensation for full-time directors. If the Board of Directors (the “Board”) approves the recommendation, it is then submitted to the shareholders for approval at the general shareholders meeting along with the proposal for their appointment or re-appointment.

Our Chairman of the Board and our Co-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer are each entitled to receive a maximum commission of up to 0.75% of our net profit (as defined under the Indian Companies Act, 1956) for the fiscal year. The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee, which is entirely composed of independent directors, recommends the commission for our Chairman of the Board and our Co-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer within the limits of 0.75% and 0.75%, respectively, of our net profits (as defined under the Indian Companies Act, 1956) for each fiscal year.

 

97


Table of Contents

Non-Full Time Directors: In the year ended March 31, 2014, none of our non-full time directors were paid any sum as attendance fees. Non-full time directors are eligible to receive a commission on our net profit (as defined under the Indian Companies Act, 1956) for each fiscal year. Our shareholders have approved a maximum commission of up to 0.5% of the net profits (as defined under the Indian Companies Act, 1956) for each fiscal year for all non-full time directors in a year. The Board determines the entitlement of each of the non-full time directors to commission within the overall limit. The non-full time directors were not granted stock options under the Dr. Reddy’s Employees Stock Option Scheme, 2002 or Dr. Reddy’s Employees ADR Stock Option Scheme, 2007 in the year ended March 31, 2014.

For the year ended March 31, 2014, the directors were entitled to the following amounts as compensation:

 

     (Amounts Rs. in millions)  

Name of Directors

   Commission      Salary      Perquisites      Total  

Mr. G.V. Prasad

   Rs.  100.0       Rs.  6.3       Rs.  3.2       Rs.  109.5   

Mr. Satish Reddy

     100.0         7.7         6.9         114.6   

Mr. Anupam Puri

     11.5         —           —           11.5   

Dr. J.P. Moreau

     9.9         —           —           9.9   

Ms. Kalpana Morparia

     9.2         —           —           9.2   

Dr. Omkar Goswami

     9.2         —           —           9.2   

Mr. Ravi Bhoothalingam

     9.5         —           —           9.5   

Dr. Bruce L.A. Carter

     10.2         —           —           10.2   

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly

     9.8         —           —           9.8   

Mr. Sridar Iyengar

     10.5               10.5   

Executive officers’ compensation

The initial compensation to all our executive officers is determined through appointment letters issued at the time of employment. The appointment letter provides the initial amount of salary and benefits the executive officer will receive as well as a confidentiality provision and a non-compete provision applicable during the course of the executive officer’s employment with us. We provide salary, certain perquisites, retirement benefits, stock options and variable pay to our executive officers. The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee of the Board reviews the compensation of executive officers on a periodic basis.

All of our employees at the managerial and staff levels are eligible to participate in a variable pay program, which consists of performance bonuses based on the performance of their function or business unit, and a profit sharing plan through which part of our profits can be shared with our employees. Our variable pay program is aimed at rewarding performance of the individual, business unit/function and the organization, with significantly higher rewards for superior performances.

We also have two employee stock option schemes: the Dr. Reddy’s Employees Stock Option Scheme, 2002 and the Dr. Reddy’s Employees ADR Stock Option Scheme, 2007. The stock option schemes are applicable to all of our employees including directors and employees and directors of our subsidiaries. The stock option schemes are not applicable to promoter directors, promoter employees and persons holding 2% or more of our outstanding share capital. The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors awards options pursuant to the stock option schemes based on the employee’s performance appraisal. Some employees have also been granted options upon joining us.

 

98


Table of Contents

Compensation for executive officers who are full time directors is summarized in the table under “Directors’ compensation” above. The following table presents the annual compensation paid to other executive officers for services rendered to us for the year ended March 31, 2014 and stock options issued to all of our other executive officers during the year ended March 31, 2014:

Compensation for Executive Officers

 

Name

   Compensation(1)
(Rs. in millions)
     No. of
Options(2)
 

Abhijit Mukherjee

     28.4         6,000   

Alok Sonig

     19.2         2,200   

Dr. Cartikeya Reddy

     18.7         3,500   

Saumen Chakraborty

     22.6         3,500   

Umang Vohra

     36.1         4,000   

Dr. Raghav Chari

     35.5         3,500   

Dr. R. Ananthanarayanan

     16.2         4,500   

M.V. Ramana

     18.4         4,000   

Samiran Das

     18.2         3,300   

Dr. Amit Biswas

     14.2         3,300   

Dr. K.V.S. Ram Rao

     12.8         1,600   

Dr. S. Chandrasekhar (Joined in August 2013)

     12.0         —     

 

(1)

These compensation amounts do not include share based payment expense arising from stock options. However, the number of options granted during the year are mentioned separately in the above table.

(2)

The options vest 25% each year on various dates beginning in the year ended March 31, 2015 and ending in the year ended March 31, 2018. The options expire after five years from the date of vesting. Each of the options has an exercise price of Rs.5 and results in the issuance of one equity share upon its exercise.

Retirement benefits.

We provide the following benefit plans to our employees:

Gratuity benefits. In accordance with applicable Indian laws, we provide for gratuity, a defined benefit plan (the “Gratuity Plan”) covering certain categories of employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees, at retirement or termination of employment, at an amount based on the respective employee’s last drawn salary and the years of employment with us. Effective September 1, 1999, we established the Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Gratuity Fund (the “Gratuity Fund”). Liability with regard to the Gratuity Plan is determined by an actuarial valuation, based upon which we make contributions to the Gratuity Fund. Trustees administer the contributions made to the Gratuity Fund. The amounts contributed to the Gratuity Fund are primarily invested in Indian Government bonds and corporate debt securities. A small portion of the fund is also invested in equity securities of Indian companies.

The net periodic gratuity benefit cost recognized by us was Rs.99 million and Rs.142 million during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Superannuation benefits. Our senior officers participate in superannuation, a defined contribution plan administered by the Life Insurance Corporation of India. We make annual contributions based on a specified percentage of each covered employee’s salary. We have no further obligations under the plan beyond our annual contributions. We contributed Rs.56 million and Rs.63 million to the superannuation plan during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Provident fund benefits. In India, certain employees receive benefits from a provident fund, a defined contribution plan. Both the employee and employer each make monthly contributions to the plan equal to 12% of the covered employee’s basic salary. We have no further obligations under the plan beyond our monthly contributions. We contributed Rs.349 million and Rs.411 million to the provident fund plan during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

401(k) retirement savings plans. In the United States, we sponsor a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan for all eligible employees who meet minimum age and service requirements. We contributed Rs.125 million and Rs.162 million to this 401(k) retirement savings plan for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

National Insurance contributions. In the United Kingdom, certain social security benefits (such as pension, unemployment and disability) are funded by employers and employees through mandatory National Insurance contributions. We sponsor a defined contribution plan for such National Insurance contributions. The contribution amounts are determined based upon the employee’s base salary. We have no further obligations under the plan beyond our monthly contributions. We contributed Rs.128 million and Rs.151 million to the U.K. National Insurance scheme during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

99


Table of Contents

Pension, seniority and severance plans. All employees of Industrias Quimicas Falcon de Mexico, SA de CV (“Falcon”), our subsidiary in Mexico, are governed by a defined benefit pension plan. The pension plan provides a payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment. Liabilities in respect of the pension plan are determined by an actuarial valuation, based on which we make contributions to the pension plan fund. This fund is administered by a third party who is provided guidance by a technical committee formed by senior employees of Falcon.

Falcon also provides its employees with termination benefits in the form of seniority premiums, paid from a funded defined benefit plan covering certain categories of employees, and severance pay, paid from an unfunded defined benefit plan applicable to the employees who are terminated from the services of Falcon. The net periodic cost recognized under the Falcon defined benefit plans was Rs.29 million and Rs.36 million during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Compensated leave of absence. Our current policies permit certain categories of employees to accumulate and carry forward a portion of their unutilized compensated absences and utilize them in future periods or receive cash in lieu thereof in accordance with the terms of such policies. We measure the expected cost of accumulating compensated absences as the additional amount that we expect to pay as a result of the unused entitlement that has accumulated at the statement of financial position date. Such measurement is based on actuarial valuation as at the statements of financial position date carried out by a qualified actuary. Towards this benefit, we recorded a total liability of Rs.344 million and Rs.463 million as at March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

6.C. Board practices

Our Articles of Association require us to have a minimum of three and a maximum of twenty directors. As of March 31, 2014, we had ten directors on our Board, of which eight were non-full time independent directors.

The Companies Act, 1956 and our Articles of Association require that at least two-thirds of our directors be subject to re-election by our shareholders in rotation and that, at every annual general meeting, one-third of the directors who are subject to re-election must retire from the Board. However, if eligible for re-election, they may be re-elected by our shareholders at the annual general meeting.

Due to India’s adoption of the Companies Act, 2013, effective as of April 1, 2014, non-full time independent directors are no longer required to retire from the Board by rotation. As a result, at annual general meetings held after April 1, 2014, our non-full time independent directors will be excluded from the calculation of the two-thirds directors who are subject to re-election by our shareholders in rotation.

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India, by a circular dated June 9, 2014, stated that all non-full time independent directors (including existing non-full time independent directors) are required to be appointed expressly under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 before March 31, 2015. Accordingly, all of our non-full time independent full time directors are proposed to be appointed by our shareholders at the July 2014 annual general meeting.

The terms of each of our directors and their expected expiration dates are provided in the table below:

 

Name

   Expiration of
Current
Term of Office
   Term of Office    Period of Service

Mr. G.V. Prasad(1)

   January 29, 2016    5 years    28 years

Mr. Satish Reddy(1)

   September 30, 2017    5 years    21 years

Mr. Anupam Puri(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    4 years    12 years

Dr. J. P. Moreau(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    1 year    7 years

Ms. Kalpana Morparia(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    5 years    7 years

Dr. Omkar Goswami(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    5 years    13.5 years

Mr. Ravi Bhoothalingam(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    3 years    13.5 years

Dr. Bruce L.A. Carter(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    5 years    6 years

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    3 years    4.5 years

Mr. Sridar Iyengar(2) (3)

   July 31, 2014    5 years    3 years

 

(1)

Full time director.

 

100


Table of Contents
(2)

Non-full time independent director.

(3)

Although the non-full time independent directors’ current terms of office expire on various dates in 2014 through 2016, all of the non-full time independent directors are proposed to be appointed at our annual general meeting on July 31, 2014, under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 for a term stated in the above table. This proposal for appointment of our non-full time independent directors is to comply with the circular dated June 9, 2014 issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India requiring us to appoint all of our non-full time independent directors specifically under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

As a result of the above, a proposal to vary the terms of appointment so that only our full time directors are subject to retirement by rotation is being placed before our shareholders at the July 2014 annual general meeting. Accordingly, our full time directors shall now be subject to retire by rotation. The terms of the contracts with our full time directors are also disclosed to all of our shareholders in the notice of the annual general meeting in which they are being considered for election. The directors are not eligible for any termination benefit on the termination of their tenure with us.

Committees of the Board

Committees appointed by the Board focus on specific areas and take decisions within the authority delegated to them.

The Committees also make specific recommendations to the Board on various matters from time-to-time. All decisions and recommendations of the Committees are placed before the Board for information or approval. We had eight Board-level Committees as of March 31, 2014:

 

   

Audit Committee.

 

   

Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee.

 

   

Science, Technology and Operations Committee.

 

   

Risk Management Committee.

 

   

Shareholders’ Grievance Committee.

 

   

Management Committee.

 

   

Investment Committee.

 

   

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee.

We have adopted charters for our Audit Committee, Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee, Science, Technology and Operations Committee, Risk Management Committee, Shareholders’ Grievance Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, formalizing the applicable committee’s procedures and duties. Each of these charters is available on our website at www.drreddys.com/aboutus/committees-of-the-board.html.

Audit Committee. Our management is primarily responsible for our internal controls and financial reporting process. Our independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for performing independent audits of our financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and for issuing reports based on such audits. The Board of Directors has entrusted the Audit Committee to supervise these processes and thus ensure accurate and timely disclosures that maintain the transparency, integrity and quality of financial controls and reporting.

The Audit Committee consists of the following four non-full time, independent directors:

 

   

Mr. Sridar Iyengar (Chairman);

 

   

Dr. Omkar Goswami;

 

   

Ms. Kalpana Morparia; and

 

   

Mr. Ravi Bhoothalingam.

Our Company Secretary is the Secretary of the Audit Committee. This Committee met five times during the year ended March 31, 2014. Our independent registered public accounting firm was generally present at all Audit Committee meetings during the year.

 

101


Table of Contents

The primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to:

 

   

Supervise the financial reporting process;

 

   

Review our financial results, along with the related public filings, before recommending them to the Board;

 

   

Review the adequacy of our internal controls, including the plan, scope and performance of our internal audit function;

 

   

Discuss with management our major policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

Hold discussions with our independent registered public accounting firm on the nature and scope of audits, and any views that they have about the financial control and reporting processes;

 

   

Ensure compliance with accounting standards, and with listing requirements with respect to the financial statements;

 

   

Recommend the appointment and removal of our independent registered public accounting firm and their fees;

 

   

Recommend the appointment of cost auditors;

 

   

Review the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

Ensure that adequate safeguards have been taken for legal compliance both for us and for our Indian and foreign subsidiaries;

 

   

Review and approve any related party transactions;

 

   

Review the functioning of our whistle blower policies and procedures; and

 

   

Implement compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee. The primary functions of the Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee are to:

 

   

Examine the structure, composition and functioning of the Board, and recommend changes, as necessary, to improve the Board’s effectiveness;

 

   

Assess our policies and processes in key areas of corporate governance, other than those explicitly assigned to other Board Committees, with a view to ensuring that we are at the forefront of good corporate governance; and

 

   

Regularly examine ways to strengthen our organizational health, by improving the hiring, retention, motivation, development, deployment and behavior of management and other employees. In this context, the Committee also reviews the framework and processes for motivating and rewarding performance at all levels of the organization, the resulting compensation awards, and make appropriate proposals for Board approval. In particular, it recommends all forms of compensation to be granted to our Directors, executive officers and senior management employees.

The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee also administers our Employee Stock Option Schemes.

The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee consists of the following non-full time, independent directors:

 

   

Mr. Anupam Puri (Chairman);

 

   

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly;

 

   

Ms. Kalpana Morparia; and

 

   

Mr. Ravi Bhoothalingam.

The Corporate Officer heading our Human Resources function serves as the Secretary of the Committee. The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee met three times during the year ended March 31, 2014.

Science, Technology and Operations Committee. The primary functions of the Science, Technology and Operations Committee are to:

 

   

Advise the Board and our management on scientific, medical and technical matters and operations involving our development and discovery programs (generic and proprietary), including major internal projects, business development opportunities, interaction with academic and other outside research organizations;

 

   

Assist the Board and management to stay abreast of novel scientific and technology developments and innovations and anticipate emerging concepts and trends in therapeutic research and development, to help assure we make well-informed choices in committing its resources;

 

   

Assist the Board and our management in creation of valuable intellectual property;

 

   

Review the status of non-infringement patent challenges; and

 

   

Assist the Board and our management in building and nurturing science in our organization in accordance with our business strategy.

 

102


Table of Contents

The Science, Technology and Operations Committee consists of the following non-full time, independent directors:

 

   

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly (Chairman);

 

   

Mr. Anupam Puri;

 

   

Dr. Bruce L.A. Carter; and

 

   

Dr. J.P. Moreau.

The Corporate Officers heading our Integrated Product Development Operations, Proprietary Products and Biologics functions serve as the Secretary of the Committee with regard to their respective businesses. The Science, Technology and Operations Committee met four times during the year ended March 31, 2014.

Risk Management Committee. The primary function of the Risk Management Committee is to:

 

   

Ensure that it is apprised of the most significant risks along with the action management is taking and how it is ensuring effective Enterprise Risk Management;

 

   

Discuss with senior management our Enterprise Risk Management and provide oversight as may be needed; and

 

   

Review risk disclosure statements in any public documents or disclosures.

The Risk Management Committee consists of the following non-full time, independent directors:

 

   

Dr. Bruce L.A. Carter (Chairman);

 

   

Dr. J.P. Moreau;

 

   

Dr. Omkar Goswami; and

 

   

Mr. Sridar Iyengar.

Our Chief Financial Officer is the Secretary of the Risk Management Committee. This Committee met three times during the year ended March 31, 2014.

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee (CSR). This Committee was constituted on October 31, 2013. The primary function of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee is to:

 

   

Formulate and recommend to the Board, a Corporate Social Responsibility Policy indicating the activities to be undertaken by the Company as specified in Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013;

 

   

Recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred on the activities referred to in clause (a) of Section 135(3) of the Companies Act, 2013; and

 

   

Monitor the adherence to the Corporate Social Responsibility Policy of the Company from time to time.

The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee consists of the following directors:

 

   

Mr. Ravi Bhoothalingam (Chairman);

 

   

Mr. G.V. Prasad; and

 

   

Mr. Satish Reddy.

 

103


Table of Contents

6.D. Employees

The following table sets forth the number of our employees as at March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

     As at March 31, 2014  
     India      North America      Europe      Rest of World      Total  

Manufacturing(1)

     8,160         417         169         132         8,878   

Sales and marketing(2)

     4,162         133         83         1,233         5,611   

Research and development(3)

     1,940         28         70         41         2,079   

Others(4)

     1,131         100         113         509         1,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15,393         678         435         1,915         18,421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As at March 31, 2013  
     India      North America      Europe      Rest of World      Total  

Manufacturing(1)

     7,084         389         179         154         7,806   

Sales and marketing(2)

     3,559         119         85         1,057         4,820   

Research and development(3)

     1,939         21         69         43         2,072   

Others(4)

     1,143         87         139         550         1,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13,725         616         472         1,804         16,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As at March 31, 2012  
     India      North America      Europe      Rest of World      Total  

Manufacturing(1)

     6,100         269         92         100         6,561   

Sales and marketing(2)

     3,656         109         87         980         4,832   

Research and development(3)

     1,865         12         42         27         1,946   

Others(4)

     1,131         82         145         503         1,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12,752         472         366         1,610         15,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes quality, technical services and warehouse.

(2)

Includes business development.

(3)

Includes employees engaged in contract research services provided to other companies.

(4)

Includes shared services, corporate business development and the intellectual property management team.

We have not experienced any significant work stoppages in the years ended March 31, 2014 or 2013, and we consider our relationship with our employees and labor unions to be good. Approximately 6% of our employees belong to labor unions.

 

104


Table of Contents

6.E. Share ownership

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2014 for each of our directors and executive officers, the total number of our equity shares and options owned by them:

 

Name

   No. of Shares
Held(1), (2)
     % of Outstanding
Capital
    No. of Options
Held(7)
     Vesting and
Expiration Date

(See note no.)
 

G.V. Prasad(3)

     1,365,840         0.80     —           —     

Satish Reddy(3)

     1,205,832         0.71     —           —     

Anupam Puri (ADRs)

     21,300         0.01     —           —     

Dr. J.P.Moreau

     —           —          —           —     

Dr. Omkar Goswami

     22,800         0.01     —           —     

Kalpana Morparia

     10,800         0.01     —           —     

Ravi Bhoothalingam

     22,800         0.01     —           —     

Dr. Bruce L.A. Carter (ADRs)

     11,800         0.01     —           —     

Dr. Ashok S. Ganguly

     4,800         0.00     —           —     

Sridar Iyengar

     —           —          —           —     

Abhijit Mukherjee

     25,468         0.01     17,125           (4) 

Dr. Cartikeya Reddy

     —           —          9,625           (4) 

Dr. R. Ananthanarayanan

     2,618         0.00     10,000           (4) 

Saumen Chakraborty

     24,000         0.01     18,250           (5) 

Umang Vohra

     12,565         0.01     11,125           (4) 

Dr. Raghav Chari (ADRs)

     4,650         0.00     9,625           (4) 

M.V. Ramana

     15,646         0.01     15,350           (6) 

Samiran Das

     1,000         0.00     6,300           (4) 

Dr. Amit Biswas

     —           —          7,300           (5) 

Alok Sonig

     750         0.00     4,450           (4) 

Dr. K. V. S. Ram Rao

     7,250         0.00     4,500           (4) 

Dr. S. Chandrasekhar

     —           —          —           —     

 

(1)

Shares held in their individual name only.

(2)

All shares have voting rights.

(3)

Not eligible for grant of stock options.

(4)

The options vest on various dates between the year ending March 31, 2015 and the year ending March 31, 2018.

(5)

The options vested/vest on various dates between the year ending March 31, 2014 and the year ending March 31, 2018.

(6)

The options vested/vest on various dates between the year ending March 31, 2013 and the year ending March 31, 2018.

(7)

The options expire after five years from the date of vesting. Each of the options has an exercise price of Rs.5 and results in the issuance of one equity share upon its exercise.

Employee Stock Incentive Plans

We have adopted a number of stock option incentive plans covering either our ordinary shares or our ADSs, and we are currently operating under the Dr. Reddy’s Employees Stock Option Plan-2002 and the Dr. Reddy’s Employees ADR Stock Option Plan-2007. During the year ended March 31, 2014, options to purchase ordinary shares and ADSs were awarded to various executive officers under these two plans as follows: an aggregate of 303,110 options were granted having an average exercise price of Rs.5 per share or ADS and no options were granted at a fair market value based exercise price. Each option granted had an expiration date of five years from the vesting date, and each grant provided for time-based vesting in 25% increments over four years. As of March 31, 2014, options were outstanding under these two plans for an aggregate of 739,137 shares and ADSs with an average exercise price of Rs.5 per share or ADS and 10,000 shares with an average exercise price of Rs.448 per share.

For the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, Rs.436 million and Rs.390 million, respectively, has been recorded as employee share-based payment expense under all of our employee stock incentive plans. As of March 31, 2014, there was Rs.394 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.67 years. For further information regarding our options and stock option incentive plans, see Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

105


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

7.A. Major shareholders

All of our equity shares have the same voting rights. As of March 31, 2014, a total of 25.52% of our equity shares were held by the following parties:

 

   

Mr. G.V. Prasad (Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until May 2014; Co-Chairman, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer thereafter),

 

   

Mr. Satish Reddy (Vice Chairman and Managing Director until May 2014; Chairman of the Board thereafter),

 

   

Mrs. K. Samrajyam, mother of Mr. Satish Reddy, and Mrs. G. Anuradha, wife of Mr. G.V. Prasad (hereafter collectively referred as the “Family Members”), and

 

   

Dr. Reddy’s Holdings Limited (formerly known as Dr. Reddy’s Holdings Private Limited), a company in which the APS Trust owns 83.11% of the equity and the remainder is held by Mr. G.V. Prasad HUF, Mr. Satish Reddy individually and as HUF and the Family Members. Mr. G.V. Prasad, Mr. Satish Reddy, Mrs. G. Anuradha, Mrs. Deepti Reddy and their bloodline descendents are the beneficiaries of the APS Trust. Mr. G.V. Prasad, Mr. Satish Reddy, Mrs. G. Anuradha and Mrs. Deepti Reddy are the sole members of the Board of Directors of Dr. Reddy’s Holdings Limited. Mr. G.V. Prasad and Mr. Satish Reddy are the sole trustees of the APS trust.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our shares by the foregoing persons as of March 31, 2014:

 

     Equity Shares Beneficially Owned(1)  

Name

   Number
of Shares
     Percentage
of Shares
 

Dr. Reddy’s Holdings Limited

     39,729,284         23.35

Mr. G.V. Prasad

     1,365,840         0.80

Mr. Satish Reddy

     1,205,832         0.71

Family Members

     1,116,856         0.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     43,417,812         25.52

Others/public float

     126,691,056         74.48
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total number of shares outstanding

     170,108,868         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, which provides that shares are beneficially owned by any person who has voting or investment power with respect to the shares. All information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by that shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

As otherwise stated above and to the best of our knowledge, we are not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any other corporation or by any other natural or legal persons. We are not aware of any arrangement, the consummation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in our control.

 

106


Table of Contents

The following shareholders held more than 5% of our equity shares as of:

 

     March 31, 2014     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
Name    No. of
equity
shares held
     % of equity
shares held
    No. of
equity
shares held
     % of equity
shares held
    No. of
equity
shares held
     % of equity
shares held
 

Dr. Reddy’s Holdings Limited

     39,729,284         23.35     39,729,284         23.39     39,729,284         23.43

Life Insurance Corporation of India and its associates

     2,008,098         1.18     7,686,575         4.52     11,439,458         6.75

First State Investments Management (UK) Limited, First State Investments International Limited and their associates*

     14,056,799         8.26     9,667,791         5.69     466,942         0.28

 

*

Based on information provided to us by First State Investments Management (UK) Limited, as of March 31, 2014, they held an additional 2.28% of the aggregate shares of our Company in the form of ADSs in addition to the equity shares listed above.

As of March 31, 2014, we had 170,108,868 outstanding equity shares. As of March 31, 2014, there were 69,905 record holders of our equity shares listed and traded on the Indian stock exchanges. Our American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. One ADS represents one equity share of Rs.5 par value per share. As of March 31, 2014, 18.01% of our issued and outstanding equity shares were held by ADS holders. On March 31, 2014 we had approximately 10,530 ADS holders of record in the United States.

7.B. Related party transactions

We have entered into transactions with the following related parties:

 

   

Green Park Hotel and Resorts Limited for hotel services;

 

   

A.R. Life Sciences Private Limited towards purchases and sales of raw materials and intermediates;

 

   

Dr. Reddy’s Foundation towards contributions for social development;

 

   

Pudami Educational Society towards contributions for social development;

 

   

Dr. Reddy’s Institute of Life Sciences towards services for research and development;

 

   

Ecologics Technologies Limited for providing analytical services;

 

   

Ecologic Chemicals Limited for purchases and sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and other assets;

 

   

Stamlo Hotels Private Limited for hotel services; and

 

   

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Gratuity Fund.

These are enterprises over which key management personnel have control or significant influence (“significant interest entities”). “Key management personnel” consists of our Directors and members of our Management Council.

We have also entered into cancellable operating lease transactions with key management personnel and their relatives.

We contribute to the Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Gratuity Fund (the “Gratuity Fund”), which maintains the plan assets of our Gratuity Plan for the benefit of its employees. See Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements for information on transactions between us and the Gratuity Fund.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of significant related party transactions:

 

    Year Ended March 31,  
    (Rs. in millions)  
    2014     2013     2012  

Purchases of raw materials from significant interest entities(1)

  Rs.  91      Rs.  1,356      Rs.  1,020   

Purchases of assets from significant interest entities(2)

    1,264        —          —     

Sales of raw materials to significant interest entities(1)

    49        728        640   

Sales of assets to significant interest entities

    14        —          —     

Services to significant interest entities

    —          0        1   

Services from significant interest entities

    141        —          —     

Contribution to significant interest entities towards research and social development

    170        173        127   

Hotel expenses paid

    31        24        19   

Lease rental paid under cancellable operating leases to key management personnel and their relatives

    36        31        31   

We have the following amounts due from related parties:

 

                         
     As at March 31,  
     (Rs. in millions)  
     2014      2013  

Significant interest entities(1)

   Rs.  —         Rs.  171   

Key management personnel (towards rent deposits)

     8         5   

We have the following amounts due to related parties:

 

                         
     As at March 31,  
     (Rs. in millions)  
     2014      2013  

Significant interest entities

   Rs.  1       Rs.  23   

 

(1)

The figures as at March 31, 2013 and for the year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, include balances and transactions with A.R. Life Sciences Private Limited (“ARLS”). ARLS is not our related party as at and for the year ended March 31, 2014 and accordingly, the transactions with ARLS during such period are not included in the above summary.

(2) 

Refer to Note 32 of our consolidated financial statements for further details.

7.C. Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

8.A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

The following financial statements and auditors’ report appear under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and are incorporated herein by reference:

 

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

   

Consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2014 and 2013

 

   

Consolidated income statement for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

   

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

   

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

   

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

   

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The financial statements included herein are for our three most recent fiscal years.

 

108


Table of Contents

Amount of Export Sales

For the year ended March 31, 2014, our export revenues (i.e., revenues from all geographies other than India) were Rs.112,668 million, and accounted for 85% of our total revenues.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in disputes, lawsuits, claims, governmental and/or regulatory inspections, inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including patent and commercial matters that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The more significant matters are discussed below.

Most of the claims involve complex issues. Often, these issues are subject to uncertainties and therefore the probability of a loss, if any, being sustained and an estimate of the amount of any loss are difficult to ascertain. Consequently, for a majority of these claims, it is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the expected financial effect, if any, that will result from ultimate resolution of the proceedings. This is due to a number of factors including: the stage of the proceedings (in many cases trial dates have not been set) and the overall length and extent of pre-trial discovery; the entitlement of the parties to an action to appeal a decision; clarity as to theories of liability; damages and governing law; uncertainties in timing of litigation; and the possible need for further legal proceedings to establish the appropriate amount of damages, if any.

In these cases, we disclose information with respect to the nature and facts of the case. We also believe that disclosure of the amount sought by plaintiffs, if that is known, would not be meaningful with respect to those legal proceedings.

Although there can be no assurance regarding the outcome of any of the legal proceedings or investigations referred to in this Item 8.A., we do not expect any such legal proceedings or investigations to have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, as we believe that possibility of loss in excess of amounts accrued (if any) is not probable. However, if one or more of such proceedings were to result in judgments against us, such judgments could be material to our results of operations in a given period.

Product and patent related matters

Norfloxacin, India litigation

We manufacture and distribute Norfloxacin, a formulations product and in limited quantities, the active pharmaceutical ingredient norfloxacin. Under the Drugs Prices Control Order (the “DPCO”) the Government of India has the authority to designate a pharmaceutical product as a “specified product” and fix the maximum selling price for such product. In 1995, the Government of India issued a notification and designated Norfloxacin as a “specified product” and fixed the maximum selling price. In 1996, we filed a statutory Form III before the Government of India for the upward revision of the maximum selling price and a writ petition in the Andhra Pradesh High Court (the “High Court”) challenging the validity of the designation on the grounds that the applicable rules of the DPCO were not complied with while fixing the maximum selling price. The High Court had previously granted an interim order in our favor; however, it subsequently dismissed the case in April 2004. We filed a review petition in the High Court in April 2004, which was also dismissed by the High Court in October 2004. Subsequently, we appealed to the Supreme Court of India, New Delhi (the “Supreme Court”) by filing a Special Leave Petition, which is currently pending.

During the year ended March 31, 2006, we received a notice from the Government of India demanding the recovery of the price charged by us for sales of Norfloxacin in excess of the maximum selling price fixed by the Government of India, which was Rs.285 million including interest. We filed a writ petition in the High Court challenging this demand order. The High Court admitted the writ petition and granted an interim order, directing us to deposit 50% of the principal amount claimed by the Government of India, which was Rs.77 million. We deposited this amount with the Government of India in November 2005. In February 2008, the High Court directed us to deposit an additional amount of Rs.30 million, which was deposited by us in March 2008. In November 2010, the High Court allowed our application to include additional legal grounds that we believe will strengthen our defense against the demand. For example, we have added as grounds that trade margins should not be included in the computation of amounts overcharged, and that it is necessary for the Government of India to set the active pharmaceutical ingredient price before the process of determining the ceiling on the formulation price. In October 2013, we filed an additional writ petition before the Supreme Court challenging the inclusion of Norfloxacin as a “specified product” under the DPCO, which is currently pending.

Based on our best estimate, we have recorded a provision for the potential liability related to the overcharged amount including interest thereon and believe that possibility of any liability that may arise on account of penalty on this litigation is

 

109


Table of Contents

not probable. In the event we are unsuccessful in our litigation in the Supreme Court, we will be required to remit the sale proceeds in excess of the notified selling prices to the Government of India with interest and including penalties, if any, which amounts are not readily ascertainable.

Ibandronate Sodium United States litigation

In June 2012, we launched our ibandronate sodium 150 mg tablet product, a generic version of Boniva® tablets, which are marketed and distributed by Genentech USA, Inc., a member of the Roche Group.

We are defending patent infringement actions brought by Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. and Genentech Inc. (collectively, “Roche”) in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey with respect to this product. These actions were first commenced in September 2007 and over time expanded to assert infringement of four patents – one formulation patent (U.S. patent number 6,294,196) and three method of use patents (numbers 7,192,938, 7,410,957 and 7,718,634). Claims regarding U.S. patent numbers 6,294,196 and 7,192,938 were dismissed in December 2008 and April 2010, respectively.

On May 7, 2012, the Court granted our motion for summary judgment ruling that U.S. patent number 7,718,634 was invalid based on obviousness. In June 2012, we launched our ibandronate sodium 150 mg tablet product. On October 1, 2012, the Court granted summary judgment in our favor, finding U.S. patent number 7,410,957 invalid.

On November 15, 2012, the Court issued a final judgment in our favor. Roche filed a motion for reconsideration on November 16, 2012, which was denied by the Court on January 25, 2013. Roche has appealed both of the Court’s summary judgment decisions. Argument of the appeal was heard on December 6, 2013, and on April 11, 2014, the Court of Appeals affirmed that the U.S. patent numbers 7,718,634 and 7,410,957 are invalid as obvious. A petition for rehearing and rehearing en banc was filed by Roche on May 12, 2014, and we filed our response on June 9, 2014.

Nexium United States litigations

Five federal antitrust class action lawsuits have been brought on behalf of direct purchasers of Nexium, and ten federal class action lawsuits have been brought under both state and federal law on behalf of end-payors of Nexium. These actions have been filed against various generic manufacturers, including us and our U.S. subsidiary Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Inc. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts.

The complaints allege that, beginning in 2005, AstraZeneca sued various generic manufacturers, including us, for infringement with respect to patents purporting to cover AstraZeneca’s branded drug, Nexium.

Plaintiffs allege that AstraZeneca’s settlement agreements with these various generic manufacturers, including us, violated federal and state antitrust laws, as well as state unfair competition laws. The complaints seek unspecified damages for class members as a result of an alleged delay in the entry of generic versions of Nexium.

We believe that each of these complaints lacks merit and that our conduct complied with all applicable laws and regulations. All of the defendants, including us, filed motions to dismiss the complaints, which motions were denied in April 2013. The defendants also filed motions for summary judgment. Arguments regarding these motions were heard on January 21, 2014.

On February 12, 2014, the Court issued an order granting our motion in part, finding that the plaintiffs failed to demonstrate that our settlement of patent litigation with AstraZeneca included a large and unjustified reverse payment. The Court refused, however, to grant the portion of our motion related to the plaintiffs’ conspiracy theory. A trial is likely to be conducted in late 2014.

Reclast and Zometa United States litigations

In January 2013, Novartis AG (“Novartis”) brought patent infringement actions against us and a number of other generic companies in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. Novartis asserted that our ANDA for Reclast® would infringe Novartis’ U.S. Patent No. 8,052,987 and that our ANDA for Zometa® would infringe Novartis’ U.S. Patent No. 8,324,189. In February 2013, Novartis sought a temporary restraining order and a preliminary injunction prohibiting us and the other generic defendants from launching generic Reclast® and Zometa® products. On March 1, 2013, the Court denied Novartis’ motion for a temporary restraining order.

 

110


Table of Contents

Later in March 2013, we launched our generic version of Novartis’ Zometa® Injection (zoledronic acid, 4 mg/5mL product) and in April 2013, we launched our generic version of Novartis’ Reclast® Injection (zoledronic acid, 5 mg/100mL product). After we launched our products, Novartis withdrew its application for a preliminary injunction. We believe that the asserted patents are either invalid or not infringed by our products. If Novartis is ultimately successful in its patent infringement case, we could be required to pay damages related to the sale of our generic Reclast® and Zometa® products.

Child Resistant Packaging Matter

In May 2012, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) requested that Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary in the United States, provide certain information with respect to compliance with requirements of special packaging for child resistant blister packs for 6 products sold by us in the United States during the period commencing in 2002 through 2011. We have provided the requested information. The CPSC subsequently alleged in a letter dated April 30, 2014 that we have violated the Consumer Product Safety Act and the Poison Prevention Packaging Act and intends to seek civil penalties. Simultaneously, the Department of Justice is also currently investigating a complaint related to these issues under the Federal False Claims Act. At this stage of the proceedings, we cannot conclude that the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is either probable or remote in connection with this matter. Accordingly, no provision is made in the financial statements as of March 31, 2014. An unfavorable outcome in this matter that requires any significant payment by us could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

Environmental matters

Land pollution

The Indian Council for Environmental Legal Action filed a writ in 1989 under Article 32 of the Constitution of India against the Union of India and others in the Supreme Court of India for the safety of people living in the Patancheru and Bollarum areas of Medak district of the then existing undivided state of Andhra Pradesh. We have been named in the list of polluting industries. In 1996, the Andhra Pradesh District Judge proposed that the polluting industries compensate farmers in the Patancheru, Bollarum and Jeedimetla areas for discharging effluents which damaged the farmers’ agricultural land. The compensation was fixed at Rs.0.0013 million per acre for dry land and Rs.0.0017 million per acre for wet land. Accordingly, we have paid a total compensation of Rs.3 million. We believe that the possibility of additional liability is remote. The Andhra Pradesh High Court disposed of the writ petition on February 12, 2013 and transferred the case to the National Green Tribunal (“NGT”), Chennai, India. The interim orders passed in the writ petitions will continue until the matter is decided by the NGT.

Water pollution and air pollution

During the three months ended December 31, 2011, we, along with 14 other companies, received a notice from the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (“APP Control Board”) to show cause as to why action should not be initiated against them for violations under the Indian Water Pollution Act and the Indian Air Pollution Act. Furthermore, the APP Control Board issued orders to us to (i) stop production of all new products at our manufacturing facilities in Hyderabad, India without obtaining a “Consent for Establishment”, (ii) cease manufacturing products at such facilities in excess of certain quantities specified by the APP Control Board and (iii) furnish a bank guarantee (similar to a letter of credit) to assure compliance with the APP Control Board’s orders.

We appealed the APP Control Board orders to the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Appellate Board (the “APP Appellate Board”). The APP Appellate Board, on the basis of a report of a fact-finding advisory committee, recommended to the Andhra Pradesh Government to allow expansion of units fully equipped with Zero-Liquid Discharge (“ZLD”) facilities and otherwise found no fault with us (on certain conditions.) The APP Appellate Board’s decision was challenged by one of the petitioners in the National Green Tribunal and the matter is currently pending before it.

Separately, the Andhra Pradesh Government, following recommendations of the APP Appellate Board, published a notification in July 2013 that allowed expansion of production of all types of existing bulk drug and bulk drug intermediate manufacturing units subject to the installation of ZLD facilities and the outcome of cases pending in the National Green Tribunal. Importantly, the notification directed pollution load of industrial units to be assessed at the point of discharge (if any) as opposed to point of generation.

In September 2013, the Ministry of Environment and Forests, based on the revised Comprehensive Environment Pollution Index, issued a notification that re-imposed a moratorium on expansion of industries in certain areas where some of our manufacturing facilities are located. This notification overrides the Andhra Pradesh Government’s notification that conditionally permitted expansion.

 

111


Table of Contents

Indirect taxes related matters

Assessable value of products supplied by a vendor to us

During the year ended March 31, 2003, the Central Excise Authorities of India (the “Central Excise Authorities”) issued a demand notice to one of our vendors regarding the assessable value of products supplied by this vendor to us. We were named as a co-defendant in this demand notice. The Central Excise Authorities demanded payment of Rs.176 million from the vendor, including penalties of Rs.90 million. Through the same notice, the Central Excise Authorities issued a penalty claim of Rs.70 million against us. During the year ended March 31, 2005, the Central Excise Authorities issued an additional notice to this vendor demanding Rs.226 million from the vendor, including a penalty of Rs.51 million. Through the same notice, the Central Excise Authorities issued a penalty claim of Rs.7 million against us. Furthermore, during the year ended March 31, 2006, the Central Excise Authorities issued an additional notice to this vendor demanding Rs.34 million. We filed appeals against these notices with the Customs, Excise and Service Tax Appellate Tribunal (the “CESTAT”). In October 2006, the CESTAT passed an order in our favor setting aside all of the above demand notices. In July 2007, the Central Excise Authorities appealed against CESTAT’s order in the Supreme Court of India, New Delhi. The matter is pending in the Supreme Court of India, New Delhi.

Distribution of input service tax credits

The Central Excise Authorities have issued various show cause notices to us objecting to our methodology of distributing input service tax credits claimed for one of our facilities. The below table shows the details of each of such show cause notices and the consequential actions on and status of the same.

 

Period covered under the notice

  

Amount demanded

  

Present position

March 2008 to September 2009

  

Rs.102 million plus 100% penalty and interest thereon

  

We filed an appeal with the CESTAT against the Central Excise Commissioner’s order. In July 2013, we received an order from the CESTAT remanding the matter back to the Central Excise Commissioner for reconsideration of the input service tax credit eligibility. The CESTAT also ordered us to make an interim deposit of Rs.50 million. We have made the requisite deposit and are awaiting a hearing with the Central Excise Commissioner.

October 2009 to March 2011

  

Rs.125 million plus penalties of Rs.100 million and interest thereon

  

We have filed an appeal with the CESTAT against the Central Excise Commissioner’s order and await a hearing before the CESTAT.

April 2011 to March 2012

  

Rs.51 million plus interest and penalties

  

We have responded to such show cause notice and are currently awaiting a hearing with the Central Excise Commissioner.

April 2012 to March 2013

  

Rs.54 million plus interest and penalties

  

We are in the process of responding to such notice.

We believe that the possibility of any liability that may arise on account of the alleged inappropriate distribution of input service tax credits is not probable.

Others

Additionally, we are in receipt of various show cause notices from the Indian Sales Tax authorities. The disputed amount is Rs.319 million. We have responded to such show cause notices and believe that the chances of any liability arising from such notices are less than probable. Accordingly, no provision is made in the financial statements.

 

112


Table of Contents

Fuel Surcharge Adjustments

The Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (the “APERC”) passed various orders approving the levy of Fuel Surcharge Adjustment (“FSA”) charges for the period from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2013 by power distribution companies from all the consumers of electricity in the then existing undivided state of Andhra Pradesh, India where our headquarters and principal manufacturing facilities are located. We filed separate Writs of Mandamus before the High Court of Andhra Pradesh (the “High Court”) challenging and questioning the validity and legality of this levy of FSA charges by the APERC for various periods. Tabulated below is the present position of writ petitions filed by us challenging FSA charges levied for the applicable fiscal period.

 

Fiscal period

  

Present position

Year ended March 31, 2009   

On June 5, 2010, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009. On July 29, 2011, the Division Bench of the High Court set aside the APERC order. Subsequently, the power distribution companies appealed to the Supreme Court of India by filing a special leave petition, which is currently pending.

Year ended March 31, 2010   

On January 17, 2012, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2009 to March 31, 2010. On September 26, 2012, the Division Bench of the High Court set aside the APERC order and it is now pending for consideration before the Full Bench of the High Court.

Years ended March 31, 2011 and 2012   

On September 20, 2012, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2010 to March 31, 2012. The writ petitions filed by us were admitted by the High Court and the hearing is deferred until the disposal of previous petitions pending before the Full Bench of the High Court. Further, the High Court in its order dated December 4, 2012 noted that the power distribution companies had filed their claims for the period from July 1, 2010 to March 31, 2012 within the prescribed period, which they had not done for earlier periods, including the period from April 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010. Accordingly, the High Court granted a stay on collection of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010 but refused to grant a stay for the period from July 1, 2010 to March 31, 2012.

Year ended March 31, 2013   

On November 2, 2012, March 12, 2013, April 23, 2013 and June 29, 2013, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the three months periods ending on June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. We filed separate writ petitions before the High Court challenging these orders. These writ petitions were dismissed by the High Court. We are in the process of challenging the dismissal of writ petitions before the Supreme Court.

After taking into account all of the available information and legal provisions, we have recorded an amount of Rs.219 million as the potential liability towards FSA charges. The total amount approved by APERC for collection by the power distribution companies from us in respect of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2013 is Rs.482 million. As of March 31, 2014, we have made “payments under protest” of Rs.272 million as demanded by the power distribution companies as part of monthly electricity bills. We remain exposed to additional financial liability should the orders passed by the APERC be upheld by the Courts.

Direct taxes related matters

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Indian Income Tax authorities disallowed for tax purposes certain business transactions entered into by us with our wholly owned subsidiaries. The associated tax impact is Rs.658 million. We believe that such business transactions are allowed for tax deduction under Indian Income Tax laws and have accordingly filed an appeal with the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, Hyderabad. We further believe that the probability of succeeding in this matter is more likely than not and therefore no provision was made in our consolidated financial statements.

Additionally, we are contesting various other disallowances by the Indian Income Tax authorities. The associated tax impact is Rs.606 million. We believe that the chances of an unfavorable outcome in each of such disallowances are less than probable and, accordingly, no provision is made in our financial statements.

 

113


Table of Contents

Other

Additionally, we and our affiliates are involved in other disputes, lawsuits, claims, governmental and/or regulatory inspections, inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including patent and commercial matters that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Except as discussed above, we do not believe that there are any contingent liabilities arising from such pending matters that will have any material adverse effect on our financial statements.

Dividend Policy

In the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we paid cash dividends of Rs.11.25, Rs.13.75 and Rs.15.00 respectively, per equity share. Every year our Board of Directors recommends the amount of dividends to be paid to shareholders, if any, based upon conditions then existing, including our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. In our Board of Directors’ meeting held on May 13, 2014, the Board of Directors proposed a dividend per share of Rs.18 and aggregating to Rs.3,062 million plus an additional amount of Rs.518 million, which is intended to equal the applicable dividend tax, all of which is subject to the approval of our shareholders.

Holders of our ADSs are entitled to receive dividends payable on equity shares represented by such ADSs. Cash dividends on equity shares represented by our ADSs are paid to the depositary in Indian rupees and are converted by the depositary into U.S. dollars and distributed, net of depositary fees, taxes, if any, and expenses, to the holders of such ADSs

Bonus Debentures

On March 31, 2010, our Board of Directors approved a scheme for the issuance (“in-kind”, i.e., for no cash consideration) to our shareholders of 9.25% unsecured, non-convertible, redeemable debentures (sometimes referred to as our “bonus debentures”), to be effected by way of capitalization of our retained earnings. The scheme was subject to the successful receipt of necessary approvals of our shareholders, the High Court of Andhra Pradesh, India and other identified regulatory authorities as mentioned in the scheme. All necessary approvals to effectuate the scheme, including that of the High Court, were received during the year ended March 31, 2011. Accordingly, on March 24, 2011, we issued these bonus debentures to our shareholders. These bonus debentures matured on March 24, 2014 and were redeemed by us for cash in an amount equal to their face value of Rs. 5/- each, along with the third and final interest payment thereon. The aggregate amount of principal payment for all such bonus debentures on March 24, 2014 was Rs.5,078 million.

8.B. Significant changes

None

 

114


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

9.A. Offer and listing details

Information Regarding Price History

The following tables set forth the price history for our shares on the BSE Limited (formerly known as the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited) (“BSE”) and for our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

 

     BSE      NYSE  
     Price Per Equity Share(1)      Price Per ADS(1)  

Year Ended March 31,

   High (Rs.)      Low (Rs.)      High (U.S.$)      Low (U.S.$)  

2014

     2,939.80         1,766.30         47.93         31.32   

2013

     1,968.60         1,528.00         36.73         27.28   

2012

     1,770.80         1,387.00         39.37         28.75   

2011

     1,855.00         1,160.00         41.80         24.17   

2010

     1,317.90         476.10         29.23         9.17   

 

     BSE      NYSE  
     Price Per Equity Share(1)      Price Per ADS(1)  

Quarter Ended

   High (Rs.)      Low (Rs.)      High (U.S.$)      Low (U.S.$)  

June 30, 2012

     1,818.00         1,528.00         35.16         27.28   

September 30, 2012

     1,797.70         1,592.25         32.58         28.72   

December 31, 2012

     1,912.90         1,639.80         34.87         31.07   

March 31, 2013

     1,968.60         1,720.50         36.73         31.89   

June 30, 2013

     2,230.00         1,766.30         38.74         32.78   

September 30, 2013

     2,471.70         2,025.00         39.95         31.32   

December 31, 2013

     2,554.00         2,313.00         41.42         38.00   

March 31, 2014

     2,939.80         2,460.00         47.93         39.39   

 

     BSE      NYSE  
     Price Per Equity Share(1)      Price Per ADS(1)  

Month Ended

   High (Rs.)      Low (Rs.)      High (U.S.$)      Low (U.S.$)  

October 31, 2013

     2,545.00         2,350.00         41.03         38.08   

November 30, 2013

     2,498.70         2,313.00         40.79         38.00   

December 31, 2013

     2,554.00         2,393.15         41.42         38.43   

January 31, 2014

     2,690.00         2,460.00         43.81         39.39   

February 28, 2014

     2,939.80         2,517.05         47.93         41.08   

March 31, 2014

     2,890.00         2,548.00         46.99         42.76   

 

(1) 

Source: www.bseindia.com and www.adr.com, respectively.

9.B. Plan of distribution

Not applicable.

9.C. Markets

Markets on Which Our Shares Trade

Our equity shares are traded on the BSE Limited (formerly known as the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited) (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”), or collectively, the “Indian Stock Exchanges.” Our American Depositary Shares (or “ADSs”), as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (or “ADRs”), are traded in the United States on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), under the ticker symbol “RDY.” Each ADS represents one equity share. Our ADSs began trading on the NYSE on April 11, 2001. Our shareholders approved the delisting of our shares from the Hyderabad Stock Exchange Limited, The Stock Exchange, Ahmedabad, The Madras Stock Exchange Limited, and The Calcutta Stock Exchange Association Limited at the general shareholders meeting held on August 25, 2003.

 

115


Table of Contents

Markets on Which Our Debentures Trade

Our unsecured, redeemable, non-convertible, fully paid-up bonus debentures (as described in Section 8.A. above), were traded on the Indian Stock Exchanges until February 19, 2014. They were redeemed for cash on March 24, 2014. These bonus debentures were not registered in the United States and were publicly traded solely in India.

9.D. Selling shareholders

Not applicable.

9.E. Dilution

Not applicable.

9.F. Expenses of the issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.A. Share capital

Not applicable.

10.B. Memorandum and articles of association

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited was incorporated under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies, Hyderabad, Telangana, India, with Company Identification No. L85195AP1984PLC004507. The registration number of the Company is changed to L85195TG1984PLC004507 effective as of June 2, 2014.

Our registered office is located at 8-2-337, Road No. 3, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad, Telangana 500 034, India and the telephone number of our registered office is +91-40-49002900. The summary of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association that is included in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on April 11, 2001, together with copies of the Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association that are included in our registration statement on Form F-1, are incorporated herein by reference.

The Memorandum and Articles of Association were amended at the 17th Annual General Meeting held on September 24, 2001, 18th Annual General Meeting held on August 26, 2002, the 20th Annual General Meeting held on July 28, 2004 and the 22nd Annual General Meeting held on July 28, 2006. A full description of these amendments was given in the Form 20-F filed with the SEC on September 30, 2003, September 30, 2004 and October 2, 2006, which description is incorporated herein by reference. The Memorandum and Articles of Association were amended at the 22nd Annual General Meeting held on July 28, 2006 to increase the authorized share capital in connection with the stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend that occurred on August 30, 2006.

The Memorandum and Articles of Association were further amended in accordance with the terms of an Order of the High Court of Judicature, Andhra Pradesh, dated June 12, 2009 to effect an increase in our parent company’s authorized share capital pursuant to the amalgamation of Perlecan Pharma Private Limited into our parent company. In a related order dated June 12, 2009, the High Court concluded that there was no need to have a shareholders’ meeting in order to affect such amendment.

The Memorandum and Articles of Association were further amended in accordance with the terms of an Order of the High Court of Judicature, Andhra Pradesh, dated July 19, 2010 to provide for the capitalization or utilization of undistributed profit or retained earnings or security premium account or any other reserve or fund of ours with the approval of our shareholders in connection with our bonus debentures.

 

116


Table of Contents

10.C. Material contracts

Other than the contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, there are no material contracts to which we or any of our direct and indirect subsidiaries is a party for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Form 20-F.

10.D. Exchange controls

Foreign investment in Indian securities, whether in the form of foreign direct investment or in the form of portfolio investment, is governed by the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, as amended (“FEMA”), and the rules, regulations and notifications issued thereunder. Set forth below is a summary of the restrictions on transfers applicable to both foreign direct investments and portfolio investments, including the requirements under Indian law applicable to the issuance and transfer of ADSs.

Foreign Direct Investment

The Foreign Direct Investment Policy under the Reserve Bank of India’s (“RBI”) Automatic Route enables Indian companies (other than those specifically excluded thereunder) to issue shares to persons who reside outside of India without prior permission from the RBI, except in cases where there are ceilings of investments in certain industry sectors and subject to certain conditions.

The Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, a part of the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, issued detailed guidelines in January 1997 for consideration of foreign direct investment proposals by the Foreign Investment Promotion Board (the “Guidelines”). The basic objective of the Guidelines is to improve the transparency and objectivity of the Foreign Investment Promotion Board’s consideration of proposals. However, since these are administrative guidelines and have not been codified as either law or regulations, they are not legally binding with respect to any recommendation made by the Foreign Investment Promotion Board or with respect to any decision taken by the Government of India in cases involving foreign direct investment.

Under the Guidelines, sector specific guidelines for foreign direct investment and the levels of permitted equity participation have been established. In February 2000, the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion issued a notification that foreign ownership of up to 50%, 51%, 74% or 100%, depending on the category of industry, would be allowed without prior permission of the Foreign Investment Promotion Board and, in certain cases, without prior permission of the RBI. Over a period of time, the Government of India has relaxed the restrictions on foreign investment, including the revision of the investment cap to 26% in the insurance sector and 74% subject to RBI guidelines for setting up branches/subsidiaries of foreign banks in the private banking sector.

In May 1994, the Government of India announced that purchases by foreign investors of ADSs, as evidenced by ADRs, and foreign currency convertible bonds of Indian companies would be treated as foreign direct investment in the equity issued by Indian companies for such offerings. Therefore, offerings that involve the issuance of equity that results in Foreign Direct Investors holding more than the stipulated percentage of direct foreign investments (which depends on the category of industry) would require approval from the Foreign Investment Promotion Board.

In addition, offerings by Indian companies of any such securities to foreign investors require Foreign Investment Promotion Board approval, whether or not the stipulated percentage limit would be reached if the proceeds will be used for investment in specified industries.

For investments in the pharmaceutical sector, the Foreign Direct Investment limit is 100%. However, unlike Foreign Direct Investments in new pharmaceutical projects (sometimes called “greenfield” investments), Foreign Direct Investments in existing Indian pharmaceutical companies (sometimes called “brownfield” investments) are nonetheless subject to approval by the Foreign Investment Promotion Board (which can incorporate conditions for its approval at the time of grant). Thus, foreign ownership of up to 100% of our equity shares would be allowed but would require such approvals.

Portfolio Investment Scheme

Investments by persons of Indian nationality or origin residing outside of India (also known as Non-Resident Indians or “NRIs”) or registered Foreign Institutional Investors (“FIIs”) made through a stock exchange are known as portfolio investments (“Portfolio Investments”).

 

117


Table of Contents

Portfolio Investments by NRIs

A variety of methods for investing in shares of Indian companies are available to NRIs. These methods allow NRIs to make portfolio investments in existing shares and other securities of Indian companies on a basis not generally available to other foreign investors.

The RBI no longer recognizes overseas corporate bodies (“OCBs”) as an eligible class of investment vehicle under various circumstances under the RBI’s foreign exchange regulations.

Portfolio Investments by FIIs

In September 1992, the Government of India issued guidelines that enable FIIs, including institutions such as pension funds, investment trusts, asset management companies, nominee companies and incorporated/institutional portfolio managers, to invest in all of the securities traded on the primary and secondary markets in India. Under the guidelines, FIIs are required to obtain an initial registration from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), and a general permission from the RBI to engage in transactions regulated under the Foreign Exchange Management Act. FIIs must also comply with the provisions of the SEBI (Foreign Institutional Investors Regulations) 1995. When it receives the initial registration, the FII also obtains general permission from the RBI to engage in transactions regulated under the Foreign Exchange Management Act. Together, the initial registration and the RBI’s general permission enable the registered FII to: (i) buy (subject to the ownership restrictions discussed below) and sell unrestricted securities issued by Indian companies; (ii) realize capital gains on investments made through the initial amount invested in India; (iii) participate in rights offerings for shares; (iv) appoint a domestic custodian for custody of investments held; and (v) repatriate the capital, capital gains, dividends, interest income and any other compensation received pursuant to rights offerings of shares. The current policy with respect to purchase or sale of securities of an Indian company by an FII is in Schedule 2 and Regulation 5(2) of the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Securities by a Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000.

Ownership restrictions

The SEBI and the RBI regulations restrict portfolio investments in Indian companies by FIIs, NRIs and OCBs, all of which we refer to as “foreign portfolio investors.” Under current Indian law, FIIs in the aggregate may hold not more than 24.0% of the equity shares of an Indian company, and NRIs in the aggregate may hold not more than 10.0% of the shares of an Indian company through portfolio investments. The 24.0% limit referred to above can be increased to sectoral cap/statutory limits as applicable if a resolution is passed by the board of directors of the company followed by a special resolution passed by the shareholders of the company to that effect. The 10.0% limit referred to above may be increased to 24.0% if the shareholders of the company pass a special resolution to that effect. No single FII may hold more than 10.0% of the shares of an Indian company and no single NRI may hold more than 5.0% of the shares of an Indian company.

Our shareholders have passed a resolution enhancing the limits of portfolio investment by FIIs in the aggregate to 49%. NRIs in the aggregate may hold not more than 10.0% of our equity shares through portfolio investments. Holders of ADSs are not subject to the rules governing FIIs unless they convert their ADSs into equity shares.

As of March 31, 2014, FIIs held 34.30% of our equity shares and NRIs held 1.34% of our equity shares.

In September 2011, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) enacted the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (the “2011 Takeover Code”), which replaces the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997.

Under the 2011 Takeover Code, upon acquisition of shares or voting rights in a publicly listed Indian company (the “target company”) such that the aggregate shareholding of the acquirer (meaning a person who directly or indirectly, acquires or agrees to acquire shares or voting rights in the target company, or acquires or agrees to acquire control over the target company, either alone or together with any persons acting in concert), is 5% or more of the shares of the target company, the acquirer is required to, within two working days of such acquisition, disclose the aggregate shareholding and voting rights in the target company to the target company and to the stock exchanges in which the shares of the target company are listed.

Furthermore, an acquirer who, together with persons acting in concert with such acquirer, holds shares or voting rights entitling them to 5% or more of the shares or voting rights in a target company must disclose every sale or acquisition of shares representing 2% or more of the shares or voting rights of the target company to the target company and to the stock exchanges in which the shares of the target company are listed within two working days of such acquisition or sale or receipt of intimation of allotment of such shares.

 

118


Table of Contents

Every acquirer, who together with persons acting in concert with such acquirer, holds shares or voting rights entitling such acquirer to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in a target company, has to disclose to the target company and to stock exchanges in which the shares of the target company are listed, their aggregate shareholding and voting rights as of the thirty-first day of March, in such target company within seven working days from the end of the financial year of that company.

The acquisition of shares or voting rights that entitles the acquirer to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in or control over the target company triggers a requirement for the acquirer to make an open offer to acquire additional shares representing at least 26% of the total shares of the target company for an offer price determined as per the provisions of the 2011 Takeover Code. The acquirer is required to make a public announcement for an open offer on the date on which it is agreed to acquire such shares or voting rights. Such open offer shall only be for such number of shares as is required to adhere to the maximum permitted non-public shareholding.

Since we are a listed company in India, the provisions of the 2011 Takeover Code will apply to us and to any person acquiring our ADSs, equity shares or voting rights in our company.

We have entered into listing agreements with each of the Indian stock exchanges on which our equity shares are listed, pursuant to which we must report to the stock exchanges any disclosures made to us pursuant to the 2011 Takeover Code.

Although the provisions of the listing agreements entered into between us and the Indian stock exchanges on which our equity shares are listed will not apply to equity shares represented by ADSs, holders of ADSs may be required to comply with such notification and disclosure obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement entered into by such holders, our company and the depositary of our ADRs.

Subsequent transfer of shares

A person resident outside India holding the shares or debentures of an Indian company may transfer the shares or debentures so held by him, in compliance with the conditions specified in the relevant Schedule of Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident outside India) Regulations, 2000 as follows:

 

  (i)

A person resident outside India, not being a NRI or an OCB, may transfer by way of sale or gift, the shares or convertible debentures held by him or it to any person resident outside India;

 

  (ii)

A NRI may transfer by way of sale or gift, the shares or convertible debentures held by that person to another NRI only; provided that the person to whom the shares are being transferred has obtained prior permission of the Government of India to acquire the shares if he has a previous venture or tie up in India through an investment in shares or debentures or a technical collaboration or a trade mark agreement or investment by whatever name called in the same field or allied field in which the Indian company whose shares are being transferred is engaged. Provided further that the restriction in clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to the transfer of shares to international financial institutions such as Asian Development Bank (“ADB”), International Finance Corporation (“IFC”), Commonwealth Development Corporation (“CDC”), Deutsche Entwicklungs Gesselschaft (“DEG”) and transfer of shares of an Indian company engaged in the Information Technology sector.

 

  (iii)

A person resident outside India holding the shares or convertible debentures of an Indian company in accordance with the said Regulations, (a) may transfer the same to a person resident in India by way of gift; or (b) may sell the same on a recognized Stock Exchange in India through a registered broker.

Restrictions for subsequent transfers of shares of Indian companies between residents and non-residents (other than OCBs) were relaxed significantly as of October 2004. As a result, for a transfer between a resident and a non-resident of securities of an Indian company, no prior approval of either the RBI or the Government of India is required, as long as certain conditions are met.

ADS guidelines

Shares of Indian companies represented by ADSs may be approved for issuance to foreign investors by the Government of India under the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (Through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 (the “1993 Scheme”), as modified from time to time, promulgated by the Government of India. The 1993 Scheme is in addition but without prejudice to the other policies or facilities, as described below, relating to

 

119


Table of Contents

investments in Indian companies by foreign investors. The issuance of ADSs pursuant to the 1993 Scheme also affords to holders of the ADSs the benefits of Section 115AC of the Income Tax Act, 1961 for purpose of the application of Indian tax laws. In March 2001, the RBI issued a notification permitting, subject to certain conditions, two-way fungibility of ADSs. This notification provides that ADSs converted into Indian shares can be converted back into ADSs, subject to compliance with certain requirements and the limits of sectoral caps.

Fungibility of ADSs

A registered broker in India can purchase shares of an Indian company that issued ADSs, on behalf of a person residing outside India, for the purposes of converting the shares into ADSs. However, such conversion of equity shares into ADSs is possible only if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (i)

the shares are purchased on a recognized stock exchange;

 

  (ii)

the shares are purchased with the permission of the Custodian to the ADS offering of the Indian company and are deposited with the Custodian;

 

  (iii)

The custodian has been authorized to accept shares from non-resident investors for reissuance of ADSs;

 

  (iv)

the shares purchased for conversion into ADSs do not exceed the number of shares that were released by the Custodian pursuant to conversions of ADSs into equity shares under the Depositary Agreement; and

 

  (v)

a non-resident investor, broker, the Custodian and the Depositary comply with the provisions of the Scheme for Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 and the related guidelines issued by the Central Government from time to time.

Transfer of ADSs

A person resident outside India may transfer ADSs held in Indian companies to another person resident outside India without any permission. A person resident in India is not permitted to hold ADSs of an Indian company, except in connection with the exercise of stock options.

Shareholders resident outside India who intend to sell or otherwise transfer equity shares within India should seek the advice of Indian counsel to understand the requirements applicable at that time.

The RBI placed various restrictions on the eligibility of OCBs to make investments in Indian companies in AP (DIR) Series Circular No. 14 dated September 16, 2003. For further information on these restrictions, the circular is available on www.rbi.org.in for review.

10.E. Taxation

Indian Taxation

General. The following summary is based on the law and practice of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the “Income-tax Act”), including the special tax regime contained in Sections 115AC and 115ACA of the Income-tax Act read with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 (collectively, the “Income-tax Act Scheme”), as amended on January 19, 2000. The Income-tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of Sections 115AC and 115ACA may be amended or changed by future amendments to the Income-tax Act.

We believe this information is materially complete as of the date hereof. However, this summary is not intended to constitute an authoritative analysis of the individual tax consequences to non-resident holders or employees under Indian law for the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO TAXATION IN INDIA OR THEIR RESPECTIVE LOCATIONS ON ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSS.

 

120


Table of Contents

Residence. For purposes of the Income-tax Act, an individual is considered to be a resident of India during any fiscal year (i.e., April 1 to March 31) if he or she is in India in that year for:

 

   

a period or periods of at least 182 days; or

 

   

at least 60 days and, within the four preceding fiscal years has been in India for a period or periods amounting to at least 365 days.

The period of 60 days referred to above shall be 182 days in case of a citizen of India or a Person of Indian Origin living outside India for the purpose of employment outside India who is visiting India.

A company is a resident of India under the Income-tax Act if it is formed or registered in India or the control and the management of its affairs is situated wholly in India. Individuals and companies that are not residents of India would be treated as non-residents for purposes of the Income-tax Act.

Taxation of Distributions.

a) As per Section 10(34) of the Income-tax Act, dividends paid by Indian companies to their shareholders (whether resident in India or not) are not subject to tax in the hands of the shareholders. For periods prior to March 31, 2013, Indian companies were liable to pay a dividend distribution tax at the rate of 16.22%, inclusive of applicable surcharges and a special levy called the “Education and Higher Education Cess” (hereinafter, the “education cess”). Effective April 1, 2013, the Finance Act, 2013 has increased the surcharge on the dividend distribution tax from 5% to 10% which resulted in an increase in the effective rate of dividend distribution tax from 16.22% to 16.995%.

b) Any distributions of additional ADSs or equity shares by way of bonus shares (i.e., stock dividends) to resident or non- resident holders will not be subject to Indian tax.

Taxation of Capital Gains. The following is a brief summary of capital gains taxation of non-resident holders and resident employees relating to the sale of ADSs and equity shares received upon redemption of ADSs. The relevant provisions are contained mainly in sections 10(36), 10(38), 45, 47(viia), 111A, 115AC and 115ACA, of the Income-tax Act, in conjunction with the Income- tax Scheme. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.

A non-resident investor transferring our ADS or equity shares, outside India to a non-resident investor, will not be liable for income taxes arising from capital gains on such ADS or equity shares under the provisions of the Income-tax Act in certain circumstances. Equity shares (including equity shares issuable on the conversion of the ADSs) held by the non-resident investor for a period of more than 12 months are treated as long-term capital assets. If the equity shares are held for a period of less than 12 months from the date of conversion of the ADSs, the capital gains arising on the sale thereof is to be treated as short-term capital gains.

Capital gains are taxed as follows:

 

   

gains from a sale of ADSs outside India by a non-resident to another non-resident are not taxable in India;

 

   

long-term capital gains realized by a resident from the transfer of the ADSs will be subject to tax at the rate of 10%, plus the applicable surcharge and education cess; short-term capital gains on such a transfer will be taxed at graduated rates with a maximum of 30%, plus the applicable surcharge and education cess;

 

   

long-term capital gains realized by a non-resident upon the sale of equity shares obtained from the conversion of ADSs are subject to tax at a rate of 10%, excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess; and short-term capital gains on such a transfer will be taxed at the rate of tax applicable to the seller; and

 

   

long-term capital gain realized by a non-resident upon the sale of equity shares obtained from the conversion of ADSs is exempt from tax and any short term capital gain is taxed at 15%, excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess, if the sale of such equity shares is settled on a recognized stock exchange and securities transaction tax (“STT”) is paid on such sale.

As per the Finance Act, 2013, the rate of surcharge for Indian companies having total taxable income exceeding Rs.10,000,000 but not exceeding Rs.100,000,000 is 5% and in the case of Indian companies whose total taxable income is

 

121


Table of Contents

greater than Rs.100,000,000, the applicable surcharge is 10%. For foreign companies, the rate of surcharge is 2% if the total taxable income exceeds Rs.10,000,000 but does not exceed Rs.100,000,000 and it is 5% if the total taxable income of the foreign company exceeds Rs.100,000,000.

As per Section 10(38) of the Income-tax Act, long term capital gains arising from the transfer of equity shares on or after October 1, 2004 in a company completed through a recognized stock exchange in India and on which sale the STT has been paid are exempt from Indian tax.

As per Section 111A of the Income-tax Act, short term capital gains arising from the transfer of equity shares on or after October 1, 2004 in a company completed through a recognized stock exchange in India are subject to tax at a rate of 15%, plus applicable surcharge and education cess.

As per the Finance Act, 2004, as modified by the Finance Act, 2008 and the Finance Act, 2013, in a sale and purchase of securities entered into through a recognized stock exchange, a Securities Transaction Tax (“STT”) may be imposed upon one or both of the parties as follows:

 

   

With respect to a sale and purchase of equity shares (i) both the buyer and seller are required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.1% of the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a delivery based transaction (i.e., the transaction involves actual delivery or transfer of shares); or (ii) the seller of the shares is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.025% of the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a non-delivery based transaction (i.e., the transaction is settled without taking delivery of the shares).

 

   

With respect to a sale and purchase of an option with respect to securities (i) upon the sale of the option, the seller is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.017% of the option premium; and (ii) upon exercise of the option, the buyer is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.125% of the settlement price.

 

   

With respect to a sale and purchase of futures with respect to securities, the seller is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.01% of the transaction value.

The applicable provisions of the Income Tax Act, in the case of non-residents, may offset the above taxes, except the STT. The capital gains tax is computed by applying the appropriate tax rates to the difference between the sale price and the purchase price of the equity shares or ADSs. Under the Income-tax Scheme, the purchase price of equity shares in an Indian listed company received in exchange for ADSs will be the market price of the underlying shares on the date that the Depositary gives notice to the custodian of the delivery of the equity shares in exchange for the corresponding ADSs, or the “stepped up” basis purchase price. The market price will be the price of the equity shares prevailing on the Stock Exchange, Mumbai or the National Stock Exchange. There is no corresponding provision under the Income-tax Act in relation to the “stepped up” basis for the purchase price of equity shares. However, the tax department in India has not denied this benefit. In the event that the tax department denies this benefit, the original purchase price of ADSs would be considered the purchase price for computing the capital gains tax.

According to the Income-tax Scheme, a non-resident holder’s holding period for the purposes of determining the applicable Indian capital gains tax rate relating to equity shares received in exchange for ADSs commences on the date of the notice of the redemption by the Depositary to the custodian. However, the Income-tax Scheme does not address this issue in the case of resident employees, and it is therefore unclear as to when the holding period for the purposes of determining capital gains tax commences for such a resident employee.

It is unclear as to whether section 115AC of the Income Tax Act and the rest of the Income-tax Scheme are applicable to a non- resident who acquires equity shares outside India from a non-resident holder of equity shares after receipt of the equity shares upon redemption of the ADSs.

It is unclear as to whether capital gains derived from the sale of subscription rights or other rights by a non-resident holder not entitled to an exemption under a tax treaty will be subject to Indian capital gains tax. If such subscription rights or other rights are deemed by the Indian tax authorities to be situated within India, the gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights will be subject to Indian taxation. The capital gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights, which will generally be in the nature of short-term capital gains, will be subject to tax (i) at variable rates with a maximum rate of 40%, excluding the prevailing surcharge and education cess, in the case of a foreign company and (ii) at the rate of 30% excluding the prevailing surcharge and education cess in the case of resident employees.

 

122


Table of Contents

Withholding Tax on Capital Gains. Any gain realized by a non-resident or resident employee on the sale of equity shares is subject to Indian capital gains tax, which, in the case of a non-resident is to be withheld at the source by the buyer. However, as per the provisions of Section 196D(2) of the Income-tax Act, no withholding tax is required to be deducted from any income by way of capital gains arising to FIIs (as defined in Section 115AD of the Act) on the transfer of securities (as defined in Section 115AD of the Act).

Buy-back of Securities. Indian companies are not subject to any tax on the buy-back of their shares. However, the shareholders are taxed on any resulting gains. We are required to deduct tax at the source according to the capital gains tax liability of a non-resident shareholder. Furthermore, in the case of a buy-back of unlisted securities as per section 115QA of the Finance Act 2013, unlisted domestic companies are subject to tax on the buy-back of their securities. However, section 10(34A) of the Finance Act 2013 exempts shareholders from the gain, if any, arising from such transaction.

Stamp Duty and Transfer Tax. Upon issuance of the equity shares underlying our ADSs, we are required to pay a stamp duty of Rs.0.3 per share certificate evidencing such underlying equity shares. A transfer of ADSs is not subject to Indian stamp duty. A sale of equity shares in physical form by a non-resident holder is also subject to Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.25% of the market value of the equity shares on the trade date, although customarily such duty is borne by the transferee. Shares must be traded in dematerialized form. The issuance or transfer of shares in dematerialized form is currently not subject to stamp duty.

Wealth Tax. The holding of the ADSs and the holding of underlying equity shares by resident and non-resident holders will be exempt from Indian wealth tax. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the taxation of ADS in their country of residence.

Gift Tax and Estate Duty. Currently, there are no gift taxes or estate duties. These taxes and duties could be restored in future. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding this issue.

Service Tax. Brokerage or commission paid to stockbrokers in connection with the sale or purchase of shares is subject to a service tax of 12.36%. The stockbroker is responsible for collecting the service tax from the shareholder and paying it to the relevant authority.

United States Federal Taxation

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of equity shares or ADSs and is for general information only. This summary addresses the U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations of holders that are U.S. holders. “U.S. holders” are beneficial holders of equity shares or ADSs who are (i) citizens or residents of the United States, (ii) corporations (or other entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal tax purposes) created in or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any political subdivision thereof or therein, (iii) estates, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, and (iv) trusts (a) for which a U.S. court exercises primary supervision and a U.S. person has the authority to control all substantial decisions or (b) that were in existence on August 20, 1996, were treated as a domestic trust on the previous day and have a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. This summary is limited to U.S. holders who will hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that have the United States dollar as their functional currency. In addition, this summary is limited to U.S. holders who are not resident in India for purposes of the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of India for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion With Respect to Taxes on Income. If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds the equity shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding equity shares or ADSs should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax treatment of an investment in the equity shares or ADSs.

This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies, certain financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, broker dealers, traders in securities that elect to use the mark–to-market method of accounting, United States expatriates, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons holding ADSs or equity shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities, tax-exempt entities, persons that will hold equity shares or ADSs as a position in a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction or holders of 10% or more, by voting power or value, of the shares of our company. This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and on United States Treasury Regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual

 

123


Table of Contents

Report on Form 20-F, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date, and is based in part on the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. All of the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service may interpret existing authorities differently, any of which could affect the tax consequences described below. This summary does not address the U.S. federal tax laws other than income or estate tax, and does not address U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax laws.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSS.

Ownership of ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will generally be treated as the holders of equity shares represented by such ADSs.

Dividends. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, except for ADSs or equity shares, if any, distributed pro rata to all shareholders of our company, including holders of ADSs, the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property with respect to ADSs or equity shares (before reduction for any Indian withholding taxes) will generally be included in income by a U.S. holder as foreign source dividend income at the time of receipt, which in the case of a U.S. holder of ADSs generally should be the date of receipt by the Depositary, to the extent such distributions are made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, and thereafter as capital gain.

With respect to certain non-corporate U.S. holders, subject to certain limitations, including certain limitations based on taxable income and filing status, qualifying dividends paid after December 31, 2012 to non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation if we are deemed to be a “qualified foreign corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes and certain holding period requirements are met (including the requirement that the non-corporate U.S. holder holds the ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation if (1) its shares (or, according to legislative history, its ADSs) are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or (2) it is eligible for the benefits under a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States. In addition, a corporation is not a qualified foreign corporation if it is a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either its taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year. The ADSs are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Due to the absence of specific statutory provisions addressing ADSs, however, there can be no assurance that we are a qualified foreign corporation solely as a result of our listing on the New York Stock Exchange. Nonetheless, we may be eligible for benefits under the comprehensive income tax treaty between India and the United States.

Qualifying dividends will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. However, (i) individuals with taxable income above $400,000 and (ii) married couples filing joint returns with taxable income above $450,000 will be subject to tax at the rate of 20% on qualifying dividends. Further, individuals with taxable income less than $39,600 and married couple filing joint returns with taxable income less than $73,800 will be subject to tax at the rate of 0% on qualifying dividends. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the treatment of dividends and such holder’s eligibility for a reduced rate of taxation.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any Indian withholding tax imposed upon distributions paid to a U.S. holder with respect to ADSs or equity shares may be eligible for credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability. Alternatively, a U.S. holder may claim a deduction for such amount, but only for a year in which a U.S. holder does not claim a credit with respect to any foreign income taxes. The overall limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, distributions on ADSs or equity shares generally will be foreign source income, and will be “passive category income” or “general category income” for purposes of computing the United States foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. holder. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

If dividends are paid in Indian rupees, the amount of the dividend distribution included in the income of a U.S. holder will be in the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in Indian rupees, determined at a spot exchange rate between Indian

 

124


Table of Contents

rupees and U.S. dollars applicable to the date such dividend is included in the income of the U.S. holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, gain or loss, if any, resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is paid to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, a U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be, were held for more than one year. Gain or loss, if any, recognized by a U.S. holder generally will be treated as U.S. source passive category income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Capital gains realized by a U.S. holder upon the sale of equity shares (but not ADSs) may be subject to certain tax in India. See “Taxation-Indian Taxation-Taxation of Capital Gains.” Due to limitations on foreign tax credits, however, a U.S. holder may not be able to utilize any such taxes as a credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability.

Estate taxes. An individual U.S. holder who is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal estate tax purposes may have the value of the equity shares or ADSs held by such holder included in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. An individual holder who actually pays Indian estate tax with respect to the equity shares will, however, be entitled to credit the amount of such tax against his or her U.S. federal estate tax liability, subject to a number of conditions and limitations.

Additional Tax on Investment Income. U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on unearned income, including, among other things, dividends on, and capital gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of, equity shares or ADSs, subject to certain limitations and exceptions.

Backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements. Any dividends paid on, or proceeds from a sale of, equity shares or ADSs to or by a U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. information reporting, and a backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) may apply unless the holder establishes that he, she or it is an exempt recipient or provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that such number is correct and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding and otherwise complies with any applicable backup withholding requirements. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Certain U.S. holders are required to report information with respect to their investment in equity shares or ADSs not held through a custodial account with a U.S. financial institution on Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, which must be attached to the U.S. holder’s annual income tax return. Investors who fail to report required information could become subject to substantial penalties. Each U.S. holder should consult its tax advisor concerning its obligation to file new Internal Revenue Service Form 8938.

Passive foreign investment company. A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. Federal income tax purposes if either:

 

   

75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

   

at least 50% of the total value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during such year) is attributable to assets, including cash, which produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

We do not believe that we satisfy either of the tests for passive foreign investment company status for the current fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. Because this determination is a factual determination that is made annually, no assurance can be given that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company in future taxable years. If we were to be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, U.S. holders:

 

   

may be subject to special tax rules on “excess distributions,” as the term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws, and on any gain on a sale or other disposition of ADSs or equity shares;

 

   

may avoid the “excess distribution” rules by making a “qualified electing fund election” (as the term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws) and including in their taxable income their pro rata share of undistributed amounts of our income;

 

125


Table of Contents
   

may avoid the “excess distribution” rules if the equity shares are “marketable” by making a mark-to-market election, in which case the U.S. holder must mark-to-market the equity shares each taxable year and recognize ordinary gain and, to the extent of prior ordinary gain, ordinary loss for the increase or decrease in market value for such taxable year; or

 

   

may be subject to additional annual return requirements and may be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

If we are treated as a passive foreign investment company, we do not plan to provide information necessary for the U.S. holder to make a “qualified electing fund” election.

THE ABOVE SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSS. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU BASED ON YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION.

10.F. Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable.

10.G. Statements by experts

Not applicable.

10.H. Documents on display

This report and other information filed or to be filed by us can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1200, 450 Fifth Street, Washington, DC, U.S.A. These reports and other information may also be accessed via the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Additionally, documents referred to in this Form 20-F may be inspected at our corporate office, which is located at 8-2-337, Road No. 3, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad, 500 034, India

10.I. Subsidiary information

Not applicable.

 

126


Table of Contents

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings or fair values or future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market risk sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables and long term debt. We are exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign exchange rate risk, interest rate risk and the market value of our investments. Thus, our exposure to market risk is a function of investing and borrowing activities and revenue generating and operating activities in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure in our foreign currency revenues and costs.

Our Board of Directors and its Audit Committee are responsible for overseeing our risk assessment and management policies. Our major market risks of foreign exchange, interest rate and counter-party risk are managed centrally by our group treasury department, which evaluates and exercises independent control over the entire process of market risk management.

We have a written treasury policy, and we do regular reconciliations of our positions with our counter-parties. In addition, internal audits of the treasury function are performed at regular intervals.

Components of Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

Our exchange risk arises from our foreign operations, foreign currency revenues and expenses (primarily in U.S. dollars, Russian roubles and Euros) and foreign currency borrowings in U.S. dollars, Russian roubles and Euros. A significant portion of our revenues are in these foreign currencies, while a significant portion of our costs are in Indian rupees. As a result, if the value of the Indian rupee appreciates relative to these foreign currencies, our revenues measured in Indian rupees may decrease. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and these foreign currencies has changed substantially in recent periods and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, we use both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange forward contracts, option contracts, currency swap contracts and foreign currency financial liabilities, to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates in respect of our highly probable forecasted transactions and recognized assets and liabilities. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

We had the following derivative financial instruments to hedge the foreign exchange rate risk as of March 31, 2014:

 

Category

  

Instrument

   Currency   

Cross Currency

   Amounts in
millions
    

Buy/Sell

Hedges of recognized assets and liabilities

   Forward contract    USD    INR    USD 10.0       Buy
   Forward contract    USD    INR    USD 422.5       Sell
   Forward contract    USD    RON    USD 13.0       Buy
   Forward contract    EUR    USD    EUR 170.0       Sell

Cash flow hedges

   Forward contract    USD    INR    USD 45.0       Sell
   Option contract    USD    INR    USD 235.0       Sell

Sensitivity Analysis of Exchange Rate Risk.

In respect of our forward, option and currency swap contracts, a 10% decrease/increase in the respective exchange rates of each of the currencies underlying such contracts would have resulted in an approximately Rs.1,254/(945) million increase/(decrease) in our hedging reserve and an approximately Rs.3,863/(4,011) million increase/(decrease) in our net profit as at March 31, 2014.

For a detailed analysis of our foreign exchange rate risk, please refer to Notes 30 and 31 in our consolidated financial statements.

 

127


Table of Contents

Commodity Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk with respect to commodity prices primarily arises from the fact that we are a purchaser and seller of active pharmaceutical ingredients and the components for such active pharmaceutical ingredients. These are commodity products whose prices can fluctuate sharply over short periods of time. The prices of our raw materials generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles, though the prices of raw materials used in our active pharmaceutical ingredients business are generally more volatile. Raw material expense forms the largest portion of our operating expenses. We evaluate and manage our commodity price risk exposure through our operating procedures and sourcing policies. We have not entered into any material derivative contracts to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices.

Interest Rate Risk

As of March 31, 2014, we had foreign currency loans of Rs.35,221 million carrying a floating interest rate. These loans expose us to risks of changes in interest rates. Our treasury department monitors the interest rate movement and manages the interest rate risk based on its policies, which include entering into interest rate swaps as considered necessary.

Interest Rate Profile.

The interest rate profile of our short term borrowings from banks is as follows:

 

     As at March 31,
     2014    2013
     Currency    Interest Rate    Currency    Interest Rate

Packing credit borrowings

   USD    LIBOR + 25 to 85 bps    USD    LIBOR+50 to 120 bps
   EURO    LIBOR + 20 bps    EURO    LIBOR+50 to 125 bps
   INR    9.50% to 10.00%    —      —  
   RUB    7.20% to 7.75%    RUB    7.25% to 8%
   RUB    Mosprime+60 bps    —      —  

Other foreign currency borrowings

   EURO    LIBOR + 90 bps    EURO    LIBOR + 110 bps

Borrowings on transfer of receivables

   —      —      RUB    7.30%

The interest rate profile of our long-term loans and borrowings is as follows:

 

     As at March 31,
     2014    2013
     Currency    Interest Rate    Currency    Interest Rate

Foreign currency borrowing

   USD    LIBOR+100 to 179 bps    USD    LIBOR+145 bps
   GBP    LIBOR+130 bps    —      —  

Bonus Debentures

   —      —      INR    9.25%

Maturity profile.

The aggregate maturities of interest-bearing long term loans and borrowings, based on contractual maturities, as of March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Maturing in the year ending March 31,    Foreign
currency loan
     Obligation under
finance lease
     Total  
     (Rs. in millions)  

2015

   Rs. 3,295       Rs. 100       Rs. 3,395   

2016

     6,591         96         6,687   

2017

     4,293         69         4,362   

2018

     1,797         48         1,845   

2019

     7,190         50         7,240   

Thereafter

     —           684         684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 23,166       Rs. 1,047       Rs. 24,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Counter-party risk encompasses settlement risk on derivative contracts and credit risk on cash and term deposits (i.e., certificates of deposit). Exposure to these risks is closely monitored and kept within predetermined parameters. Our group treasury department does not expect any losses from non-performance by these counter-parties.

 

128


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A.

Debt Securities.

As at March 23, 2014, we had 1,015,516,392 9.25% unsecured, non-convertible, redeemable debentures (sometimes referred to as our “bonus debentures”) outstanding carrying a face value of Rs.5 each. These debentures matured on March 24, 2014, at which time we redeemed them for cash in an amount equal to the face value of Rs.5 each along with third and final interest payment thereon. The aggregate amount of principal payment for all such bonus debentures on March 24, 2014 was Rs.5,078 million. These debentures were listed and traded in India only on the BSE Limited (formerly known as the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited) (“BSE”) and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”). For additional details, please see Item 8.a. above under the heading “Dividend Policy – Bonus Debentures”.

B. Warrants and Rights.

Not applicable.

C. Other Securities.

Not applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares.

Fees and Charges for Holders of American Depositary Shares

J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the depositary for our ADSs (the “Depositary”), collects fees for the issuance and cancellation of ADSs from the holders of our ADSs, or intermediaries acting on their behalf, against the deposit or withdrawal of ordinary shares in the custodian account. The Depositary also collects the following fees from holders of ADRs or intermediaries acting in their behalf:

 

Category (as defined by SEC)

 

Depositary actions

  

Associated Fee

(a) Depositing or substituting the underlying shares  

Issuing ADSs upon deposits of shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of share distributions, stock splits, rights, mergers, exchanges of securities or any other transaction or event or other distribution affecting the ADSs or the deposited shares.

  

U.S.$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new shares deposited.

(b) Receiving or distributing dividends  

Distribution of dividends.

  

U.S.$0.02 or less per ADS (U.S.$2.00 per 100 ADSs).

(c) Selling or exercising rights  

Distribution or sale of securities.

  

U.S.$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof), the fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities.

(d) Withdrawing an underlying security  

Acceptance of ADSs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited shares.

  

U.S.$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the shares withdrawn.

(e) Transferring, splitting or grouping receipts  

Transfers, combining or grouping of depositary receipts.

  

U.S.$1.50 per ADS.

(f) General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis.  

Other services performed by the depositary in administering the ADSs.

  

U.S.$0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof) not more than once each calendar year.

(g) Other  

Expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with:

 

  

The amount of such expenses incurred by the Depositary.

 

  

compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment;

  
 

  

the depositary’s or its custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation;

  
 

  

stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;

  

 

129


Table of Contents

Category (as defined by SEC)

 

Depositary actions

  

Associated Fee

 

  

cable, telex, facsimile transmission/delivery;

  
 

  

expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency); or

  
 

  

any other charge payable by depositary or its agents.

  

As provided in the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may charge fees for making cash and other distributions to holders by deduction from distributable amounts or by selling a portion of the distributable property. The Depositary may generally refuse to provide services until its fees for those services are paid.

Fees paid by Depositary

Direct Payments

The Depositary has agreed to reimburse certain reasonable expenses related to our ADS program and incurred by us in connection with the program. In the year ended March 31, 2014, the Depositary reimbursed us an amount of U.S.$509,656.12 towards such expenses (inclusive of withholding tax of an amount of U.S.$119,351.57). The amounts the Depositary reimburses are not related to the fees collected by the Depositary from ADS holders. Under certain circumstances, including termination of our ADS program prior to May 11, 2015, we are required to repay to the Depositary amounts reimbursed in prior periods. The table below sets forth the types of expenses that the Depositary has agreed to reimburse us for and the amounts reimbursed during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014.

 

Category of expenses

   Amount reimbursed
during the year
ended March 31,
2014
 

Legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with preparation of Form 20-F and ongoing SEC compliance and listing requirements

   U.S.$ 509,656.12   

Listing fees

     0   

Investor relations

     0   

Advertising and public relations

     0   

Broker reimbursements

     0   

Indirect Payments

As part of its service to us, the Depositary has agreed to waive fees for the standard costs associated with the administration of our ADS program, associated operating expenses and investor relations advice which are estimated to total U.S.$300,000. The Depositary has also paid the following expenses on our behalf: U.S.$87,255.61. Under certain circumstances, including termination of our ADS program prior to May 11, 2015, we are required to repay to the Depositary amounts waived and/or expenses paid in prior periods. The table below sets forth the fees that the Depositary has agreed to waive and/or expenses that the Depositary has paid during the year ended March 31, 2014.

 

Category Expenses

 

Amount Reimbursed during the Year Ended March 31, 2014

Third-party expenses paid directly

 

U.S.$42,000 towards NYSE listing fee and U.S.$19,078.93 towards broker reimbursements(1), postage, printing and Depositary Trust Company report fees. These expenses are net of U.S.$26,176.68 towards withholding tax.

Fees waived

 

Up to U.S.$300,000 per year.

 

(1) 

Broker reimbursements are fees payable to Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. and other service providers for the distribution of hard copy materials to beneficial ADS holders in the Depositary Trust Company. Corporate material includes information related to shareholders’ meetings and related voting instruction cards.

 

130


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Modification in the rights of security holders

None.

Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

131


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act).

Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective, as of March 31, 2014, to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in filings and submissions under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions about required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the SEC, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures, that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2014 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO Framework”).

Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2014.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2014 has been audited by KPMG, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements, as stated in their report, a copy of which is included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

/s/ G.V. Prasad

   

/s/ Saumen Chakraborty

Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

   

President and Chief Financial Officer

 

132


Table of Contents

(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited:

We have audited Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited’s (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) – issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial position of Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited and its subsidiaries as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2014 and our report dated June 25, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG

Hyderabad, India

June 25, 2014

 

133


Table of Contents
(d)

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM  16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16.A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is entirely composed of independent directors and brings in expertise in the fields of finance, economics, human resource development, strategy and management. Please see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees” for the experience and qualifications of the members of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Sridar Iyengar is an audit committee financial expert as defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K, and is independent pursuant to applicable NYSE rules.

ITEM 16.B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a code of business ethics applicable to our executive officers, directors and all other employees. The code is available on our corporate website, at http://www.drreddys.com/investors/pdf/cobe-booklet-2011.pdf. Any waivers of this code for executive officers or directors will be disclosed through furnishing a Form 6-K to the SEC. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has approved an Ombudsperson Procedure, which functions in coordination with our code of business ethics and provides guidance for employees and others to raise their concerns with stated designated personnel.

ITEM 16.C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets forth for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the fees paid to our principal accountant and its associated entities for various services they provided us in these periods.

 

Type of Service

   March 31, 2014      Year Ended
March 31, 2013
     March 31, 2012     

Description of Services

            (Rs. in millions)              

Audit fees

   Rs. 80.42       Rs. 71.99       Rs. 67.42      

Audit and review of financial statements

Tax fees

     1.21         1.11         3.16      

Tax returns filing and transfer pricing related services

All other fees

     1.47         6.35         2.45      

Statutory certifications, due diligence and related services.

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   Rs. 83.10       Rs. 79.45       Rs. 73.03      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

In accordance with the requirement of the charter of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, we obtain the prior approval of the Audit Committee on every occasion we engage our principal accountants or their associated entities to provide us any non-audit services. We disclose to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors the nature of services that are provided and the fees to be paid for the services. The fees listed in the above table as “Tax fees” and “All other fees” were approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

ITEM 16.D. EXEMPTION FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

We have not sought any exemption from the listing standards for audit committees applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.

ITEM 16.E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

During the year ended March 31, 2014, there was no purchase made by or on behalf of us or any affiliated purchaser of shares of any class of our securities that are registered by us pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

ITEM 16.F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

None.

 

134


Table of Contents

ITEM 16 G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) must comply with certain standards regarding corporate governance as codified in Section 303A of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual. Listed companies that are foreign private issuers (as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the provisions of Section 303A, except that such companies are required to comply with the requirements of Sections 303A.06, 303A.11 and 303A.12(b) and (c), which are as follows:

 

  (i)

establish an independent audit committee that has specified responsibilities;

 

  (ii)

provide prompt certification by its chief executive officer of any non-compliance with any corporate governance rules;

 

  (iii)

provide periodic written affirmations to the NYSE with respect to its corporate governance practices; and

 

  (iv)

provide a brief description of significant differences between its corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. companies.

The following table compares our principal corporate governance practices to those required of U.S. NYSE listed companies.

 

Standard for U.S. NYSE Listed Companies

  

Our practice

Listed companies must have a majority of “independent directors,” as defined by the NYSE.

  

We comply with this standard. Eight of our ten directors are “independent directors,” as defined by the NYSE.

The non-management directors of each listed company must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management.

  

We comply with this standard. Our non-management directors meet periodically without management directors in scheduled executive sessions.

Listed companies must have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. The nominating/corporate governance committee must have a written charter that is made available on the listed company’s website and that addresses the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, subject to the minimum purpose and responsibilities established by the NYSE, and an annual evaluation of the committee.

  

We have a Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee composed entirely of independent directors that meets these requirements. The committee has a written charter that meets these requirements. We do not have a practice of evaluating the performance of the Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee.

Listed companies must have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. The compensation committee must have a written charter that is made available on the listed company’s website and that addresses the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, subject to the minimum purpose and responsibilities established by the NYSE, and an annual evaluation of the committee.

  

We have a Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee composed entirely of independent directors that meets these requirements. The committee has a written charter that meets these requirements. We do not have a practice of evaluating the performance of our Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee.

Listed companies must have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

  

Our Audit Committee satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

The audit committee must have a minimum of three members all being independent directors. The audit committee must have a written charter that is made available on the listed company’s website and that addresses the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, subject to the minimum purpose and responsibilities established by the NYSE, and an annual evaluation of the committee.

  

We have an Audit Committee composed of four members, all being independent directors. The committee has a written charter that meets these requirements. We also have an internal audit function. We do not have a practice of evaluating the performance of our Audit Committee.

 

135


Table of Contents

Standard for U.S. NYSE Listed Companies

  

Our practice

Each listed company must have an internal audit function.

  

We have an internal audit function.

Shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions thereto, with limited exceptions.

  

We comply with this standard. Our Employee Stock Option Plans were approved by our shareholders.

Listed companies must adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines.

  

We have not adopted corporate governance guidelines.

All listed companies, U.S. and foreign, must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees that is made available on the listed company’s website and, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers.

  

We comply with this standard. More details on our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics are given under Item 16.B.

Listed foreign private issuers must disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under NYSE listing standards.

  

This requirement is being addressed by way of this table.

Each listed company CEO must certify to the NYSE each year that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards, qualifying the certification to the extent necessary.

  

We do not have such a practice.

Each listed company CEO must promptly notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer of the listed company becomes aware of any non-compliance with any applicable provisions of this Section 303A.

  

There have been no such instances.

Each listed company must submit an executed Written Affirmation annually to the NYSE. In addition, each listed company must submit an interim Written Affirmation each time that any of the following occurs:

  

We filed our most recent annual written affirmation, in the form specified by NYSE, on August 2, 2013.

 

 

an audit committee member who was deemed independent is no longer independent;

  
 

 

a member has been added to the audit committee;

  
 

 

the listed company or a member of its audit committee is eligible to rely on and is choosing to rely on a Securities Exchange Act Rule 10A-3 (“Rule 10A-3”) exemption;

  
 

 

the listed company or a member of its audit committee is no longer eligible to rely on or is choosing to no longer rely on a previously applicable Rule 10A-3 exemption;

  
 

 

a member has been removed from the listed company’s audit committee resulting in the company no longer having a Rule 10A-3 compliant audit committee; or

  
 

 

the listed company determined that it no longer qualifies as a foreign private issuer and will be considered a domestic company under Section 303A.

  

The annual and interim Written Affirmations must be in the form specified by the NYSE.

  

 

136


Table of Contents
ITEM 16.H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not Applicable.

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statement and auditor’s report for the year ended March 31, 2014 are incorporated herein by reference and are included in this Item 18 of this report on Form 20-F:

 

• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F - 1   

• Consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2014 and 2013

     F - 2   

• Consolidated income statement for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F - 4   

• Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F - 5   

• Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F - 6   

• Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F - 9   

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

     F - 10   

 

137


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited and subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated income statement, statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2014, based on “criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)”, and our report dated June 25, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited’s internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG

Hyderabad, India

June 25, 2014

 

F-1


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

          As of  

Particulars

   Note    March 31, 2014      March 31, 2014      March 31, 2013
Restated*
 
          Unaudited convenience
translation into U.S.$
(See Note 2(d))
               

ASSETS

           

Current assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   15    U.S.$ 141       Rs. 8,451       Rs. 5,136   

Other investments

   11      418         25,083         16,963   

Trade and other receivables

   13      551         33,037         31,972   

Inventories

   12      400         23,992         21,600   

Derivative financial instruments

   30      9         554         546   

Current tax assets

        22         1,298         513   

Other current assets

   14      189         11,332         8,984   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

      U.S.$ 1,729       Rs. 103,747       Rs. 85,714   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

           

Property, plant and equipment

   7    U.S.$ 740       Rs. 44,424       Rs. 37,814   

Goodwill

   8      57         3,428         3,193   

Other intangible assets

   9      188         11,269         10,828   

Investment in equity accounted investees

   10      13         806         472   

Other investments – non-current

   11      0         0         209   

Deferred tax assets

   27      101         6,054         3,652   

Other non-current assets

   14      8         495         487   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

      U.S.$ 1,108       Rs. 66,476       Rs. 56,655   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

      U.S.$ 2,837       Rs. 170,223       Rs. 142,369   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

           

Current liabilities

           

Trade and other payables

   22    U.S.$ 175       Rs. 10,503       Rs. 11,862   

Derivative financial instruments

   30      5         305         95   

Current tax liabilities

        20         1,192         997   

Bank overdraft

   15      —           —           82   

Short-term borrowings

   18      343         20,607         18,914   

Long-term borrowings, current portion

   18      57         3,395         5,139   

Provisions

   21      47         2,819         2,288   

Other current liabilities

   23      254         15,242         14,714   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

      U.S.$ 901       Rs. 54,063       Rs. 54,091   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

           

Long-term loans and borrowings, excluding current portion

   18    U.S.$ 346       Rs. 20,740       Rs. 12,625   

Provisions – non-current

   21      2         92         47   

Deferred tax liabilities

   27      46         2,744         1,838   

Other non-current liabilities

   23      30         1,783         963   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

      U.S.$ 423       Rs. 25,359       Rs. 15,473   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

      U.S.$ 1,324       Rs. 79,422       Rs. 69,564   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Restated to reflect adoption of revised IAS 19. See Note 2(f)(vi) for further details.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

          As of  

Particulars

   Note    March 31, 2014     March 31, 2014     March 31, 2013
Restated*
 
          Unaudited convenience
translation into U.S.$
(See Note 2(d))
             

Equity

         

Share capital

   16    U.S.$ 14      Rs. 851      Rs. 849   

Equity shares held by controlled trust

        (0     (5     (5

Share premium

        359        21,553        21,214   

Share based payment reserve

        17        1,008        911   

Retained earnings

        1,084        65,051        44,815   

Debenture redemption reserve

        —          —          1,711   

Other components of equity

        39        2,343        3,290   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

      U.S.$ 1,513      Rs. 90,801      Rs. 72,785   

Non-controlling interests

        —          —          20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

      U.S.$ 1,513      Rs. 90,801      Rs. 72,805   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

      U.S.$ 2,837      Rs. 170,223      Rs. 142,369   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Restated to reflect adoption of revised IAS 19. See Note 2(f)(vi) for further details.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

          For the Year Ended March 31,  

Particulars

   Note    2014     2014     2013     2012  
          Unaudited convenience
translation into U.S.$
(See Note 2(d))
                   

Revenues

   24    U.S.$ 2,203      Rs. 132,170      Rs. 116,266      Rs. 96,737   

Cost of revenues

        939        56,369        55,687        43,432   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        1,263        75,801        60,579        53,305   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

        646        38,783        34,272        29,907   

Research and development expenses

        207        12,402        7,674        5,911   

Other (income)/expense, net

   25      (24     (1,416     (2,479     (765
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        829        49,769        39,467        35,053   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

        434        26,032        21,112        18,252   

Finance income

        28        1,674        1,478        1,227   

Finance expense

        (21     (1,274     (1,018     (1,067
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance (expense)/income, net

   26      7        400        460        160   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of profit of equity accounted investees, net of tax

   10      3        174        104        54   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        443        26,606        21,676        18,466   

Tax expense

   27      (85     (5,094     (4,900     (4,204
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

        359        21,512        16,776        14,262   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

           

Equity holders of the Company

        359        21,515        16,777        14,262   

Non-controlling interests

        (0     (3     (1     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

      U.S.$ 359      Rs. 21,512      Rs. 16,776      Rs. 14,262   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

   17         

Basic earnings per share of Rs.5/- each

      U.S.$ 2.11      Rs. 126.52      Rs. 98.82      Rs. 84.16   

Diluted earnings per share of Rs.5/- each

      U.S.$ 2.10      Rs. 126.04      Rs. 98.44      Rs. 83.81   

Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing earnings per share

   17         

Basic

          170,044,518        169,777,458        169,469,888   

Diluted

          170,695,017        170,432,680        170,177,944   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions, except share and per share data)

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  

Particulars

   2014     2014     2013
Restated*
    2012
Restated*
 
     Unaudited
convenience
translation into U.S.$
(See Note 2(d))
                   

Profit for the year

   U.S.$ 359      Rs. 21,512      Rs. 16,776      Rs. 14,262   

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

        

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

        

Actuarial gains/(losses) on post-employment benefit obligations

   U.S.$ 1      Rs. 68      Rs. (211   Rs. 44   

Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

     (0     (20     68        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

   U.S.$ 1      Rs. 48      Rs. (143   Rs. 30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

        

Changes in fair value of available for sale financial instruments

   U.S.$ 1      Rs. 40      Rs. 34      Rs. 2   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     9        554        197        711   

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net

     (28     (1,650     1,697        (2,496

Tax on items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

     1        64        (741     860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

   U.S.$ (17   Rs. (992   Rs. 1,187      Rs. (923
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

   U.S.$ (16   Rs. (944   Rs. 1,044      Rs. (893
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   U.S.$ 343      Rs. 20,568      Rs. 17,820      Rs. 13,369   

Attributable to:

        

Equity holders of the Company

     343        20,567        17,822        13,369   

Non-controlling interests

     0        1        (2     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   U.S.$ 343      Rs. 20,568      Rs. 17,820      Rs. 13,369   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Restated to reflect adoption of revised IAS 19. See Note 2(f)(vi) for further details.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

Particulars

   Share capital      Share
premium
     Fair value
reserve
 
     Shares      Amount      Amount      Amount  

Balance as of April 1, 2011, as previously reported

     169,252,732       Rs. 846       Rs. 20,683       Rs. 31   

Impact of adoption of revised IAS 19 (See Note 2(f)(vi))

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2011

     169,252,732       Rs. 846       Rs. 20,683       Rs. 31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     307,614         2         251         —     

Share based payment expense

     —           —           —           —     

Profit for the period

     —           —           —           —     

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     —           —           —           —     

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     —           —           —           —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.3

     —           —           —           (1

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax benefit of Rs.106

     —           —           —           —     

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of Rs.757

     —           —           —           —     

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax expense of Rs.14

     —           —           —           —     

Transfer to general reserve

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restated balance as of March 31, 2012

     169,560,346       Rs. 848       Rs. 20,934       Rs. 30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2012

     169,560,346       Rs. 848       Rs. 20,934       Rs. 30   

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     276,129         1         280         —     

Share based payment expense

     —           —           —           —     

Profit for the period

     —           —           —           —     

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     —           —           —           —     

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     —           —           —           —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.12

     —           —           —           22   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of Rs.7

     —           —           —           —     

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax expense of Rs.722

     —           —           —           —     

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax benefit of Rs.68

     —           —           —           —     

Non-controlling interest arising on business combination

     —           —           —           —     

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restated balance as of March 31, 2013

     169,836,475       Rs. 849       Rs. 21,214       Rs. 52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2013

     169,836,475       Rs. 849       Rs. 21,214       Rs. 52   

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     272,393         2         339         —     

Share based payment expense

     —           —           —           —     

Profit for the period

     —           —           —           —     

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     —           —           —           —     

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     —           —           —           —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.14

     —           —           —           26   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of Rs.2

     —           —           —           —     

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of Rs.80

     —           —           —           —     

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax expense Rs.20

     —           —           —           —     

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     —           —           —           —     

Transfer to general reserve

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

     170,108,868       Rs. 851       Rs. 21,553       Rs. 78   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited convenience translation into U.S. $ (See Note 2(d))

      U.S.$ 14       U.S.$ 359       U.S.$ 1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

[Continued from above table, first column repeated]

 

Particulars

   Foreign currency
translation
reserve
     Hedging reserve     Share based
payment reserve
    Equity shares
held by a
controlled trust
 
     Amount      Amount     Amount     Amount  

Balance as of April 1, 2011, as previously reported

   Rs. 2,921       Rs. 374      Rs. 730      Rs. (5

Impact of adoption of revised IAS 19 (See Note 2(f)(vi))

     —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of March 31, 2012

   Rs. 2,921       Rs. 374      Rs. 730      Rs. (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     —           —          (247     —     

Share based payment expense

     —           —          326        —     

Profit for the period

     —           —          —          —     

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     —           —          —          —     

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     —           —          —          —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.3

     —           —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax benefit of Rs.106

     816         —          —          —     

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of Rs.757

     —           (1,739     —          —     

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax expense of Rs.14

     —           —          —          —     

Transfer to general reserve

     —           —          (8     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of March 31, 2012

   Rs. 3,737       Rs. (1,365   Rs. 801      Rs. (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2012

   Rs. 3,737       Rs. (1,365   Rs. 801      Rs. (5

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     —           —          (280     —     

Share based payment expense

     —           —          390        —     

Profit for the period

     —           —          —          —     

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     —           —          —          —     

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     —           —          —          —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.12

     —           —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of Rs.7

     191         —          —          —     

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax expense of Rs.722

     —           975        —          —     

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax benefit of Rs.68

     —           —          —          —     

Non-controlling interest arising on business combination

     —           —          —          —     

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of March 31, 2013

   Rs. 3,928       Rs. (390   Rs. 911      Rs. (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2013

   Rs. 3,928       Rs. (390   Rs. 911      Rs. (5

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     —           —          (339     —     

Share based payment expense

     —           —          436        —     

Profit for the period

     —           —          —          —     

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     —           —          —          —     

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     —           —          —          —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.14

     —           —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of Rs.2

     549         —          —          —     

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of Rs.80

     —           (1,570     —          —     

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax expense of Rs.20

     —           —          —          —     

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     —           —          —          —     

Transfer to general reserve

     —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

   Rs. 4,477       Rs. (1,960   Rs. 1,008      Rs. (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unaudited convenience translation into U.S. $ (See Note 2(d))

   U.S.$ 75       U.S.$ (33   U.S.$ 17      U.S.$ (0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

[Continued from above table, first column repeated]

 

Particulars

   Retained
earnings
    Debenture
redemption
reserve
    Non-controlling
interests
    Actuarial
gains/(losses)
    Total  
     Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount     Amount  

Balance as of April 1, 2011, as previously reported

   Rs. 20,391      Rs. 19      Rs. —        Rs. —        Rs. 45,990   

Impact of adoption of revised IAS 19 (See Note 2(f)(vi))

     —          —          —          (187     (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2011

   Rs. 20,391      Rs. 19      Rs. —        Rs. (187   Rs. 45,803   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     —          —          —          —          6   

Share based payment expense

     —          —          —          —          326   

Profit for the period

     14,262        —          —          —          14,262   

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     (2,216     —          —          —          (2,216

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     (846     846        —          —          —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.3

     —          —          —          —          (1

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax benefit of Rs.106

     —          —          —          —          816   

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of Rs.757

     —          —          —          —          (1,739

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax expense of Rs.14

     —          —          —          30        30   

Transfer to general reserve

     8        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of March 31, 2012

   Rs. 31,599      Rs. 865      Rs. —        Rs. (157   Rs. 57,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2012

   Rs. 31,599      Rs. 865      Rs. —        Rs. (157   Rs. 57,287   

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     —          —          —          —          1   

Share based payment expense

     —          —          —          —          390   

Profit for the period

     16,777        —          (1     —          16,776   

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     (2,714     —          —          —          (2,714

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     (846     846        —          —          —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.12

     —          —          —          —          22   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of Rs.7

     —          —          (1     —          190   

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax expense of Rs.722

     —          —          —          —          975   

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax benefit of Rs.68

     —          —          —          (143     (143

Non-controlling interest arising on business combination

     —          —          132        —          132   

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     (1     —          (110     —          (111
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of March 31, 2013

   Rs. 44,815      Rs. 1,711      Rs. 20      Rs. (300   Rs. 72,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of April 1, 2013

   Rs. 44,815      Rs. 1,711      Rs. 20      Rs. (300   Rs. 72,805   

Issue of equity shares on exercise of options

     —          —          —          —          2   

Share based payment expense

     —          —          —          —          436   

Profit for the period

     21,515        —          (3     —          21,512   

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     (2,985     —          —          —          (2,985

Transfer to debenture redemption reserve

     (828     828        —          —          —     

Net change in fair value of other investments, net of tax expense of Rs.14

     —          —          —          —          26   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of Rs.2

     —          —          3        —          552   

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of Rs.80

     —          —          —          —          (1,570

Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax expense of Rs.20

     —          —          —          48        48   

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     (5     —          (20     —          (25

Transfer to general reserve

     2,539        (2,539     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

   Rs. 65,051      Rs. —        Rs. —        Rs. (252   Rs. 90,801   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unaudited convenience translation into U.S. $ (See Note 2(d))

   U.S.$ 1,084      U.S.$ —        U.S.$ —        U.S.$ (4   U.S.$ 1,513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2014     2013     2012  
Particulars    Unaudited convenience
translation into U.S.$
(See Note 2(d))
                   

Cash flows from/(used in) operating activities:

        

Profit for the year

   U.S.$ 359      Rs. 21,512      Rs. 16,776      Rs. 14,262   

Adjustment for:

        

Income tax expense

     85        5,094        4,900        4,204   

Dividend and profit on sale of investments

     (4     (217     (213     (161

Depreciation and amortization

     118        7,106        5,549        5,213   

Impairment loss/(reversal of impairment loss) on other intangible assets

     (8     (497     507        1,040   

Impairment loss on goodwill

     —          —          181        —     

Inventory write-downs

     32        1,941        1,887        1,473   

Allowance for doubtful trade and other receivables

     3        162        107        168   

Loss/(profit) on sale of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets, net

     (1     (53     (143     9   

Allowance for sales returns

     41        2,454        2,068        1,335   

Share of profit of equity accounted investees

     (3     (174     (104     (54

Exchange (gain)/loss, net

     (17     (1,014     (23     1,153   

Interest expense, net

     3        189        118        690   

Share based payment expense

     7        436        390        326   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Trade and other receivables

     2        118        (6,340     (6,919

Inventories

     (66     (3,971     (3,870     (4,349

Trade and other payables

     (35     (2,130     1,845        948   

Other assets and other liabilities

     (73     (4,406     (4,781     1,360   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     443        26,550        18,854        20,698   

Income tax paid

     (118     (7,087     (5,537     (4,548
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

   U.S.$ 324      Rs. 19,463      Rs. 13,317      Rs. 16,150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from/(used in) investing activities:

        

Expenditure on property, plant and equipment

   U.S.$ (168   Rs. (10,081   Rs. (6,670   Rs. (6,857

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     1        85        64        41   

Proceeds from sale of other intangible assets

     0        29        254        123   

Expenditure on other intangible assets

     (9     (546     (666     (1,728

Proceeds from sale of other investments

     629        37,721        21,850        15,733   

Purchase of other investments

     (747     (44,811     (27,878     (26,309

Cash paid for acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     —          —          (1,746     —     

Interest received

     16        983        848        332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   U.S.$ (277   Rs. (16,620   Rs. (13,944   Rs. (18,665
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from/(used in) financing activities:

        

Proceeds from issuance of equity shares

   U.S.$ 0      Rs. 2      Rs. 1      Rs. 6   

Proceeds from/(repayment of) short term loans and borrowings, net

     (14     (858     2,329        (3,650

Proceeds from long term loans and borrowings

     168        10,100        —          10,713   

Redemption of bonus debentures (See Note 33)

     (85     (5,078     —          —     

Repayment of other long term loans and borrowings

     (3     (207     (36     (9

Dividend paid (including corporate dividend tax)

     (50     (2,985     (2,714     (2,216

Cash paid for acquisition of non-controlling interests

     (0     (25     (111     —     

Interest paid

     (19     (1,166     (1,261     (1,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

   U.S.$ (4   Rs. (217   Rs. (1,792   Rs. 3,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     44        2,626        (2,419     1,220   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     13        771        94        499   

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period (See Note 15)

     84        5,054        7,379        5,660   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period (See Note 15)

   U.S.$ 141      Rs. 8,451      Rs. 5,054      Rs. 7,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Property, plant and equipment and intangibles purchased on credit during the year, including contingent consideration on purchase of intangibles

   U.S.$ 8      Rs. 469      Rs. 278      Rs. —     

Property, plant and equipment purchased under capital lease

     3        195        57        30   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

1. Reporting entity

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited (“DRL” or the “parent company”), together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is a leading India-based pharmaceutical company headquartered in Hyderabad, Telangana, India. Through its three businesses - Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients, Global Generics and Proprietary Products – the Company offers a portfolio of products and services, including Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (“APIs”), Custom Pharmaceutical Services (“CPS”), generics, biosimilars, differentiated formulations and New Chemical Entities (“NCEs”). The Company’s principal research and development facilities are located in Telangana, India, Cambridge, United Kingdom and Leiden, the Netherlands; its principal manufacturing facilities are located in Telangana, India, Andhra Pradesh, India, Himachal Pradesh, India, Cuernavaca-Cuautla, Mexico, Mirfield, United Kingdom, Louisiana, United States, and Tennessee, United States; and its principal markets are in India, Russia, the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany. The Company’s shares trade on the Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange in India and, since April 11, 2001, also on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States.

2. Basis of preparation of financial statements

a. Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended March 31, 2014 have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards and its interpretations (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared for the Company as a going concern on the basis of relevant IFRS that are effective or elected for early adoption at the Company’s annual reporting date, March 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Company’s Board of Directors on June 25, 2014.

b. Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost convention and on an accrual basis, except for the following material items in the statement of financial position:

 

 

derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value;

 

 

available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value;

 

 

employee defined benefit assets/(liability) are recognized as the net total of the fair value of plan assets, plus actuarial losses, less actuarial gains and the present value of the defined benefit obligation;

 

 

long term borrowings, except obligations under finance leases are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method; and

 

 

investments in jointly controlled entities which are accounted for using the equity method.

c. Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Indian rupees, which is the functional currency of the parent company. All financial information presented in Indian rupees has been rounded to the nearest million.

In respect of all non-Indian subsidiaries that operate as marketing arms of the parent company in their respective countries/regions, the functional currency has been determined to be the functional currency of the parent company (i.e., the Indian rupee). The operations of these entities are largely restricted to import of finished goods from the parent company in India, sale of these products in the foreign country and remittance of the sale proceeds to the parent company. The cash flows realized from sale of goods are readily available for remittance to the parent company and cash is remitted to the parent company on a regular basis. The costs incurred by these entities are primarily the cost of goods imported from the parent company. The financing of these subsidiaries is done directly or indirectly by the parent company.

In respect of subsidiaries whose operations are self-contained and integrated within their respective countries/regions, the functional currency has been determined to be the local currency of those countries/regions.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of preparation of financial statements (continued)

 

d. Convenience translation (unaudited)

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in Indian rupees. Solely for the convenience of the reader, these consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2014 have been translated into United States dollars at the certified foreign exchange rate of U.S.$1 = Rs.60.00, as published by Federal Reserve Board of Governors on March 31, 2014. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such a rate or any other rate. Such convenience translation is unaudited.

e. Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. In particular, information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

 

Note 3(b) — Assessment of functional currency for foreign operations;

 

 

Note 3(c) and 30 — Financial instruments;

 

 

Notes 3(e) and (f) — Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets;

 

 

Note 3(h) — Valuation of inventories;

 

 

Notes 3(i), 8 and 9 — Measurement of recoverable amounts of cash-generating units;

 

 

Note 3 (j) — Assets and obligations relating to employee benefits;

 

 

Note 3(k) — Provisions;

 

 

Note 3(l) — Sales returns, rebates and charge back provisions;

 

 

Note 3(o) — Evaluation of recoverability of deferred tax assets;

 

 

Notes 3(d) and 6 — Business combinations; and

 

 

Note 38 — Contingencies

 f. Changes in accounting policies

The Company has adopted the following new standards and amendments to standards, including any consequential amendments to other standards, with a date of initial application of April 1, 2013:

 

 

IFRS 10, “Consolidated Financial Statements”;

 

 

IFRS 11, “Joint Arrangements”;

 

 

IFRS 12, “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities”;

 

 

IFRS 13, “Fair Value Measurement”;

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1, “Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income”;

 

 

IAS 19, “Employee Benefits (2011)”;

 

 

Amendments to IAS 32, “Financial Instruments: Income taxes arising from distribution to equity holders”;

 

 

Amendments to IAS 34, “Interim Financial Reporting: Segment information for total assets and liabilities”; and

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 7, “Financial instruments: Disclosures”.

(i) Subsidiaries

As a result of IFRS 10, the Company has changed its accounting policy with respect to the basis for determining control. IFRS 10 replaces the guidance on consolidation in IAS 27, “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”, and SIC 12, “Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities”.

IFRS 10 introduces a new control model that is applicable to all investees, by focusing on whether the Company has power over an investee, exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and ability to use its power to affect those returns. In particular, IFRS 10 requires the Company to consolidate investees that it controls on the basis of de facto circumstances. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 10, the Company reassessed the control conclusion at April 1, 2013 and has concluded that there is no change to the scope of the entities to be consolidated as a result of the adoption of IFRS 10.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

2. Basis of preparation of financial statements (continued)

 

 f. Changes in accounting policies (continued)

 

(ii) Joint arrangements

Under IFRS 11, the Company classifies its interests in joint arrangements as either joint operations or joint ventures, depending on the Company’s rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities of the arrangements. When making this assessment, the Company considers the structure of the arrangements, the legal form of any separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances. Previously, under IAS 31, the structure of the arrangement was the sole focus of classification.

The Company has re-evaluated its existing joint arrangements and concluded that adoption of IFRS 11 does not have any impact on the classification of such arrangements into joint operations and joint ventures. Refer to Notes 35 and 36 for further details.

(iii) IFRS 12 Disclosure of interests in other entities

IFRS 12 sets out the required disclosures for entities applying IFRS 10 and 11 and IAS 28 (as amended in 2011). The new standard combines, enhances and replaces the disclosure requirements for subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities. Necessary disclosures have been made in these consolidated financial statements, wherever necessary.

(iv) Fair value measurement

IFRS 13 establishes a single framework for measuring fair value and making disclosures about fair value measurements, when such measurements are required or permitted by other IFRS, and introduces more comprehensive disclosure requirements on fair value measurement. There was no material impact on these consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the measurement requirements of IFRS 13. The Company has provided necessary disclosures as required by IFRS 13 in these consolidated financial statements.

(v) Presentation of items of other comprehensive income

As a result of the amendments to IAS 1, the Company modified the presentation of items of other comprehensive income in its consolidated statement of comprehensive income, to present separately items that would be reclassified to profit or loss in the future from those that would never be reclassified to profit or loss. Comparative information has also been re-presented accordingly.

The adoption of the amendment to IAS 1 had no impact on the recognized assets, liabilities and comprehensive income of the Company.

(vi) Employee benefits

The Company has adopted revised IAS 19 effective April 1, 2013. The revised standard requires immediate recognition of unrecognized gains and losses through re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability/(asset) through other comprehensive income. As required by the revised standard, the consolidated financial statements as of April 1, 2011 have been retrospectively restated to reflect these changes. Consequently, the Company has recorded a loss of Rs.187 as of April 1, 2011 representing the unrecognized actuarial loss, net of tax, as of that date. Further, amounts of Rs.30 and Rs.(143), representing the actuarial gain/(loss), net of Rs.(14) and Rs.68, representing associated tax (expense)/benefit, have been recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Correspondingly, other liabilities were increased by Rs.278, Rs.234 and Rs.445 as on April 1, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Previously, these amounts were not recorded under the corridor approach specified in IAS 19.

Furthermore, revised IAS 19 also requires the interest expense/(income) on plan assets to be calculated by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The actual return of the portfolio in excess of such yields is recognized through the other comprehensive income. The Company has provided necessary disclosures, as required by revised IAS 19, in these consolidated financial statements.

Revised IAS 19 also requires the effect of any plan amendments to be recognized immediately, through net profit, in the statement of comprehensive income. In addition, the revised standard amends the definitions of “termination benefits” and “settlements”. The effect of these changes is not considered material and, accordingly, no further disclosures have been made in these consolidated financial statements.

(vii) Amendments to IAS 32, IAS 34 and IFRS 7

The amendments to IAS 32, IAS 34 and IFRS 7 do not have any material impact on these consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies

Except for the changes explained in Note 2(f), the Company has consistently applied the following accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

a. Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose entities) that are controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has the ability to affect those returns through power over the entity. In assessing control, potential voting rights are considered only if the rights are substantive. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed when necessary to align them with the policies adopted by the Company.

Associates and joint arrangements (equity accounted investees)

Associates are those entities in which the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20% and 50% of the voting power of another entity. Joint arrangements are those arrangements over which the Company has joint control, established by contractual agreement and requiring unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions. Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) and are initially recognized at cost. The carrying value of the Company’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The Company does not consolidate entities where the non-controlling interest (“NCI”) holders have certain significant participating rights that provide for effective involvement in significant decisions in the ordinary course of business of such entities. Investments in such entities are accounted by the equity method of accounting. When the Company’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to zero and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Company has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in full while preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains or losses arising from transactions with equity accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Company’s interest in the investee.

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

Acquisition of some or all of the non-controlling interest (“NCI”) is accounted for as a transaction with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders. Consequently, the difference arising between the fair value of the purchase consideration paid and the carrying value of the NCI is recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings that is attributable to the parent company. The associated cash flows are classified as financing activities. No goodwill is recognized as a result of such transactions.

Loss of Control

Upon loss of control, the Company derecognizes the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, any non-controlling interests and the other components of equity related to the subsidiary. Any surplus or deficit arising on the loss of control is recognized in the consolidated income statement. If the Company retains any interest in the previous subsidiary, then such interest is measured at fair value at the date that control is lost. Subsequently, it is accounted for as an equity-accounted investee or as an available-for-sale financial asset, depending on the level of influence retained.

b. Foreign currency

Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of entities within the Company at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition during the period or in previous financial statements are recognized in the consolidated income statement in the period in which they arise.

Foreign operations

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation and are recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) and presented within equity as a part of foreign currency translation reserve (“FCTR”).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

b. Foreign currency (continued)

 

In case of foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the parent company’s functional currency, the assets and liabilities of such foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising upon acquisition, are translated to the reporting currency at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of such foreign operations are translated to the reporting currency at the monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Resulting foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) and presented within equity as part of FCTR. When a foreign operation is disposed off, in part or in full, the relevant amount in the FCTR is transferred to the consolidated income statement.

c. Financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments consist of investments in mutual funds, equity securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings, trade and other payables and certain other assets and liabilities.

Non-derivative financial instruments are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs, except for those instruments that are designated as being fair value through profit and loss upon initial recognition. Subsequent to initial recognition, non-derivative financial instruments are measured as described below:

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits and short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value. For this purpose, “short-term” means investments having maturity of three months or less from the date of investment. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand form an integral part of the Company’s cash management and are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Other investments

Other investments consist of term deposits with original maturities of more than three months, investments in mutual funds and equity securities.

Investments in mutual funds and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses, are recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) and presented within equity under “fair value reserve”. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred to the consolidated income statement.

Trade payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is expected within one year or within the normal operating cycle of the business.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for merchandise sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. Trade receivables are classified as current assets if the collection is expected within one year or within the normal operating cycle of the business.

Debt instruments and other financial liabilities

The Company initially recognizes debt instruments issued on the date that they originate. All other financial liabilities are recognized initially on the trade date, which is the date that the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. These are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

c. Financial instruments (continued)

 

Others

Other non-derivative financial instruments are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

De-recognition of financial assets and liabilities

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual right to the cash flows from that asset expires, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralized borrowing, at amortized cost, for the proceeds received.

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of the derecognized financial liability and the consideration paid is recognized as profit or loss.

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company has a legal right and ability to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Derivative financial instruments

The Company is exposed to exchange rate risk which arises from its foreign exchange revenues and expenses, primarily in U.S. dollars, U.K. pounds sterling, Russian roubles and Euros, and foreign currency debt in U.S. dollars, Russian roubles and Euros.

The Company uses forward exchange contracts, option contracts and swap contracts (derivative financial instruments) to mitigate its risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company also uses non-derivative financial instruments as part of its foreign currency exposure risk mitigation strategy.

Hedges of highly probable forecasted transactions

The Company classifies its derivative financial instruments that hedge foreign currency risk associated with highly probable forecasted transactions as cash flow hedges and measures them at fair value. The effective portion of such cash flow hedges is recorded in the Company’s hedging reserve as a component of equity and re-classified to the consolidated income statement as revenue in the period corresponding to the occurrence of the forecasted transactions. The ineffective portion of such cash flow hedges is recorded in the consolidated income statement as finance costs immediately.

The Company also designates certain non-derivative financial liabilities, such as foreign currency borrowings from banks, as hedging instruments for hedge of foreign currency risk associated with highly probable forecasted transactions. Accordingly, the Company applies cash flow hedge accounting to such relationships. Remeasurement gain/loss on such non-derivative financial liabilities is recorded in the Company’s hedging reserve as a component of equity and reclassified to the consolidated income statement as revenue in the period corresponding to the occurrence of the forecasted transactions.

Upon initial designation of a hedging instrument, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction and the hedged risk, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, of whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items attributable to the hedged risk, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80%-125% relative to the gain or loss on the hedged items. For cash flow hedges to be “highly effective”, a forecast transaction that is the subject of the hedge must be highly probable and must present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss), remains there until the forecast transaction occurs. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income/(loss) is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

c. Financial instruments (continued)

 

Hedges of recognized assets and liabilities

Changes in the fair value of derivative contracts that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, and for which no hedge accounting is applied, are recognized in the consolidated income statement. The changes in fair value of such derivative contracts, as well as the foreign exchange gains and losses relating to the monetary items, are recognized as part of “net finance income/(expense)” in the consolidated income statement.

Hedges of changes in the interest rates

Consistent with its risk management policy, the Company uses interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of changes in interest rates. The Company does not use them for trading or speculative purposes.

d. Business combinations

The Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations that occurred on or after April 1, 2009. The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. Judgment is applied in determining the acquisition date and determining whether control is transferred from one party to another. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through power over the entity. In assessing control, potential voting rights are considered only if the rights are substantive. The Company measures goodwill as of the applicable acquisition date at the fair value of the consideration transferred, including the recognized amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. When the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the consideration transferred, a bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement. Consideration transferred includes the fair values of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred by the Company to the previous owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Company. Consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Consideration transferred does not include amounts related to settlement of pre-existing relationships. Any goodwill that arises on account of such business combination is tested annually for impairment.

A contingent liability of the acquiree is assumed in a business combination only if such a liability represents a present obligation and arises from a past event, and its fair value can be measured reliably. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Company recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Transaction costs that the Company incurs in connection with a business combination, such as finder’s fees, legal fees, due diligence fees and other professional and consulting fees, are expensed as incurred.

Acquisitions of non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders. The difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.

e. Property, plant and equipment

Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use. Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains and losses upon disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized net within “other (income)/expense, net” in the consolidated income statement.

The cost of replacing part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Company and its cost can be measured reliably. The costs of repairs and maintenance are recognized in the consolidated income statement as incurred.

Items of property, plant and equipment acquired through exchange of non-monetary assets are measured at fair value, unless the exchange transaction lacks commercial substance or the fair value of either the asset received or asset given up is not reliably measurable, in which case the asset exchanged is recorded at the carrying amount of the asset given up.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

e. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives. The depreciation expense is included in the costs of the functions using the asset. Land is not depreciated.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over period of the lease agreement or the useful life, whichever is shorter.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Buildings

  

- Factory and administrative buildings

     20 - 50 years   

- Ancillary structures

     3 - 15 years   

Plant and equipment

     3 - 15 years   

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

     4 - 10 years   

Vehicles

     4 - 5 years   

Computer equipment

     3 - 5 years   

Software for internal use, which is primarily acquired from third-party vendors and which is an integral part of a tangible asset, including consultancy charges for implementing the software, is capitalized as part of the related tangible asset. Subsequent costs associated with maintaining such software are recognized as expense as incurred. The capitalized costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the software or the remaining useful life of the tangible fixed asset, whichever is lower.

Advances paid towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding at each reporting date and the cost of property, plant and equipment not ready to use before such date are disclosed under capital work-in-progress. Assets not ready for use are not depreciated.

 f. Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred, together with the amount of non-controlling interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the Company’s share of identifiable net assets acquired.

Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment, and any impairment loss on such an investment is not allocated to any asset, including goodwill, that forms part of the carrying value of the equity accounted investee.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Company and that have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditures are capitalized only when they increase the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which they relate.

Research and development

Expenditures on research activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding are recognized in the consolidated income statement when incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditures are capitalized only if:

 

   

development costs can be measured reliably;

 

   

the product or process is technically and commercially feasible;

 

   

future economic benefits are probable; and

 

   

the Company intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset.

The expenditures to be capitalized include the cost of materials and other costs directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Other development expenditures are recognized in the consolidated income statement as incurred.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

 f. Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)

 

Payments to third parties that generally take the form of up-front payments and milestones for in-licensed products, compounds and intellectual property are capitalized. The Company’s criteria for capitalization of such assets are consistent with the guidance given in paragraph 25 of International Accounting Standard 38 (“IAS 38”) (i.e., receipt of economic benefits out of the separately purchased transaction is considered to be probable).

Intangible assets relating to products in development, other intangible assets not available for use and intangible assets having indefinite useful life are subject to impairment testing at each reporting date. All other intangible assets are tested for impairment when there are indications that the carrying value may not be recoverable. All impairment losses are recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

Amortization

Amortization is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets or on any other basis that reflects the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity. Intangible assets that are not available for use are amortized from the date they are available for use.

The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Trademarks

  

3 - 12 years

Product related intangibles

  

5 - 15 years

Customer-related intangibles

  

1 - 11 years

Technology related intangibles

  

3 - 13 years

Other intangibles

  

3 - 15 years

The amortization period and the amortization method for intangible assets with a finite useful life are reviewed at each reporting date.

De-recognition of intangible assets

Intangible assets are de-recognized either on their disposal or where no future economic benefits are expected from their use. Losses arising on such de-recognition are recorded in the consolidated income statement, and are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of respective intangible assets as on the date of de-recognition.

g. Leases

Each lease arrangement is classified as either a finance lease or an operating lease, at the inception of the lease, based on the substance of the lease arrangement.

Finance leases

A finance lease is recognized as an asset and a liability at the commencement of the lease, at the lower of the fair value of the asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Initial direct costs, if any, are also capitalized and, subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset. Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Operating leases

Other leases are operating leases, and the leased assets are not recognized on the Company’s statements of financial position. Payments made under operating leases are recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Operating lease incentives received from the landlord are recognized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight line basis over the lease term.

h. Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials, stores and spares, work in progress and finished goods and are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of all categories of inventories is based on the weighted average method. Stores and spares consists of packing materials, engineering spares (such as machinery spare parts) and consumables (such as lubricants, cotton waste and oils), which are used in operating machines or consumed as indirect materials in the manufacturing process. Cost includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of finished goods and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of overheads based on normal operating capacity.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

h. Inventories (continued)

 

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

The factors that the Company considers in determining the allowance for slow moving, obsolete and other non-saleable inventory include estimated shelf life, planned product discontinuances, price changes, ageing of inventory and introduction of competitive new products, to the extent each of these factors impact the Company’s business and markets. The Company considers all these factors and adjusts the inventory provision to reflect its actual experience on a periodic basis.

i. Impairment

Financial assets

A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value.

Significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis.

All impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement. When the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets declines below acquisition cost and there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss that has been recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the statement of income. An impairment loss may be reversed in subsequent periods, if the indicators for the impairment no longer exist. Such reversals are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives or that are not yet available for use, an impairment test is performed each year at March 31.

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit (as defined below) is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or the cash-generating unit. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”).

The goodwill acquired in a business combination is, for the purpose of impairment testing, allocated to cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

An impairment loss is recognized if the estimated recoverable amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit is lower than its carrying amount. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an investment in an associate is not recognized separately, and therefore is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the investment in an associate is tested for impairment as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the investment in an associate may be impaired.

An impairment loss in respect of equity accounted investee is measured by comparing the recoverable amount of investment with its carrying amount. An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement, and reversed if there has been a favorable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

 j. Employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid if the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Defined benefit plans

The liability in respect of defined benefit plans and other post-employment benefits is calculated using the projected unit credit method and spread over the period during which the benefit is expected to be derived from employees’ services, consistent with the advice of qualified actuaries. The long term obligations are measured at present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at rates reflecting the yields on risk free government bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Company’s obligations.

Re-measurements of net defined benefit liability, which is comprised of actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of asset ceiling, are recognized immediately in Other Comprehensive Income. The Company determines the net interest expense/(income) on the net defined benefit liability/(asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then net defined benefit liability/(asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability/(asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Net interest expense and other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Company has made an offer encouraging voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

Defined contribution plans

The Company’s contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to the consolidated income statement as and when the services are received from the employees.

Compensated absences

The Company’s current policies permit certain categories of its employees to accumulate and carry forward a portion of their unutilized compensated absences and utilize them in future periods or receive cash in lieu thereof in accordance with the terms of such policies. The Company measures the expected cost of accumulating compensated absences as the additional amount that the Company incurs as a result of the unused entitlement that has accumulated at the statements of financial position date. Such measurement is based on actuarial valuation as at the statements of financial position date carried out by a qualified actuary.

Share-based payment transactions

The grant date fair value of options granted to employees is recognized as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The expense is recorded for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The increase in equity recognized in connection with share based payment transaction is presented as a separate component in equity under “share based payment reserve”. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of stock options that vest.

k. Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

Restructuring

A provision for restructuring is recognized when the Company has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating costs are not provided.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

k. Provisions (continued)

 

Onerous contracts

A provision for onerous contracts is recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by the Company from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established, the Company recognizes any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

Reimbursement rights

Expected reimbursements for expenditures required to settle a provision are recognized only when receipt of such reimbursements is virtually certain. Such reimbursements are recognized as a separate asset in the statement of financial position, with a corresponding credit to the specific expense for which the provision has been made.

l. Revenue

Sale of goods

Revenue is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise duty and is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns, sales tax and applicable trade discounts and allowances. Revenue includes shipping and handling costs billed to the customer.

Revenue from sales of generic products in India is recognized upon delivery of products to distributors by clearing and forwarding agents of the Company. Revenue from sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates in India is recognized on delivery of products to customers, from the factories of the Company. Revenue from export sales is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of products are transferred to the customers, which occurs upon delivery of the products to the customers unless the terms of the applicable contract provide for specific revenue generating activities to be completed, in which case revenue is recognized once all such activities are completed.

Sales of generic products in India are made through clearing and forwarding agents to distributors. Significant risks and rewards in respect of ownership of generic products are transferred by the Company when the goods are delivered to distributors from clearing and forwarding agents. Clearing and forwarding agents are generally compensated on a commission basis as a percentage of sales made by them. Sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates in India are made directly to the end customers (generally formulation manufacturers) from the factories of the Company. Significant risks and rewards in respect of ownership of active pharmaceutical ingredients are transferred by the Company upon delivery of the products to the customers. Sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediates outside India are made directly to the end customers (generally distributors or formulations manufacturers) from the parent company or its subsidiaries. Significant risks and rewards in respect of ownership of active pharmaceutical ingredients are transferred by the Company upon delivery of the products to the customers, unless the terms of the applicable contract provide for specific revenue generating activities to be completed, in which case revenue is recognized once all such activities are completed.

Profit share revenues

The Company from time to time enters into marketing arrangements with certain business partners for the sale of its products in certain markets. Under such arrangements, the Company sells its products to the business partners at a non-refundable base purchase price agreed upon in the arrangement and is also entitled to a profit share which is over and above the base purchase price. The profit share is typically dependent on the business partner’s ultimate net sale proceeds or net profits, subject to any reductions or adjustments that are required by the terms of the arrangement. Such arrangements typically require the business partner to provide confirmation of units sold and net sales or net profit computations for the products covered under the arrangement.

Revenue in an amount equal to the base purchase price is recognized in these transactions upon delivery of products to the business partners. An additional amount representing the profit share component is recognized as revenue in the period which corresponds to the ultimate sales of the products made by business partners only when the collectability of the profit share becomes probable and a reliable measurement of the profit share is available. Otherwise, recognition is deferred to a subsequent period pending satisfaction of such collectability and reliability requirements. In measuring the amount of profit share revenue to be recognized for each period, the Company uses all available information and evidence, including any confirmations from the business partner of the profit share amount owed to the Company, to the extent made available before the date the Company’s Board of Directors authorizes the issuance of its financial statements for the applicable period.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

l. Revenue (continued)

 

Milestone payments and out licensing arrangements

Revenues include amounts derived from product out-licensing agreements. These arrangements typically consist of an initial up-front payment on inception of the license and subsequent payments dependent on achieving certain milestones in accordance with the terms prescribed in the agreement. Non-refundable up-front license fees received in connection with product out-licensing agreements are deferred and recognized over the period in which the Company has continuing performance obligations. Milestone payments which are contingent on achieving certain clinical milestones are recognized as revenues either on achievement of such milestones, if the milestones are considered substantive, or over the period the Company has continuing performance obligations, if the milestones are not considered substantive. If milestone payments are creditable against future royalty payments, the milestones are deferred and released over the period in which the royalties are anticipated to be paid.

Provision for chargeback, rebates and discounts

Provisions for chargeback, rebates, discounts and medicaid payments are estimated and provided for in the year of sales and recorded as reduction of revenue. A chargeback claim is a claim made by the wholesaler for the difference between the price at which the product is initially invoiced to the wholesaler and the net price at which it is agreed to be procured from the Company. Provisions for such chargebacks are accrued and estimated based on historical average chargeback rate actually claimed over a period of time, current contract prices with wholesalers/other customers and estimated inventory holding by the wholesaler.

Shelf stock adjustments

Shelf stock adjustments are credits issued to customers to reflect decreases in the selling price of products sold by the Company are accrued when the prices of certain products decline as a result of increased competition upon the expiration of limited competition or exclusivity periods. These credits are customary in the pharmaceutical industry, and are intended to reduce the customer inventory cost to better reflect the current market prices. The determination to grant a shelf stock adjustment to a customer is based on the terms of the applicable contract, which may or may not specifically limit the age of the stock on which a credit would be offered.

Sales Returns

The Company accounts for sales returns accrual by recording an allowance for sales returns concurrent with the recognition of revenue at the time of a product sale. This allowance is based on the Company’s estimate of expected sales returns. The Company deals in various products and operates in various markets. Accordingly, the estimate of sales returns is determined primarily by the Company’s historical experience in the markets in which the Company operates. With respect to established products, the Company considers its historical experience of sales returns, levels of inventory in the distribution channel, estimated shelf life, product discontinuances, price changes of competitive products, and the introduction of competitive new products, to the extent each of these factors impact the Company’s business and markets. With respect to new products introduced by the Company, such products have historically been either extensions of an existing line of product where the Company has historical experience or in therapeutic categories where established products exist and are sold either by the Company or the Company’s competitors.

Services

Revenue from services rendered, which primarily relate to contract research, is recognized in the consolidated income statement as the underlying services are performed. Upfront non-refundable payments received under these arrangements are deferred and recognized as revenue over the expected period over which the related services are expected to be performed.

Export entitlements

Export entitlements from government authorities are recognized in the consolidated income statement as a reduction from “Cost of Revenues” when the right to receive credit as per the terms of the scheme is established in respect of the exports made by the Company, and where there is no significant uncertainty regarding the ultimate collection of the relevant export proceeds.

m. Shipping and handling costs

Shipping and handling costs incurred to transport products to customers, and internal transfer costs incurred to transport the products from the Company’s factories to its various points of sale, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

n. Finance income and expense

Finance income consists of interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income and gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets. Interest income is recognized, in the consolidated income statement, as it accrues using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in the consolidated income statement on the date that the Company’s right to receive payment is established. The associated cash flows are classified as investing activities in the statement of cash flows. Finance expenses consist of interest expense on loans and borrowings.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

n. Finance income and expense (continued)

 

Borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated income statement using the effective interest method. The associated cash flows are classified as financing activities in the statement of cash flows.

Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis within finance income and expense. These primarily include: exchange differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items; changes in the fair value of derivative contracts that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies and for which no hedge accounting is applied; and the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges.

o. Income tax

Income tax expense consists of current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the consolidated income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognized using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit; differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and taxable temporary differences arising upon the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

Any deferred tax asset or liability arising from deductible or taxable temporary differences in respect of unrealized inter-company profit or loss on inventories held by the Company in different tax jurisdictions is recognized using the tax rate of the jurisdiction in which such inventories are held. Withholding tax arising out of payment of dividends to shareholders under the Indian Income tax regulations is not considered as tax expense for the Company and all such taxes are recognized in the statement of changes in equity as part of the associated dividend payment.

 p. Earnings per share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which includes all stock options granted to employees.

q. Government grants

The Company recognizes government grants only when there is reasonable assurance that the conditions attached to them will be complied with, and the grants will be received. Government grants received in relation to assets are presented as a reduction to the carrying amount of the related asset. Grants related to income are deducted in reporting the related expense.

r. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief executive officer of the Company is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments and accordingly is identified as the chief operating decision maker.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

s. Recent accounting pronouncements

Standards issued but not yet effective and not early adopted by the Company

IFRS 9- Financial instruments

In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9, “Financial instruments”, relating to the classification and measurement of financial assets. In October 2010, the IASB added the requirements related to the classification and measurement of financial liabilities to IFRS 9. This includes requirements on embedded derivatives and how to account for an entity’s own credit risks for financial liabilities that are measured at fair value. In November 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 that introduces a new general hedge accounting model. The new hedge accounting model set forth in IFRS 9 significantly differs from the IAS 39 hedge accounting model in number of respects such as eligibility of hedging instruments and hedged items, accounting for time value component of options and forward contracts, qualifying criteria for applying hedge accounting and related disclosures. Further, the IASB has tentatively decided to establish the mandatory effective date for implementation of IFRS 9 as January 1, 2018. Entities are permitted to early adopt the provisions of IFRS 9.

The Company believes that the adoption of IFRS 9, insofar it relates to classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities, will not have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new hedge accounting model on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendment to IAS 32—Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 “Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”. The amendments to IAS 32 clarify existing application issues relating to the offsetting requirements. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and “simultaneous realization and settlement”. The amendments to IAS 32 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with retrospective application required. The Company believes that these amendments will not have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendment to IAS 36— Impairment of Assets

In May 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 36 “Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets”. IAS 36 has been amended to disclose the recoverable amount of every cash-generating unit to which significant goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets have been allocated. Under the amendments, the recoverable amount is required to be disclosed only when an impairment loss has been recognized or reversed. The amendments to IAS 36 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company believes that these amendments will not have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment and IAS 38 Intangible assets

In May 2014, the IASB issued limited-scope amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 to clarify the use of a revenue-based depreciation or amortization method. With respect to property, plant and equipment, the IASB has clarified that the use of revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset. With respect to intangible assets, the amended standard incorporates a rebuttable presumption that an amortization method based on the revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an intangible asset is inappropriate. The Company believes that these amendments will not have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also will result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively (for example, service revenue and contract modifications) and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements.

The new revenue recognition standard is applicable for the reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new standard on its consolidated financial statements.

t. Share capital

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and stock options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

4. Determination of fair values

The Company’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for certain financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

(i) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment acquired in a business combination or through an exchange of non-monetary assets is measured at fair value on the acquisition date. For this purpose, fair value is based on appraised market values and replacement cost.

(ii) Intangible assets

The fair value of brands, technology related intangibles, and patents and trademarks acquired in a business combination is based on the discounted estimated royalty payments that have been avoided as a result of these brands, technology related intangibles, patents or trademarks being owned (the “relief of royalty method”). The fair value of customer related, product related and other intangibles acquired in a business combination has been determined using the multi-period excess earnings method after deduction of a fair return on other assets that are part of creating the related cash flows.

(iii) Inventories

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on its estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on the effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

(iv) Investments in equity and debt securities and units of mutual funds

The fair value of available-for-sale marketable equity and debt securities is determined by reference to their quoted market price at the reporting date. For debt securities where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using pricing techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis.

In respect of investments in mutual funds, the fair values represent net asset value as stated by the issuers of these mutual fund units in the published statements. Net asset values represent the price at which the issuer will issue further units in the mutual fund and the price at which issuers will redeem such units from the investors.

Accordingly, such net asset values are analogous to fair market value with respect to these investments, as transactions of these mutual funds are carried out at such prices between investors and the issuers of these units of mutual funds.

(v) Derivatives

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds). The fair value of foreign currency option and swap contracts and interest rate swap contracts is determined based on the appropriate valuation techniques, considering the terms of the contract.

(vi) Non-derivative financial liabilities

Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. For finance leases the market rate of interest is determined by reference to similar lease agreements. In respect of the Company’s borrowings that have floating rates of interest, their fair value approximates carrying value.

(vii) Share-based payment transactions

The fair value of employee stock options is measured using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. Measurement inputs include share price on grant date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility (based on weighted average historical volatility), expected life of the instrument (based on historical experience), expected dividends, and the risk free interest rate (based on government bonds).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

5. Segment reporting

The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) evaluates the Company’s performance and allocates resources based on an analysis of various performance indicators by operating segments. The CODM reviews revenue and gross profit as the performance indicator for all of the operating segments. The CODM does not review the total assets and liabilities for each operating segment.

The Company’s reportable operating segments are as follows:

 

 

Global Generics;

 

 

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients (“PSAI”); and

 

 

Proprietary Products.

Global Generics. This segment consists of finished pharmaceutical products ready for consumption by the patient, marketed under a brand name (branded formulations) or as generic finished dosages with therapeutic equivalence to branded formulations (generics). This segment includes the operations of the Company’s biologics business.

Pharmaceutical Services and Active Ingredients. This segment includes active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediaries, also known as active pharmaceutical products or bulk drugs, which are the principal ingredients for finished pharmaceutical products. Active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediaries become finished pharmaceutical products when the dosages are fixed in a form ready for human consumption such as a tablet, capsule or liquid using additional inactive ingredients. This segment also includes contract research services and the manufacture and sale of active pharmaceutical ingredients and steroids in accordance with the specific customer requirements.

Proprietary Products. This segment includes the discovery and development of new chemical entities and differentiated formulations for subsequent commercialization. The Company’s differentiated formulations portfolio consists of new, synergistic combinations and technologies that improve safety and/or efficacy by modifying pharmacokinetics of existing medicines. This segment also includes the Company’s specialty pharmaceuticals business, which conducts sales and marketing operations for in-licensed and co-developed dermatology products.

Others. This segment includes the operations of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited, a discovery stage biotechnology company developing novel and best-in-class therapies to treat oncology and inflammation and which works with established pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in early-stage collaborations, bringing drug candidates from hit generation through IND filing.

The measurement of each segment’s revenues, expenses and assets is consistent with the accounting policies that are used in preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

5. Segment reporting (continued)

 

Information about segments:   For the Year Ended March 31,  
Reportable segments   Global Generics     PSAI     Proprietary Products  
  2014     2013     2012     2014     2013     2012     2014     2013     2012  

Segment revenue (1)

  Rs. 105,164      Rs. 82,563      Rs. 70,243      Rs. 23,974      Rs. 30,702      Rs. 23,812      Rs. 1,778      Rs. 1,468      Rs. 1,078   

Gross profit

  Rs. 69,148      Rs. 48,721      Rs. 44,263      Rs. 4,848      Rs. 9,970      Rs. 7,508      Rs. 1,606      Rs. 1,324      Rs. 903   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                 

Research and development expenses

                 

Other (income)/expense, net

                 

Results from operating activities

                 

Finance (expense)/income, net

                 

Share of profit of equity accounted investees, net of tax

                 

Profit before tax

                 

Tax expense

                 

Profit for the year

                 

[Continued from above table, first column repeated]

 

Information about segments:   For the Year Ended March 31,  
Reportable segments   Others     Total  
  2014     2013     2012     2014     2013     2012  

Segment revenue (1)

  Rs. 1,254      Rs. 1,533      Rs. 1,604      Rs. 132,170      Rs. 116,266      Rs. 96,737   

Gross profit

  Rs. 199      Rs. 564      Rs. 631      Rs. 75,801      Rs. 60,579      Rs. 53,305   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

          38,783        34,272        29,907   

Research and development expenses

          12,402        7,674        5,911   

Other (income)/expense, net

          (1,416     (2,479     (765
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

        Rs. 26,032      Rs. 21,112      Rs. 18,252   

Finance (expense)/income, net

          400        460        160   

Share of profit of equity accounted investees, net of tax

          174        104        54   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        Rs. 26,606      Rs. 21,676      Rs. 18,466   

Tax expense

          (5,094     (4,900     (4,204
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

        Rs. 21,512      Rs. 16,776      Rs. 14,262   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Segment revenue for the year ended March 31, 2014 does not include inter-segment revenues from PSAI to Global Generics which is accounted for at a cost of Rs.5,601 (as compared to Rs.5,584 and Rs.5,336 for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively).

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

5. Segment reporting (continued)

 

Analysis of revenue by geography:

The following table shows the distribution of the Company’s revenues by geography, based on the location of the customer:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
Geography    2014      2013      2012  

North America (the United States and Canada)

   Rs. 61,409       Rs. 45,736       Rs. 37,959   

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     19,819         16,908         13,260   

India

     19,502         19,198         16,517   

Europe

     16,483         20,262         17,410   

Others

     14,957         14,162         11,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 132,170       Rs. 116,266       Rs. 96,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Analysis of revenue within the Global Generics segment:

The following table shows the distribution of revenues of the Company’s Global Generics segment by geography, based on the location of the customer:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
Geography    2014      2013      2012  

North America (the United States and Canada)

   Rs. 55,303       Rs. 37,846       Rs. 31,889   

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     19,819         16,908         13,260   

India

     15,713         14,560         12,931   

Europe

     6,970         7,716         8,259   

Others

     7,359         5,533         3,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 105,164       Rs. 82,563       Rs. 70,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

An analysis of revenues by key products in the Company’s Global Generics segment is given below:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Omeprazole

   Rs. 12,445       Rs. 11,484       Rs. 10,332   

Nimesulide

     6,035         4,919         4,097   

Decitabine

     4,624         —           —     

Zolendronic acid

     3,756         484         138   

Metoprolol

     3,264         1,076         —     

Azacitidine

     2,967         —           —     

Fexofenadine

     2,644         1,673         1,519   

Divalproex sodium

     2,418         941         901   

Fondaparinux

     2,388         2,315         1,130   

Ciprofloxacin

     2,387         2,436         2,119   

Others

     62,236         57,235         50,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 105,164       Rs. 82,563       Rs. 70,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Analysis of revenue within the PSAI segment:

The following table shows the distribution of revenues of the Company’s PSAI segment by geography, based on the location of the customer:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
Geography    2014      2013      2012  

Europe

   Rs. 9,058       Rs. 12,007       Rs. 8,424   

North America (the United States and Canada)

     3,820         5,744         4,272   

India

     3,787         4,638         3,586   

Others

     7,309         8,313         7,531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 23,974       Rs. 30,702       Rs. 23,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

5. Segment reporting (continued)

 

An analysis of revenues by key products in the Company’s PSAI segment is given below:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Naproxen

   Rs. 4,006       Rs. 3,693       Rs. 1,567   

Clopidogrel

     1,621         3,440         2,560   

Ciprofloxacin

     1,088         821         629   

Escitalopram oxalate

     1,069         2,181         1,714   

Atorvastatin

     1,026         1,660         1,042   

Moxifloxacin

     821         125         147   

Epoxide

     658         —           —     

Capecitabine

     651         29         19   

Ranitidine Hcl

     639         541         581   

Levetiracetam

     636         697         246   

Others

     11,759         17,515         15,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 23,974       Rs. 30,702       Rs. 23,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Analysis of assets by geography:

The following table shows the distribution of the Company’s assets by geography, based on the location of assets:

 

     As of March 31,  
Geography    2014      2013  

India

   Rs. 96,680       Rs. 86,567   

North America (the United States and Canada)

     28,284         20,683   

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     9,168         9,141   

Europe

     30,829         21,358   

Others

     5,262         4,620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 170,223       Rs. 142,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the distribution of the Company’s non-current assets, other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, based on the location of assets:

 

     As of March 31,  
Geography    2014      2013  

India

   Rs. 38,301       Rs. 33,386   

North America (the United States and Canada)

     7,372         6,228   

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     507         247   

Europe

     11,389         10,381   

Others

     2,358         2,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 59,927       Rs. 52,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the distribution of the Company’s property, plant and equipment including capital work in progress and intangible assets acquired during the year (other than goodwill arising on business combination) by geography, based on the location of assets:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
Geography    2014      2013  

India

   Rs. 9,051       Rs. 6,488   

North America (the United States and Canada)

     1,370         961   

Russia and other countries of the former Soviet Union

     309         19   

Europe

     777         2,069   

Others

     68         137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 11,575       Rs. 9,674   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

5. Segment reporting (continued)

 

Analysis of depreciation and amortization, included in cost of revenues, by reportable segments:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

PSAI

   Rs. 1,920       Rs. 1,489       Rs. 1,414   

Global Generics

     1,762         1,404         1,219   

Proprietary Products

     —           —           —     

Others

     89         90         95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 3,771       Rs. 2,983       Rs. 2,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Acquisition of OctoPlus N.V.

On February 15, 2013, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Reddy Netherlands B.V., acquired 93.1% of the outstanding equity shares of OctoPlus N.V. (“OctoPlus”) through a combination of open market purchases as well as acceptance of shares tendered during the tender offer. OctoPlus is a specialty pharmaceutical company founded in 1995. OctoPlus is headquartered in Leiden, the Netherlands and provides pharmaceutical development services, controlled release drug delivery technologies and cGMP manufacturing of final products.

The aggregate purchase consideration paid for OctoPlus shares was Rs.1,772. During the year ended March 31, 2013, based on management’s estimate of fair values, the Company allocated the aggregate purchase price paid for OctoPlus as follows:

 

Particulars

   Amount  

Total consideration paid

   Rs. 1,772   

Identifiable assets acquired

  

Current assets (including cash and cash equivalents of Rs.26)

     220   

Property, plant and equipment

     981   

Intangibles:

  

Complex injectable know-how

     510   

Customer contracts

     38   

Customer relationships

     279   

Deferred tax assets

     182   

Liabilities assumed

  

Fair value of finance lease liabilities

     (572

Deferred tax liabilities

     (182

Other current liabilities

     (704
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

   Rs. 752   

Non-controlling interest at fair value

   Rs. (132

Goodwill

   Rs. 1,152   

The total goodwill amount of Rs.1,152 is attributable primarily to the acquired employee workforce and expected synergies.

Acquisition related costs amounting to Rs.123 were excluded from the consideration transferred and were recognized as expense in the consolidated income statement for the year ended March 31, 2013. The fair value of the non-controlling interest was determined using the equity share price of OctoPlus as on the date of acquisition.

During the period from February 16, 2013 to March 31, 2013, the Company acquired further equity shares totaling 5.8% of the total share capital of OctoPlus at a price of Euro 0.52 per share through a combination of open market purchases as well as acceptance of shares tendered during the post-acquisition offer period. Further, during the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company acquired equity shares totaling 1.1% of the total share capital of OctoPlus at a price of Euro 0.52 per share. Consequently, OctoPlus became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

The acquisition of these non-controlling interests has been recorded as a treasury transaction as part of the respective period’s Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, as it represents changes in the Company’s ownership interest of OctoPlus without a change of control.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

7. Property, plant and equipment

The following is a summary of the changes in carrying value of property, plant and equipment.

 

Particulars

   Land     Buildings     Plant and
equipment
    Computer
equipment
    Furniture,
fixtures
and office

equipment
    Vehicles     Total  

Gross carrying value

              

Balance as at April 1, 2012

   Rs. 3,639      Rs. 9,214      Rs. 27,652      Rs. 1,411      Rs. 1,558      Rs. 590      Rs. 44,064   

Acquisitions through business combination(1)

     —          465        511        2        3        —          981   

Other additions

     32        2,409        5,498        143        214        103        8,399   

Disposals

     (20     (24     (636     (96     (56     (96     (928

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     31        103        282        11        13        2        442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

   Rs. 3,682      Rs. 12,167      Rs. 33,307      Rs. 1,471      Rs. 1,732      Rs. 599      Rs. 52,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at April 1, 2013

   Rs. 3,682      Rs. 12,167      Rs. 33,307      Rs. 1,471      Rs. 1,732      Rs. 599      Rs. 52,958   

Acquisitions through business combination

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Other additions

     93        2,903        6,367        419        244        390        10,416   

Disposals

     (4     (34     (263     (42     (21     (451     (815

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     53        283        483        31        34        1        885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

   Rs. 3,824      Rs. 15,319      Rs. 39,894      Rs. 1,879      Rs. 1,989      Rs. 539      Rs. 63,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

              

Balance as at April 1, 2012

   Rs. —        Rs. 1,711      Rs. 13,902      Rs. 904      Rs. 1,202      Rs. 367      Rs. 18,086   

Depreciation for the year

     —          445        2,884        189        224        116        3,858   

Disposals

     —          (24     (607     (94     (47     (80     (852

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     —          48        63        5        3        2        121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

   Rs. —        Rs. 2,180      Rs. 16,242      Rs. 1,004      Rs. 1,382      Rs. 405      Rs. 21,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at April 1, 2013

   Rs. —        Rs. 2,180      Rs. 16,242      Rs. 1,004      Rs. 1,382      Rs. 405      Rs. 21,213   

Depreciation for the year

     —          621        3,611        228        223        121        4,804   

Disposals

     —          (23     (245     (41     (17     (254     (580

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     —          53        159        24        22        0        258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

   Rs. —        Rs. 2,831      Rs. 19,767      Rs. 1,215      Rs. 1,610      Rs. 272      Rs. 25,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

              

As at April 1, 2012

   Rs. 3,639      Rs. 7,503      Rs. 13,750      Rs. 507      Rs. 356      Rs. 223      Rs. 25,978   

As at March 31, 2013

   Rs. 3,682      Rs. 9,987      Rs. 17,065      Rs. 467      Rs. 350      Rs. 194      Rs. 31,745   

Add: Capital-work-in-progress

               Rs. 6,069   

Total as at March 31, 2013

               Rs. 37,814   

As at March 31, 2014

   Rs. 3,824      Rs. 12,488      Rs. 20,127      Rs. 664      Rs. 379      Rs. 267      Rs. 37,749   

Add: Capital-work-in-progress

               Rs. 6,675   
              

 

 

 

Total as at March 31, 2014

               Rs. 44,424   
              

 

 

 

 

(1)

Acquisitions through business combinations were on account of the Company’s acquisition of OctoPlus N.V. Refer to Note 6 for further details.

Capital commitments

As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company was committed to spend Rs.2,920 and Rs.2,912, respectively, under agreements to purchase property, plant and equipment. This amount is net of capital advances paid in respect of such purchase commitments.

Interest capitalization

During the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company capitalized interest cost of Rs.77 and Rs.221, respectively, with respect to qualifying assets. The rate for capitalization of interest cost for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately 2.95% and 3.35%, respectively.

Assets acquired under finance leases

Property, plant and equipment include Rs.1,191 and Rs.1,040 (including accumulated depreciation of Rs.218 and Rs.131) of assets acquired under finance leases as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

8. Goodwill

Goodwill arising upon business acquisitions is not amortized but tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if there is any indication that the cash generating unit to which goodwill is allocated is impaired.

The following table presents the changes in goodwill during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Opening balance (1)

   Rs. 3,193       Rs. 2,208   

Goodwill arising on business combinations during the year(2)

     —           1,152   

Impairment loss during the year(3)

     —           (181

Effect of translation adjustments

     235         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance (1)

   Rs. 3,428       Rs. 3,193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

This does not include goodwill arising upon investment in an associate of Rs.181, as at March 31, 2014 and 2013, which is included in the carrying value of the investment in the equity accounted investees.

(2)

This pertains to goodwill arising on the acquisition of OctoPlus N.V. Refer to Note 6 of these consolidated financial statements for further details.

(3)

Based on the business performance and expected cash flows from its business in Italy, the Company carried out an impairment test of Dr. Reddy’s Srl’s cash-generating unit and recorded an impairment loss of goodwill and an impairment loss on intangible assets amounting to Rs.181 and Rs.10, respectively, during the year ended March 31, 2013 under “Selling, general and administrative expense” in the consolidated income statement. For this purpose, the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is determined by reference to its value in use using a post-tax discount rate of 7.37%. The above impairment pertains to the Company’s Global Generics segment.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to a cash generating unit, representing the lowest level within the Company at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and which is not higher than the Company’s operating segment.

The carrying amount of goodwill (other than those arising upon investment in an associate) was allocated to cash generating units as follows:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013  

PSAI- Active Pharmaceutical Operations

   Rs. 997       Rs. 997   

PSAI- OctoPlus N.V.

     1,370         1,152   

Global Generics- North America Operations

     779         765   

Global Generics- Branded Formulations

     168         168   

Others

     114         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 3,428       Rs. 3,193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The recoverable amounts of the above cash generating units have been assessed using a value-in-use model. Value in use is generally calculated as the net present value of the projected post-tax cash flows plus a terminal value of the cash generating unit to which the goodwill is allocated. Initially a post-tax discount rate is applied to calculate the net present value of the post-tax cash flows. Key assumptions on which the Company has based its determinations of value-in-use include:

 

a)

Estimated cash flows for five years based on internal management budgets and estimates.

 

b)

Terminal value arrived by extrapolating last forecasted year cash flows to perpetuity, using a constant long-term growth rate of 0%. This long-term growth rate takes into consideration external macroeconomic sources of data. Such long-term growth rate considered does not exceed that of the relevant business and industry sector.

 

c)

The post-tax discount rates used are based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital.

 

d)

Value-in-use is calculated using after tax assumptions. The use of after tax assumptions does not result in a value-in-use that is materially different from the value-in-use that would result if the calculation was performed using before tax assumptions. The after tax discount rates used range from 5.35% to 14.20% for various cash generating units. The before tax discount rates range from 9.71% to 18.07%.

The Company believes that any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which a recoverable amount is based would not cause the aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

9. Other intangible assets

The following is a summary of changes in carrying value of intangible assets:

 

     Trademarks with
finite useful life
     Product related
intangibles
    Technology
related
intangibles
    Customer related
intangibles
     Others      Total  

Gross carrying amount

               

Balance as at April 1, 2012

   Rs. 9,533       Rs. 20,963      Rs. 863      Rs. 760       Rs. 466       Rs. 32,585   

Acquisitions through business combinations(1)

     —           —          510        317         —           827   

Other additions

     —           488        —          —           178         666   

Deletions

     —           (225     —          —           —           (225

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     166         486        7        33         10         702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

   Rs. 9,699       Rs. 21,712      Rs. 1,380      Rs. 1,110       Rs. 654       Rs. 34,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as at April 1, 2013

   Rs. 9,699       Rs. 21,712      Rs. 1,380      Rs. 1,110       Rs. 654       Rs. 34,555   

Acquisitions through business combinations

     —           —          —          —           —           —     

Other additions

     —           653        64        —           26         743   

Deletions

     —           —          —          —           —           —     

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     1,350         2,864        273        105         20         4,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

   Rs. 11,049       Rs. 25,229      Rs. 1,717      Rs. 1,215       Rs. 700       Rs. 39,910   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization/impairment loss

               

Balance as at April 1, 2012

   Rs. 5,315       Rs. 14,570      Rs. 396      Rs. 669       Rs. 314       Rs. 21,264   

Amortization for the year

     486         1,015        123        22         45         1,691   

Impairment loss/(reversal of impairment loss)

     —           507        —          —           —           507   

Deletions

     —           (126     —          —           —           (126

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     63         296        (2     29         5         391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

   Rs. 5,864       Rs. 16,262      Rs. 517      Rs. 720       Rs. 364       Rs. 23,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as at April 1, 2013

   Rs. 5,864       Rs. 16,262      Rs. 517      Rs. 720       Rs. 364       Rs. 23,727   

Amortization for the year

     600         1,384        179        93         45         2,301   

Impairment loss/(reversal of impairment loss)

     —           (497     —          —           —           (497

Deletions

     —           —          —          —           —           —     

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     616         2,328        104        43         19         3,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

   Rs. 7,080       Rs. 19,477      Rs. 800      Rs. 856       Rs. 428       Rs. 28,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

               

As at April 1, 2012

   Rs. 4,218       Rs. 6,393      Rs. 467      Rs. 91       Rs. 152       Rs. 11,321   

As at March 31, 2013

   Rs. 3,835       Rs. 5,450      Rs. 863      Rs. 390       Rs. 290       Rs. 10,828   

As at March 31, 2014

   Rs. 3,969       Rs. 5,752      Rs. 917      Rs. 359       Rs. 272       Rs. 11,269   

 

(1)

Acquisitions through business combinations were on account of the Company’s acquisition of OctoPlus N.V. Refer to Note 6 for further details.

The selling, general and administrative expenses included Rs.2,301, Rs.1,691 and Rs.1,586 of amortization of other intangible assets and Rs.(497), Rs.507 and Rs.1,040 of impairment loss/(reversal of impairment loss) on other intangible assets for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The weighted average remaining useful life of intangibles was approximately 5.8 years as at March 31, 2014.

Reversal of impairment losses recorded for the year ended March 31, 2014

Consequent to the increase in expected cash flows of some of the products forming part of the product related intangibles pertaining to the Company’s Global Generics segment, the Company, following the guidance under IAS 36 “Impairment of assets”, estimated the recoverable amount of such intangible asset and assessed that the impairment loss recorded in an earlier period should be reversed. Accordingly, a reversal of impairment loss of Rs.497 for such product related intangibles was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2014 under “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated income statement. The expected cash flows increased primarily due to various market dynamics, such as reduced competition and favorable pricing position.

The above reversal of impairment losses relate to the Company’s Global Generics segment. The pre-tax cash flows have been discounted based on a pre-tax discount rate of 5.68%. As at March 31, 2014, the carrying amount of such product related intangibles after reversal of impairment loss was Rs.1,287.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

9. Other intangible assets (continued)

 

Impairment losses recorded for the year ended March 31, 2013

During the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company determined that there was a decrease in expected cash flows of a product portfolio forming part of certain product related intangibles, primarily due to higher than expected price erosion and increased competition leading to lower volumes. Consequently, the Company reassessed the recoverable amounts of such product-related intangibles using the value in use approach and determined that the carrying amount of such product-related intangibles was higher than its recoverable amount. Accordingly, an impairment loss of Rs.497 for such product related intangibles was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2013 under “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated income statement. The above impairment losses relate to the Company’s Global Generics segment.

The pre-tax cash flows have been discounted based on a pre-tax discount rate of 5.52%. As at March 31, 2013, the carrying amount of such product related intangibles after impairment was Rs.1,288.

Impairment losses recorded for the year ended March 31, 2012

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were certain significant changes in the German generics pharmaceutical market that are expected to adversely impact the future operations of the Company’s German subsidiary, betapharm Arzneimittel GmbH (“betapharm”). Among other things, there was a reference pricing review which resulted in a reduction of the government mandated price of certain of betapharm’s products being sold and is expected to adversely affect its sales margins. In addition, one of the key SHI funds, Barmer GEK, announced a large sales tender which is expected to cause significant impact on the price realization of some of the key products of betapharm. As a result of such adverse market developments, the Company reassessed the recoverable amounts of betapharm’s product-related intangibles, and that of the cash generating unit which comprises these product-related intangibles and its trademark/brand “beta”. The recoverable amount of both the product-related intangibles and the betapharm cash generating unit was based on their fair value less costs to sell, which was higher than its value in use. As a result of this re-evaluation, the carrying amount of certain product-related intangibles was determined to be higher than its recoverable amount. Accordingly, an impairment loss of Rs.1,022 for the product related intangibles was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2012. The above impairment losses relate to the Company’s Global Generics segment.

10. Investment in equity accounted investees

Kunshan Rotam Reddy Pharmaceuticals Co. Limited (“Reddy Kunshan”) is engaged in manufacturing and marketing of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediaries and formulations in China. The Company’s interest in Reddy Kunshan was 51.3% as of March 31, 2014 and 2013. Three directors of the Company are on the board of directors of Reddy Kunshan, which consists of seven directors. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, all major decisions with respect to operating activities, significant financing and other activities are taken by the approval of at least five of the seven directors of Reddy Kunshan’s board. As the Company does not control Reddy Kunshan’s board and the other partners have significant participating rights, the Company’s interest in Reddy Kunshan has been accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

Summary financial information of Reddy Kunshan, as translated into the reporting currency of the Company and not adjusted for the percentage ownership held by the Company, is as follows:

 

     As of/for the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Ownership

     51.3     51.3     51.3

Total current assets

   Rs. 1,768      Rs. 1,051      Rs. 830   

Total non-current assets

     346        305        251   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   Rs. 2,114      Rs. 1,356      Rs. 1,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

   Rs. 1,213      Rs. 802      Rs. 554   

Total current liabilities

     901        554        527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

   Rs. 2,114      Rs. 1,356      Rs. 1,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

   Rs. 2,794      Rs. 1,914      Rs. 1,237   

Expenses

     2,455        1,711        1,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   Rs. 339      Rs. 203      Rs. 104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s share of profits in Reddy Kunshan for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was Rs.174, Rs.104 and Rs.54, respectively. The carrying value of the Company’s investment in Reddy Kunshan as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.806 and Rs.472, respectively. The translation adjustment arising out of translation of foreign currency balances amounted to Rs.160 as of March 31, 2014.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

11. Other investments

Other investments consist of investments in units of mutual funds, equity securities and term deposits (i.e., certificates of deposit having an original maturity period exceeding 3 months) with banks. As of March 31, 2014, all such investments were current, the details of which are as follows:

 

     Cost      Gain recognized
directly in equity
     Fair value  

Investment in units of mutual funds

   Rs. 10,676       Rs. 86       Rs. 10,762   

Investment in equity securities

     3         20         23   

Term deposits with banks

     14,298         —           14,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 24,977       Rs. 106       Rs. 25,083   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The details of such investments as of March 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

     Cost      Gain recognized
directly in equity
     Fair value  

Investment in units of mutual funds

   Rs. 1,966       Rs. 44       Rs. 2,010   

Investment in equity securities

     3         22         25   

Term deposits with banks

     15,137         —           15,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 17,106       Rs. 66       Rs. 17,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Current portion

        

Investment in units of mutual funds

   Rs. 1,966       Rs. 44       Rs. 2,010   

Investment in equity securities

     3         22         25   

Term deposits with banks

     14,928         —           14,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 16,897       Rs. 66       Rs. 16,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current portion

        

Term deposits with banks

   Rs. 209       Rs. —         Rs. 209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 209       Rs. —         Rs. 209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Raw materials

   Rs. 6,127       Rs. 7,256   

Packing materials, stores and spares

     1,626         1,414   

Work-in-progress

     6,619         5,636   

Finished goods

     9,620         7,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 23,992       Rs. 21,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded inventory write-downs of Rs.1,941, Rs.1,887 and Rs.1,473, respectively. These adjustments were included in cost of revenues.

Cost of revenues for March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 include raw materials, consumables and changes in finished goods and work in progress recognized in the income statement amounting to Rs.34,959, Rs.37,002 and Rs.28,918, respectively. The above table includes inventories amounting to Rs.612 and Rs.565, which were carried at fair value less cost to sell as at March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

13. Trade and other receivables

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Due from related parties

   Rs. —        Rs. 171   

Due from others

     33,720        32,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     33,720        32,521   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Allowance for doubtful trade and other receivables

     (683     (549
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables, net

   Rs. 33,037      Rs. 31,972   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company maintains an allowance for impairment of doubtful accounts based on financial condition of the customer, aging of the customer accounts receivable, historical experience of collections from customers and the current economic environment. The activity in the allowance for impairment of trade account receivables is given below:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Balance at the beginning of the year

   Rs. 549      Rs. 501   

Provision for doubtful trade and other receivables

     162        107   

Trade and other receivables written off and charged to allowance

     (28     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   Rs. 683      Rs. 549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

14. Other assets

Other assets consist of the following:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Current

     

Balances and receivables from statutory authorities (1)

   Rs. 5,390       Rs. 4,260   

Export benefits receivable (2)

     2,595         1,803   

Prepaid expenses

     537         523   

Others

     2,810         2,398   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 11,332       Rs. 8,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Deposits

   Rs. 438       Rs. 439   

Others

     57         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 495       Rs. 487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Balances and receivables from statutory authorities primarily consist of amounts receivable from the excise, value added tax and customs authorities of India and the unutilized excise input credits on purchases. These are regularly utilized to offset the Indian excise and service tax liability on goods produced by and services provided by the Company. Accordingly, these balances have been classified as current assets.

(2)

Export benefits receivables primarily consist of amounts receivable from various government authorities of India towards incentives on export sales made by the Company.

15. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Cash balances

   Rs. 3       Rs. 5   

Balances with banks

     4,580         4,381   

Term deposits with banks (original maturities up to 3 months)

     3,868         750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position

     8,451         5,136   

Bank overdrafts used for cash management purposes

     —           (82
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flow

   Rs. 8,451       Rs. 5,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

15. Cash and cash equivalents (continued)

 

Cash and cash equivalents included restricted cash of Rs.318 and Rs.324, respectively, as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, which consisted of:

 

 

Rs.83 as of March 31, 2014 and Rs.38 as of March 31, 2013, representing amounts in the Company’s unclaimed dividend and debenture interest accounts;

 

 

Rs.115 as of March 31, 2014 and Rs.95 as of March 31, 2013, representing amounts deposited as security for a bond executed for an environmental liability relating to the Company’s site in Mirfield, United Kingdom (Refer to Note 21 of these consolidated financial statements for details);

 

 

Rs.96 as of March 31, 2014 and Rs.166 as of March 31, 2013, representing amounts deposited in an escrow account pursuant to a research and collaboration arrangement entered with Um Pharmauji Sdn. Bhd., Malaysia; and

 

 

Rs.24 as of March 31, 2014 and Rs.25 as of March 31, 2013, representing other restricted cash amounts.

16. Equity

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Par value per share

   Rs. 5       Rs. 5   

Authorized share capital

     1,200         1,200   

Fully paid up share capital

     

As at April 1

   Rs.  849       Rs.  848   

Add: Shares issued on exercise of stock options

     2         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at March 31

   Rs. 851       Rs. 849   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company presently has only one class of equity shares. For all matters submitted to vote in a shareholders meeting of the Company, every holder of an equity share, as reflected in the records of the Company on the date of the shareholders meeting shall have one vote in respect of each share held.

Indian law mandates that any dividends shall be declared out of the distributable profits only after the transfer of up to 10% of net income (as computed in accordance with then-current regulations) to a general reserve. Should the Company declare and pay any dividends, such dividends will be paid in Indian rupees to each holder of equity shares in proportion to the number of shares held to the total equity shares outstanding as on that date. Indian law on foreign exchange governs the remittance of dividends outside India.

In the event of liquidation of the Company, all preferential amounts, if any, shall be discharged by the Company. The remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the holders of equity shares in proportion to the number of shares held to the total equity shares outstanding as on that date.

Final dividends on equity shares (including dividend tax on distribution of such dividends) are recorded as a liability on the date of their approval by the shareholders and interim dividends are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company paid dividends (including dividend tax thereon) of Rs.2,985, Rs.2,714 and Rs.2,216 during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The dividend paid per share was Rs.15, Rs.13.75 and Rs.11.25 during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At the Company’s Board of Directors’ meeting held on May 13, 2014, the Board proposed a dividend per share of Rs.18 and aggregating to Rs.3,062 plus an additional amount of Rs.518, which is intended to equal the applicable dividend tax, all of which is subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

17. Earnings per share

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was based on the profit attributable to equity shareholders of Rs.21,515, Rs.16,777 and Rs.14,262, respectively.

The weighted average number of equity shares outstanding, used for calculating the basic earnings per share, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Issued equity shares as on April 1

     169,836,475         169,560,346         169,252,732   

Effect of shares issued on exercise of stock options

     208,043         217,112         217,156   

Weighted average number of equity shares at March 31

     170,044,518         169,777,458         169,469,888   

Earnings per share – Basic

   Rs. 126.52       Rs. 98.82       Rs. 84.16   

The weighted average number of equity shares outstanding, used for calculating the diluted earnings per share, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Weighted average number of equity shares (Basic)

     170,044,518         169,777,458         169,469,888   

Dilutive effect of stock options outstanding

     650,499         655,222         708,056   

Weighted average number of equity shares (Diluted)

     170,695,017         170,432,680         170,177,944   

Earnings per share – Diluted

   Rs. 126.04       Rs. 98.44       Rs. 83.81   

18. Loans and borrowings

Short term loans and borrowings

The Company had net short term borrowings of Rs.20,607 as of March 31, 2014, as compared to Rs.18,914 as of March 31, 2013. The borrowings primarily consist of “packing credit” loans drawn by the parent company and other unsecured loans drawn by its subsidiaries in Switzerland and Germany.

Short term borrowings consist of the following:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Packing credit borrowings

   Rs. 17,630       Rs. 14,736   

Other foreign currency borrowings

     2,977         3,128   

Borrowings on transfer of receivables

     —           1,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 20,607       Rs. 18,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The interest rate profile of short term borrowings from banks is given below:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013  
     Currency    Interest Rate      Currency    Interest Rate  

Packing credit borrowings

   USD      LIBOR + 25 to 85 bps       USD      LIBOR + 50 to 120 bps   
   EURO      LIBOR + 20 bps       EURO      LIBOR + 50 to 125 bps   
   RUB      7.20% to 7.75%       RUB      7.25% to 8%   
   RUB      Mosprime + 60 bps      —        —     
   INR      9.50% to 10%       —        —     

Other foreign currency borrowings

   EURO      LIBOR + 90 bps       EURO      LIBOR + 110 bps   

Borrowings on transfer of receivables

   —        —         RUB      7.30%   

 

F-38


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

18. Loans and borrowings (continued)

 

Short term loans and borrowings (continued)

 

Borrowings on transfer of receivables

From time to time, the Company enters into receivables transfer arrangements with various banks, in which the Company transfers its short term trade receivables in return for obtaining short term funds. As part of these transactions, the Company provides the applicable bank with credit indemnities over the expected losses of those receivables. Since the Company retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the trade receivables, including the contractual rights to the associated cash flows, the Company continues to recognize the full carrying amount of the receivables and recognizes the cash received in respect of the transaction as short term borrowings. As of March 31, 2014, there were no such receivables which were subject to such arrangement.

As of March 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the transferred short-term receivables which were subject to this arrangement was Rs.1,090 (RUB 625) and the amortized carrying amount of the associated liability was Rs.1,050 (RUB 602).

Long term loans and borrowings

Long term loans and borrowings, measured at amortized cost, consist of the following:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Foreign currency borrowing by the Company’s Swiss subsidiary

   Rs. 13,103       Rs. 11,829   

Foreign currency borrowing by the parent company

     8,987         —     

Foreign currency borrowing by the Company’s U.K. subsidiary

     998         —     

Obligations under finance leases

     1,047         876   

Bonus debentures(1)

     —           5,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 24,135       Rs. 17,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Current portion

     

Foreign currency borrowing by the Company’s Swiss subsidiary

   Rs. 3,295         —     

Obligations under finance leases

     100       Rs. 80   

Bonus debentures(1)

     —           5,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 3,395       Rs. 5,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current portion

     

Foreign currency borrowing by the Company’s Swiss subsidiary

   Rs. 9,808       Rs. 11,829   

Foreign currency borrowing by the parent company

     8,987         —     

Foreign currency borrowing by the Company’s U.K. subsidiary

     998         —     

Obligations under finance leases

     947         796   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 20,740       Rs. 12,625   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company redeemed all of its 9.25% unsecured, non-convertible, redeemable debentures for an aggregate payment of Rs.5,078, representing their face value. See Note 33 for further details.

In the above table, the term “Swiss subsidiary” refers to Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, SA and the term “U.K. Subsidiary” refers to Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories (EU) Limited.

Long-term bank loan of Swiss Subsidiary

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, SA (one of the Company’s subsidiaries in Switzerland) (the “Swiss Subsidiary”) borrowed the sum of Rs.10,713 (U.S.$220) from Citigroup Global Markets Asia Limited, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi Ufj, Ltd., Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, and Standard Chartered Bank (“Swiss Subsidiary Lenders”).

The term of the loan is for sixty months starting from September 30, 2011. The Swiss Subsidiary is required to repay the loan in eight equal quarterly installments commencing at the end of the 39th month and continuing until the end of the 60th month from September 30, 2011. The parent company has guaranteed all obligations of the Swiss Subsidiary under loan agreement.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

18. Loans and borrowings (continued)

 

Long term loans and borrowings (continued)

 

The loan agreement imposes various financial covenants on both the parent company and the Swiss Subsidiary, including, without limitation, the following (each capitalized term below is as defined in the loan agreement):

 

 

Net Financial Indebtedness to EBITDA: The Company’s ratio of net financial indebtedness to EBITDA shall not at any time exceed 2.3:1.

 

 

Secured Debt to Financial Indebtedness: The Company’s ratio of secured debt to financial indebtedness shall not at any time exceed 0.2:1. However, if the ratio of net financial indebtedness to EBITDA falls below 1.5:1, the ratio of secured debt to financial indebtedness shall not at any time exceed 0.3:1.

 

 

Gearing Ratio: The Company’s ratio of financial indebtedness shall not at any time exceed one times tangible net worth.

 

 

Interest Cover Ratio: The Company’s ratio of EBITDA to interest payable (in relation to any period of 12 months ending on the last day of any financial year or financial half year of the Company) shall not at any time be less than 5:1.

 

 

Net Worth: The Swiss Subsidiary shall at all times maintain a positive net worth.

The financial computation for each of the foregoing financial covenants shall be calculated on a semi-annual basis by reference to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, except that the net worth covenant shall be calculated by reference to financial statements of the Swiss Subsidiary prepared based on IFRS. As of March 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with the foregoing financial covenants.

As part of this arrangement, the Company incurred an amount of Rs.182 (U.S.$3.73) in arrangement fees and other administrative charges. The Company accounted for these costs as transaction costs under IAS 39 and they are being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. The carrying amount of this loan, measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, as on March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.13,103 and Rs.11,829, respectively.

Long-term bank loan of the parent company

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company borrowed the sum of Rs.9,089 (U.S.$150). The term of the loan is for sixty six months starting from August 12, 2013. The Company is required to repay the loan in five equal quarterly installments commencing at the end of the 54th month and continuing until the end of the 66th month after August 12, 2013.

The loan agreement imposes various financial covenants on the Company, including, without limitation, the following (each capitalized term below is as defined in the loan agreement):

 

 

Net Financial Indebtedness to EBITDA: The Company’s ratio of net financial indebtedness to EBITDA shall not at any time exceed 2.3:1.

 

 

Secured Debt to Financial Indebtedness: The Company’s ratio of secured debt to financial indebtedness shall not at any time exceed 0.2:1. However, if the ratio of net financial indebtedness to EBITDA falls below 1.5:1, the ratio of secured debt to financial indebtedness shall not at any time exceed 0.3:1.

 

 

Gearing ratio: The Company’s ratio of financial indebtedness to tangible net worth shall not at any time exceed 1:1.

 

 

Interest Cover ratio: The Company’s ratio of EBITDA to interest payable (in relation to any period of 12 months ending on the last day of any financial year or financial half-year of the Company) shall not at any time be less than 5:1.

 

 

Net Worth: The Company shall at all times maintain a positive net worth.

The financial computations for each of the foregoing financial covenants shall be calculated on a semi-annual basis by reference to the consolidated financial statements of the Company prepared based on IFRS. As of March 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with the foregoing financial covenants.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

18. Loans and borrowings (continued)

 

Long term loans and borrowings (continued)

 

Bonus debentures

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014     2013      2012  

Opening balance at the beginning of the year

   Rs. 5,059      Rs. 5,042       Rs. 5,027   

Amortization of issuance cost during the year

     19        17         15   

Redemption of bonus debentures during the year

     (5,078     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance at the end of the year

   Rs. —        Rs. 5,059       Rs. 5,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Undrawn lines of credit from bankers

The Company has undrawn lines of credit of Rs.14,596 and Rs.20,364 as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, from its bankers for working capital requirements. The Company has the right to draw upon these lines of credit based on its requirements.

Non-derivative financial liabilities designated as cash flow hedges

The Company has designated some of its foreign currency borrowings from banks (non-derivative financial liabilities) as hedging instruments for hedge of foreign currency risk associated with highly probable forecasted transactions and accordingly, applies cash flow hedge accounting for such relationships. Re-measurement gain/loss on such non-derivative financial liabilities is recorded in the Company’s hedging reserve as a component of equity and re-classified to the income statement as revenue in the period corresponding to the occurrence of the forecasted transactions. The carrying value of such non derivative financial liabilities as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.13,181 and Rs.12,151, respectively.

The interest rate profile of long-term loans and borrowings (other than obligations under finance leases) is given below:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013  
     Currency      Interest Rate      Currency      Interest Rate  

Foreign currency borrowings

    

 

USD

GBP

  

  

    

 

LIBOR+100 to 179 bps

LIBOR+130 bps

  

  

    

 

USD

—  

  

  

    

 

LIBOR+145 bps

—  

 

  

Bonus debentures

     —           —           INR         9.25

The aggregate maturities of long term loans and borrowings, based on contractual maturities, as of March 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

Maturing in the year ending March 31,

   Foreign
currency loan
     Obligations under finance
leases
     Total  

2015

   Rs. 3,295       Rs. 100       Rs. 3,395   

2016

     6,591         96         6,687   

2017

     4,293         69         4,362   

2018

     1,797         48         1,845   

2019

     7,190         50         7,240   

Thereafter

     —           684         684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 23,166       Rs. 1,047       Rs. 24,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate maturities of long term loans and borrowings, based on contractual maturities, as of March 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

Maturing in the year ending March 31,

   Foreign
currency loan
     Obligations under
finance leases
     Debentures      Total  

2014

   Rs. —         Rs. 80       Rs. 5,078       Rs. 5,158   

2015

     2,986         48         —           3,034   

2016

     5,971         53         —           6,024   

2017

     2,986         48         —           3,034   

2018

     —           42         —           42   

Thereafter

     —           605         —           605   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 11,943       Rs. 876       Rs. 5,078       Rs. 17,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

18. Loans and borrowings (continued)

 

Long term loans and borrowings (continued)

 

Obligations under finance leases

The Company has leased buildings, plant and machinery and vehicles under finance leases. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases as at March 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

Particulars

   Present value of
minimum lease
payments
     Interest      Future minimum
lease payments
 

Not later than one year

   Rs. 100       Rs. 122       Rs. 222   

Between one and five years

     263         272         535   

More than five years

     684         206         890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 1,047       Rs. 600       Rs. 1,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments under finance leases as at March 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

Particulars

   Present value of
minimum lease
payments
     Interest      Future minimum
lease payments
 

Not later than one year

   Rs. 80       Rs. 78       Rs. 158   

Between one and five years

     191         226         417   

More than five years

     605         212         817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 876       Rs. 516       Rs. 1,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

19. Employee benefits

Gratuity benefits

In accordance with applicable Indian laws, the Company has a defined benefit plan (the “Gratuity Plan”) which provides for a lump sum payment to eligible employees at retirement or termination of employment. The amount of payment is based on the respective employee’s last drawn salary and the years of employment with the Company. Effective September 1, 1999, the Company established the Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Gratuity Fund (the “Gratuity Fund”) to fund the Gratuity Plan. Liabilities in respect of the Gratuity Plan are determined by an actuarial valuation, based upon which the Company makes contributions to the Gratuity Fund. Trustees administer the contributions made to the Gratuity Fund. Amounts contributed to the Gratuity Fund are primarily invested in Indian government bonds and corporate debt securities. A small portion of the fund is also invested in equity securities of Indian companies.

The components of gratuity cost recognized in the income statement for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 consist of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013     2012  

Current service cost

   Rs. 133       Rs. 99      Rs. 93   

Interest on net defined benefit liability/(asset)

     9         (0     7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gratuity cost recognized in income statement

   Rs. 142       Rs. 99      Rs. 100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Details of the employee benefits obligations and plan assets are provided below:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Present value of funded obligations

   Rs. 1,087      Rs. 913   

Fair value of plan assets

     (954     (743
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net defined benefit liability recognized

   Rs. 133      Rs. 170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

19. Employee benefits (continued)

 

Details of changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Defined benefit obligations at the beginning of the year

   Rs. 913      Rs. 674   

Current service cost

     133        99   

Interest on defined obligations

     68        54   

Re-measurements due to:

    

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to change in financial assumptions

     4        112   

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to experience changes

     45        27   

Benefits paid

     (76     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligations at the end of the year

   Rs. 1,087      Rs. 913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Details of changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

   Rs. 743      Rs. 624   

Employer contributions

     212        110   

Interest on plan assets

     60        54   

Re-measurements due to:

    

Return on plan assets excluding interest on plan assets

     15        8   

Benefits paid

     (76     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan assets at the end of the year

   Rs. 954      Rs. 743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis:

 

     As of
March 31, 2014
 

Defined benefit obligation without effect of projected salary growth

   Rs. 589   

Add: Effect of salary growth

     497   

Defined benefit obligation with projected salary growth

     1,087   

Defined benefit obligation, using discount rate minus 50 basis points

     1,126   

Defined benefit obligation, using salary growth rate plus 50 basis points

     1,125   

Summary of the actuarial assumptions: The actuarial assumptions used in accounting for the Gratuity Plan are as follows:

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:

 

     Year Ended March 31,
     2014   2013   2012

Discount rate

   9.00%   7.95%   8.60%

Rate of compensation increase

   11% per annum for first
2 years and 10% per
annum thereafter
  10% per annum for first
2 years and 9% per
annum thereafter
  9% per annum for first
year and 8% per
annum thereafter

The assumptions used to determine gratuity cost:

 

     Year Ended March 31,
     2014   2013   2012

Discount rate

   7.95%   8.60%   7.95%

Rate of compensation increase

   10% per annum for first
2 years and 9% per
annum thereafter
  9% per annum for first
year and 8% per
annum thereafter
  9% per annum for first
2 years and 8% per
annum thereafter

 

F-43


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

19. Employee benefits (continued)

 

Contributions: The Company expects to contribute Rs.108 to the Gratuity Plan during the year ending March 31, 2015.

Disaggregation of plan assets: The Gratuity Plan’s weighted-average asset allocation at March 31, 2014 and 2013, by asset category, was as follows:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Funds managed by insurers

     99     99

Others

     1     1

The expected future cash flows in respect of gratuity as at March 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

Expected contribution

   Amount  

During the year ended March 31, 2015 (estimated)

   Rs. 108   

Expected future benefit payments

  

March 31, 2015

     143   

March 31, 2016

     146   

March 31, 2017

     163   

March 31, 2018

     181   

March 31, 2019

     203   

Thereafter

     1,153   

Pension, seniority and severance plans

All employees of the Company’s Mexican subsidiary, Industrias Quimicas Falcon de Mexico (“Falcon”), are entitled to a pension benefit in the form of a defined benefit pension plan. The Falcon pension plan provides for payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment. Liabilities in respect of the pension plan are determined by an actuarial valuation, based on which the Company makes contributions to the pension plan fund. This fund is administered by a third party, who is provided guidance by a technical committee formed by senior employees of Falcon.

Falcon also provides its employees with termination benefits in the form of seniority premiums, paid from a funded defined benefit plan covering certain categories of employees, and severance pay, paid from an unfunded defined benefit plan applicable to the employees who are terminated from the services of Falcon.

The components of net pension cost, seniority premium and severance pay recognized in the income statement for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 consist of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Current service cost

   Rs. 24       Rs. 21       Rs. 20   

Interest on net defined benefit liability/(asset)

     12         8         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost recognized in income statement

   Rs. 36       Rs. 29       Rs. 26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Details of the employee benefits obligation and plan assets are provided below:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Present value of unfunded obligations

   Rs. 27      Rs. 29   

Present value of funded obligations

     269        319   

Total present value of obligations

     296        348   

Fair value of plan assets

     (123     (138
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net defined benefit liability recognized

   Rs. 173      Rs. 210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

19. Employee benefits (continued)

 

Details of changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Defined benefit obligations at the beginning of the year

   Rs. 348      Rs. 316   

Current Service cost

     24        21   

Interest on defined obligations

     23        24   

Re-measurements due to:

    

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to change in financial assumptions

     (49     36   

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to experience changes

     (21     26   

Benefits paid

     (46     (108

Foreign exchange differences

     17        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligations at the end of the year

   Rs. 296      Rs. 348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Details of changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

   Rs. 138      Rs. 197   

Employer contributions

     15        10   

Interest on plan assets

     11        17   

Re-measurements due to:

    

Return on plan assets excluding interest on plan assets

     (1     6   

Benefits paid

     (46     (108

Foreign exchange differences

     6        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan assets at the end of the year

   Rs. 123      Rs. 138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis:

 

     As of
March 31, 2014
 

Defined benefit obligation without effect of projected salary growth

     Rs.193   

Plus effect of salary growth

     103   

Defined benefit obligation with projected salary growth

     296   

Defined benefit obligation, using discount rate minus 50 basis points

     311   

Defined benefit obligation, using salary growth rate plus 50 basis points

     311   

Contributions: The Company expects to contribute Rs.50 to the Falcon defined benefit plans during the year ending March 31, 2015.

Summary of the actuarial assumptions: The actuarial assumptions used in accounting for the Falcon defined benefit plans are as follows:

Assumptions used to determine defined benefit obligations:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Discount rate

     8.00     6.50     7.50

Rate of compensation increase

     4.50     4.50     4.50

Assumptions used to determine defined benefit cost:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Discount rate

     6.50     7.50     7.75

Rate of compensation increase

     4.50     4.50     4.50

 

F-45


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

19. Employee benefits (continued)

 

Plan assets: The Falcon pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocation at March 31, 2014 and 2013, by asset category is as follows:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014     2013  

Corporate bonds

     51     50

Others

     49     50

The expected future cash flows in respect of post-employment benefit plans in Mexico as at March 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

Expected contribution

   Amount  

During the year ended March 31, 2015 (estimated)

   Rs. 50   

Expected future benefit payments

  

March 31, 2015

     12   

March 31, 2016

     11   

March 31, 2017

     11   

March 31, 2018

     12   

March 31, 2019

     14   

Thereafter

     129   

Provident fund benefits

In India, certain categories of employees receive benefits from a provident fund, a defined contribution plan. Both the employee and employer each make monthly contributions to a government administered fund equal to 12% of the covered employee’s qualifying salary. The Company has no further obligations under the plan beyond its monthly contributions. The Company contributed Rs.411, Rs.349 and Rs.289 to the provident fund plan during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Superannuation benefits

The senior officers of the Company participate in superannuation, a defined contribution plan administered by the Life Insurance Corporation of India. The Company makes annual contributions based on a specified percentage of each covered employee’s salary. The Company has no further obligations under the plan beyond its annual contributions. The Company contributed Rs.63, Rs.56 and Rs.52 to the superannuation plan during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Other contribution plans

In the United States, the Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan for all eligible employees who meet minimum age and service requirements. The Company contributed Rs.162, Rs.125 and Rs.75 to the 401(k) retirement savings plan during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company has no further obligations under the plan beyond its annual matching contributions.

In the United Kingdom, certain social security benefits (such as pension, unemployment and disability) are funded by employers and employees through mandatory National Insurance contributions. The contribution amounts are determined based upon the employee’s salary. The Company has no further obligations under the plan beyond its monthly contributions. The Company contributed Rs.151, Rs.128 and Rs.101 to the National Insurance during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Compensated absences

The Company provides for accumulation of compensated absences by certain categories of its employees. These employees can carry forward a portion of the unutilized compensated absences and utilize it in future periods or receive cash in lieu thereof as per the Company’s policy. The Company records a liability for compensated absences in the period in which the employee renders the services that increases this entitlement. The total liability recorded by the Company towards this benefit was Rs.463 and Rs.344 as at March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Total employee benefit expenses, including share based payments, incurred during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to Rs.24,937, Rs.20,413 and Rs.16,927, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

20. Employee stock incentive plans

Dr. Reddy’s Employees Stock Option Plan -2002 (the “DRL 2002 Plan”):

The Company instituted the DRL 2002 Plan for all eligible employees pursuant to the special resolution approved by the shareholders in the Annual General Meeting held on September 24, 2001. The DRL 2002 Plan covers all employees of DRL and its subsidiaries and directors (excluding promoter directors) of DRL and its subsidiaries (collectively, “eligible employees”). The Nomination, Governance and Compensation Committee of the Board of DRL (the “Committee”) administers the DRL 2002 Plan and grants stock options to eligible employees. The Committee determines which eligible employees will receive options, the number of options to be granted, the exercise price, the vesting period and the exercise period. The vesting period is determined for all options issued on the date of grant. The options issued under the DRL 2002 Plan vest in periods ranging between one and four years and generally have a maximum contractual term of five years.

The DRL 2002 Plan was amended on July 28, 2004 at the annual general meeting of shareholders to provide for stock option grants in two categories:

Category A: 1,721,700 stock options out of the total of 2,295,478 options reserved for grant having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying equity shares on the date of grant; and

Category B: 573,778 stock options out of the total of 2,295,478 options reserved for grant having an exercise price equal to the par value of the underlying equity shares (i.e., Rs.5 per option).

The DRL 2002 Plan was further amended on July 27, 2005 at the annual general meeting of shareholders to provide for stock option grants in two categories:

Category A: 300,000 stock options out of the total of 2,295,478 options reserved for grant having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying equity shares on the date of grant; and

Category B: 1,995,478 stock options out of the total of 2,295,478 options reserved for grant having an exercise price equal to the par value of the underlying equity shares (i.e., Rs.5 per option).

Under the DRL 2002 Plan, the exercise price of the fair market value options granted under Category A above is determined based on the average closing price for 30 days prior to the grant in the stock exchange where there is highest trading volume during that period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, after obtaining the approval of the shareholders in the annual general meeting, grant options with a per share exercise price other than fair market value and par value of the equity shares.

After the stock split effected in the form of stock dividend issued by the Company in August 2006, the DRL 2002 Plan provides for stock option grants in the above two categories as follows:

 

Particulars

   Number of
options reserved
under category A
     Number of
options reserved
under category B
     Total  

Options reserved under original Plan

     300,000         1,995,478         2,295,478   

Options exercised prior to stock dividend date (A)

     94,061         147,793         241,854   

Balance of shares that can be allotted exercise of options (B)

     205,939         1,847,685         2,053,624   

Options arising from stock dividend (C)

     205,939         1,847,685         2,053,624   

Options reserved after stock dividend (A+B+C)

     505,939         3,843,163         4,349,102   

Stock option activity under the DRL 2002 Plan for the two categories of options during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2014  
Category A — Fair Market Value Options    Shares arising
out of options
    Range of exercise
prices
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted average
remaining useful
life (months)
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

     11,000      Rs. 373.50-448       Rs. 441.23         52   

Granted during the period

     —          —           —           —     

Expired/forfeited during the period

     (1,000     373.50         373.50         —     

Exercised during the period

     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

     10,000      Rs. 448       Rs. 448         44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

     10,000        Rs.448       Rs. 448         44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

20. Employee stock incentive plans (continued)

 

Dr. Reddy’s Employees Stock Option Plan -2002 (the “DRL 2002 Plan”) (continued):

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2014  
Category B — Par Value Options    Shares arising
out of options
    Range of
exercise prices
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted average
remaining useful
life (months)
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

     684,259      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         71   

Granted during the period

     258,870        5.00         5.00         90   

Expired/forfeited during the period

     (60,315     5.00         5.00         —     

Exercised during the period

     (241,140     5.00         5.00         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

     641,674      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

     50,818      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2013  
Category A — Fair Market Value Options    Shares arising
out of options
    Range of
exercise prices
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted average
remaining useful
life (months)
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

     11,000      Rs. 373.50-448.00       Rs. 441.23         65   

Granted during the period

     —          —           —           —     

Expired/forfeited during the period

     —          —           —           —     

Exercised during the period

     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

     11,000      Rs. 373.50-448.00       Rs. 441.23         52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

     11,000      Rs. 373.50-448.00       Rs. 441.23         52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Year Ended March 31, 2013  
Category B — Par Value Options    Shares arising
out of options
    Range of
exercise prices
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted average
remaining useful
life (months)
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

     643,156      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         70   

Granted during the period

     335,110        5.00         5.00         90   

Expired/forfeited during the period

     (65,424     5.00         5.00         —     

Exercised during the period

     (228,583     5.00         5.00         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

     684,259      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

     60,296      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of par value options granted under category B above of the DRL 2002 Plan during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.2,036 and Rs.1,660 per option, respectively. The weighted average share price on the date of exercise of options during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.2,143 and Rs.1,636 per share, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the DRL 2002 Plan (both category A and B) during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.516 and Rs.373, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, options outstanding under the DRL 2002 Plan (both category A and B) had an aggregate intrinsic value of Rs.1,663 and options exercisable under the DRL 2002 Plan (both category A and B) had an aggregate intrinsic value of Rs.151.

The term of the DRL 2002 plan expired on January 29, 2012. Consequently, the Board of Directors of the Company, based on the recommendation of the Committee, resolved to extend the term of the DRL 2002 plan for a period of 10 years with effect from January 29, 2012, subject to the approval of shareholders. A resolution to this effect was approved by the shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting held on July 20, 2012.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

20. Employee stock incentive plans (continued)

 

Dr. Reddy’s Employees ADR Stock Option Scheme, 2007 (the “DRL 2007 Plan”):

The Company instituted the DRL 2007 Plan for all eligible employees in pursuance of the special resolution approved by the shareholders in the Annual General Meeting held on July 27, 2005. The DRL 2007 Plan became effective upon its approval by the Board of Directors on January 22, 2007. The DRL 2007 Plan covers all employees and directors (excluding promoter directors) of DRL and its subsidiaries (collectively, “eligible employees”). The Committee administers the DRL 2007 Plan and grants stock options to eligible employees. The Committee determines which eligible employees will receive the options, the number of options to be granted, the exercise price, the vesting period and the exercise period. The vesting period is determined for all options issued on the date of grant. The options issued under the DRL 2007 Plan vest in periods ranging between one and four years and generally have a maximum contractual term of five years.

The DRL 2007 Plan provides for option grants in two categories:

Category A: 382,695 stock options out of the total of 1,530,779 stock options reserved for grant having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying equity shares on the date of grant; and

Category B: 1,148,084 stock options out of the total of 1,530,779 stock options reserved for grant having an exercise price equal to the par value of the underlying equity shares (i.e., Rs.5 per option).

No options have been granted under Category A as of March 31, 2014. Stock options activity for category B options under the DRL 2007 Plan during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2014  
Category B — Par Value Options    Shares arising
out of options
    Range of
exercise
prices
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted average
remaining useful
life (months)
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

     98,608      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         73   

Granted during the period

     44,240        5.00         5.00         90   

Expired/forfeited during the period

     (14,132     5.00         5.00         —     

Exercised during the period

     (31,253     5.00         5.00         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

     97,463      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

     7,265      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2013  
Category B — Par Value Options    Shares arising
out of options
    Range of
exercise
prices
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted average
remaining useful
life (months)
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

     117,899      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         73   

Granted during the period

     58,140        5.00         5.00         90   

Expired/forfeited during the period

     (29,885     5.00         5.00         —     

Exercised during the period

     (47,546     5.00         5.00         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the period

     98,608      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the period

     4,328      Rs. 5.00       Rs. 5.00         47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of par value options granted under category B of the DRL 2007 Plan during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.2,036 and Rs.1,660, respectively. The weighted average share price on the date of exercise of options during the year ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.2,122 and Rs.1,652, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the DRL 2007 Plan during the year ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was Rs.66 and Rs.78, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, options outstanding under the DRL 2007 Plan had an aggregate intrinsic value of Rs.249 and options exercisable under the DRL 2007 Plan had an aggregate intrinsic value of Rs.19.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

20. Employee stock incentive plans (continued)

 

Valuation of stock options:

The fair value of stock options granted under the DRL 2002 Plan and the DRL 2007 Plan has been measured using the Black–Scholes-Merton model at the date of the grant.

The Black-Scholes-Merton model includes assumptions regarding dividend yields, expected volatility, expected terms and risk free interest rates. In respect of par value options granted under category B, the expected term of an option (or “option life”) is estimated based on the vesting term, contractual term, as well as expected exercise behavior of the employees receiving the option. In respect of fair market value options granted under category A, the option life is estimated based on the simplified method. Expected volatility of the option is based on historical volatility, during a period equivalent to the option life, of the observed market prices of the Company’s publicly traded equity shares. Dividend yield of the options is based on recent dividend activity. Risk-free interest rates are based on the government securities yield in effect at the time of the grant. These assumptions reflect management’s best estimates, but these assumptions involve inherent market uncertainties based on market conditions generally outside of the Company’s control. As a result, if other assumptions had been used in the current period, stock-based compensation expense could have been materially impacted. Further, if management uses different assumptions in future periods, stock based compensation expense could be materially impacted in future years.

The estimated fair value of stock options is charged to income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.

The weighted average inputs used in computing the fair value of options granted were as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended,  
     March 31, 2014     March 31, 2013  

Expected volatility

     20.50     23.61

Exercise price

   Rs. 5.00      Rs. 5.00   

Option life

     2.50 years        2.50 years   

Risk-free interest rate

     7.43     8.21

Expected dividends

     0.72     0.81

Grant date share price

   Rs. 2,077.30      Rs. 1,697.65   

Share-based payment expense

For the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Rs.436, Rs.390 and Rs.326, respectively, has been recorded as employee share-based payment expense under all employee stock incentive plans of the Company. As of March 31, 2014, there was Rs.394 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.67 years.

21. Provisions

The details of changes in provisions during the year ended March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Particulars

   Allowance for
sales return 
(1)
    Environmental
liability 
(2)
     Legal and
others
    Total  

Balance as at April 1, 2013

   Rs. 1,904      Rs. 47       Rs. 384      Rs. 2,335   

Provision made during the year

     2,454        —           112        2,566   

Provision used or reversed during the year

     (1,987     —           (147     (2,134

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     133        11         —          144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

   Rs. 2,504      Rs. 58       Rs. 349      Rs. 2,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

   Rs. 2,504      Rs. —         Rs. 315      Rs. 2,819   

Non-current

     —          58         34        92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. 2,504      Rs. 58       Rs. 349      Rs. 2,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Provision for sales returns is accounted by recording a provision based on the Company’s estimate of expected sales returns. See Note 3(l) for the Company’s accounting policy on sales returns.

 

(2)

As a result of the acquisition of a unit of The Dow Chemical Company in April 2008, the Company assumed a liability for contamination of the Mirfield site acquired amounting to Rs.39 (carrying value Rs.58). The seller is required to indemnify the Company for this liability. Accordingly, a corresponding asset has also been recorded in the statements of financial position. During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company was required to provide security for such environmental liabilities and, accordingly, the Company has deposited Rs.83 (carrying value Rs.115) as additional security and recorded the same as restricted cash.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

21. Provisions (continued)

 

The details of changes in provisions during the year ended March 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

Particulars

   Allowance for
sales return
    Environmental
liability
     Legal and
others
    Total  

Balance as at April 1, 2012

   Rs. 1,339      Rs. 47       Rs. 587      Rs. 1,973   

Provision made during the year

     2,068        —           153        2,221   

Provision used or reversed during the year

     (1,481     —           (356     (1,837

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     (22     —           —          (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

   Rs. 1,904      Rs. 47       Rs. 384      Rs. 2,335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

   Rs. 1,904      Rs. —         Rs. 384      Rs. 2,288   

Non-current

     —          47         —          47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. 1,904      Rs. 47       Rs. 384      Rs. 2,335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

22. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables consist of the following:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Due to related parties

   Rs. 1       Rs. 4   

Others

     10,502         11,858   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 10,503       Rs. 11,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

23. Other liabilities

Other liabilities consist of the following:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013
Restated*
 

Current

     

Advance from customers

   Rs. 306       Rs. 352   

Statutory dues payable

     451         315   

Accrued expenses

     11,138         11,102   

Deferred revenue

     372         201   

Others

     2,975         2,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 15,242       Rs. 14,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Statutory dues payable

   Rs. 8       Rs. 21   

Deferred revenue

     959         212   

Others

     816         730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 1,783       Rs. 963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Other liabilities as at March 31, 2013 are restated by an aggregate amount of Rs.445 on account of adoption of revised IAS 19. The corresponding tax effect was Rs.145. See Note 2(f)(vi) for further details.

24. Revenue

Revenue consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Sales

   Rs. 130,287       Rs. 113,917       Rs. 93,980   

Services

     1,632         2,070         2,336   

License fees

     251         279         421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 132,170       Rs. 116,266       Rs. 96,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue includes excise duties of Rs.820, Rs.718 and Rs.405 for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

25. Other (income)/expense, net

Other (income)/expense, net consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Loss/(profit) on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangibles, net

   Rs. (53   Rs. (143   Rs. 9   

Sale of spent chemical

     (481     (588     (382

Miscellaneous income(1)

     (882     (1,580     (402

Provision/(reversal of provision) for expected claim from an innovator(2)

     —          (168     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. (1,416   Rs. (2,479   Rs. (765
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Miscellaneous income for the year ended March 31, 2014 includes Rs.415 (CAD6.75) from the resolution of litigation associated with the sale of one of the Company’s generic products in North America.

Miscellaneous income for the year ended March 31, 2013, includes Rs.1,112 towards settlement of the Company’s ongoing litigation with Nordion Inc. (formerly known as MDS Inc.). During March 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with Nordion Inc. to settle its ongoing litigation for alleged breach of service obligations by Nordion Inc. during the years 2000 to 2004. As part of the settlement, the Company received a total amount of Rs.1,220 (U.S.$22.5) from Nordion Inc., out of which Rs.108 (U.S.$2) was towards reimbursement of research and development cost and was recorded as a reduction in such cost. The balance of Rs.1,112 (U.S.$20.5) was compensation for lost profits and was recorded as part of other income.

 

(2)

This reversal of provision of Rs.168 for expected claim from an innovator pertains to the resolution of litigation surrounding the Company’s sales of olanazapine in Canada.

26. Finance (expense)/income, net

Finance (expense)/income, net consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Interest income

   Rs. 1,085      Rs. 900      Rs. 377   

Dividend and profit on sale of other investments

     217        213        161   

Foreign exchange gain, net

     372        365        689   

Interest expense

     (1,274     (1,018     (1,067
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. 400      Rs. 460      Rs. 160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

27. Income taxes

a. Income tax (expense)/benefit recognized in the income statement

Income tax (expense)/benefit recognized in the income statement consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
   2014     2013     2012  

Current taxes

      

Domestic

   Rs. (5,090   Rs. (4,310   Rs. (3,621

Foreign

     (1,472     (2,141     (733
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. (6,562   Rs. (6,451   Rs. (4,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred taxes (expense)/benefit

      

Domestic

   Rs. (294   Rs. (257   Rs. (424

Foreign

     1762        1808        574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. 1,468      Rs. 1,551      Rs. 150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense recognized in the income statement

   Rs. (5,094   Rs. (4,900   Rs. (4,204
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

27. Income taxes (continued)

 

b. Income tax (expense)/benefit recognized directly in equity

Income tax (expense)/benefit recognized directly in equity consist of the following:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
   2014     2013
Restated
    2012
Restated
 

Tax effect on changes in fair value of other investments

   Rs. (14   Rs. (12   Rs. (3

Tax effect on foreign currency translation differences

     (2     (7     106   

Tax effect on effective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedges

     80        (722     757   

Tax effect on Employee benefits

     (20     68        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. 44      Rs. (673   Rs. 846   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

c. Reconciliation of effective tax rate

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
   2014     2013     2012  

Profit before income taxes

   Rs. 26,606      Rs. 21,676      Rs. 18,466   

Enacted tax rate in India

     33.99     32.45     32.45

Computed expected tax benefit/(expense)

   Rs. (9,043   Rs. (7,034   Rs. (5,992

Effect of:

      

Differences between Indian and foreign tax rates

   Rs. 1,003      Rs. 1,207      Rs. 1,089   

Impairment of product related intangibles and goodwill

     169        (214     —     

Unrecognized deferred tax assets

     (687     (332     (563

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     (117     (203     (459

Share-based payment expense

     684        (105     (88

Interest expense not deductible for tax purposes

     —          (25     (34

Income exempt from income taxes

     661        412        168   

Foreign exchange differences

     230        (131     236   

Incremental deduction allowed for research and development costs

     2,026        1,311        1,332   

Qualified domestic production activities deduction in the United States

     9        51        —     

Effect of change in tax rate

     —          (60     (13

Others

     (29     223        120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit/(expense)

   Rs. (5,094   Rs. (4,900   Rs. (4,204
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     19     23     23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s consolidated weighted average tax rates for the year ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were 19% and 23%, respectively. The rate of weighted deduction on the Company’s eligible research and development expenditure was equal to 200% for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Income tax expense was Rs.5,094 for the year ended March 31, 2014, as compared to income tax expense of Rs.4,900 for the year ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in effective tax rate by 4% for the year ended March 31, 2014 was primarily attributable to the following:

 

   

a decrease in the effective tax rate by approximately 3.2% as a result of a favorable order from the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, Hyderabad over a previously litigated tax matter relating to deductibility of share-based payment expense;

 

   

a decrease in the effective tax rate by approximately 0.9% on account of impairment losses and reversal of impairment losses; and

 

   

a decrease in the effective tax rate by approximately 1.6% due to increased research and development expenditures eligible for weighted tax deduction, which decrease was largely offset by an increase in the effective tax rate on account of unrecognized deferred tax assets, primarily pertaining to OctoPlus N.V., Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories New York, Inc. and Dr. Reddy’s Srl.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

27. Income taxes (continued)

 

d. Unrecognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Changes in unrecognized deferred tax assets and liabilities during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized below:

 

     As at
April 1,
2012
     Additions      Recognition/
Expired
    As at
March 31,
2013
     Additions      Recognition/
Expired
    As at
March 31,
2014
 

Deductible temporary differences, net

   Rs. 402       Rs. 179       Rs. —        Rs. 581       Rs. 474       Rs. —        Rs. 1,055   

Operating tax loss carry forward

     1,166         1,145         (154     2,157         644         (56     2,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Rs. 1,568       Rs. 1,324       Rs. (154   Rs. 2,738       Rs. 1,118       Rs. (56   Rs. 3,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions during the year ended March 31, 2014 includes the amount of Rs.431, which represents exchange differences arising due to foreign currency translations.

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not recognize deferred tax assets on tax losses of Rs.644 pertaining primarily to OctoPlus N.V., Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories New York, Inc. and Dr. Reddy’s Srl. Based on future projections, the Company believes that it is not probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the Company can utilize these benefits. The above tax losses expire at various dates ranging from 2015 through 2035.

Deferred income taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of Rs.34,156 and Rs.26,213 as at March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of subsidiaries outside India, where it is expected that earnings of the subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The Company indefinitely reinvests all the accumulated undistributed earnings of subsidiaries, and accordingly, has not recorded any deferred taxes in relation to such undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. It is impracticable to determine the taxes payable when these earnings are remitted.

e. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The tax effects of significant temporary differences that resulted in deferred tax assets and liabilities and a description of the items that created these differences is given below:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
   2014     2013
Restated
 

Deferred tax assets /(liabilities):

    

Inventory

   Rs. 3,875      Rs. 2,250   

Trade and other receivables

     970        711   

Operating tax loss and interest loss carry-forward

     909        1,393   

Other current liabilities

     237        352   

Property, plant and equipment

     (1,141     (1,004

Other intangible assets

     (1,717     (1,962

Others

     177        74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

   Rs. 3,310      Rs. 1,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of the deferred income tax assets, management considers whether some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred income tax assets and tax loss carry forwards is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategy in making this assessment. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections of future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that the Company will realize the benefits of those recognized deductible differences and tax loss carry forwards. Recoverability of deferred tax assets is based on estimates of future taxable income. Any changes in such future taxable income would impact the recoverability of deferred tax assets.

Operating loss carry forward consists of business losses, unabsorbed depreciation and unabsorbed interest carry-forwards. A portion of this total loss can be carried indefinitely and the remaining amounts expire at various dates ranging from 2015 through 2035.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

27. Income taxes (continued)

 

f. Movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

     As at March 31,
2012 Restated
    Recognized in
income
statement
    Recognized in
equity
Restated
    Acquired in
business
combination
    As at March 31,
2013 Restated
 

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

          

Inventory

   Rs. 1,130      Rs. 1,120      Rs. —        Rs. —        Rs. 2,250   

Minimum alternate tax

     —          —          —          —          —     

Trade and other receivables

     350        361        —          —          711   

Operating tax loss and interest loss carry-forward

     1,152        59        —          182        1,393   

Other current liabilities

     967        39        (654     —          352   

Property, plant and equipment

     (694     (310     —          —          (1,004

Intangible assets

     (2,065     285        —          (182     (1,962

Others

     70        16        (12     —          74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

   Rs. 910      Rs. 1,570      Rs. (666   Rs. —        Rs. 1,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

 

     As at March 31,
2013 Restated
    Recognized in
income
statement
    Recognized in
equity
    Acquired in
business
combination
     As at March 31,
2014
 

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

           

Inventory

   Rs. 2,250      Rs. 1,625      Rs. —        Rs. —         Rs. 3,875   

Minimum alternate tax

     —          —          —          —           —     

Trade and other receivables

     711        259        —          —           970   

Operating tax loss and interest loss carry-forward

     1,393        (484     —          —           909   

Other current liabilities

     352        (236     120        —           237   

Property, plant and equipment

     (1,004     (137     —          —           (1,141

Intangible assets

     (1,962     245        —          —           (1,717

Others

     74        117        (14     —           177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

   Rs. 1,814      Rs. 1,389      Rs. 106      Rs. —         Rs. 3,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amounts recognized in the income statement during the year ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 includes the amounts of Rs.(79) and Rs.19, respectively, which represent exchange differences arising due to foreign currency translations.

g. Retroactive restatement to reflect adoption of Revised IAS 19

As explained in Note 2(f)(vi), the Company has adopted revised IAS 19 effective April 1, 2013. The revised standard requires immediate recognition of unrecognized gains and losses through re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability/(asset) through other comprehensive income. As required by the revised standard, the consolidated financial statements as on April 1, 2012 and April 1, 2013 have been retrospectively restated to reflect these changes. Accordingly, the figures for previous periods are restated for tax impact on the revised net defined benefit liability/(asset).

 

F-55


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

28. Operating leases

The Company has leased offices and vehicles under various operating lease agreements that are renewable on a periodic basis at the option of both the lessor and the lessee. Rental expense under these leases was Rs.749, Rs.603 and Rs.523 for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The schedule of future minimum rental payments in respect of non-cancellable operating leases is set out below:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Less than one year

   Rs. 359       Rs. 209       Rs. 236   

Between one and five years

     1,007         244         403   

More than five years

     937         121         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rs. 2,303       Rs. 574       Rs. 639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company entered into a non-cancellable operating lease for an office and laboratory facility in the United States. The future minimum rental payments in respect of this lease are Rs.1,556(U.S.$26) as of March 31, 2014.

There were no deferred rental obligations under these leases as at March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

29. Related parties

The Company has entered into transactions with the following related parties:

 

 

Green Park Hotel and Resorts Limited for hotel services;

 

 

A.R. Life Sciences Private Limited towards purchases and sales of raw materials and intermediates;

 

 

Dr. Reddy’s Foundation towards contributions for social development;

 

 

Pudami Educational Society towards contributions for social development;

 

 

Dr. Reddy’s Institute of Life Sciences towards services for research and development;

 

 

Ecologics Technologies Limited for providing analytical services;

 

 

Ecologic Chemicals Limited for purchases and sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients and other assets;

 

 

Stamlo Hotels Private Limited for hotel services; and

 

 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Gratuity Fund.

These are enterprises over which key management personnel have control or significant influence (“significant interest entities”). “Key management personnel” consists of the Company’s Directors and members of the Company’s Management Council.

The Company has also entered into cancellable operating lease transactions with key management personnel and their relatives.

The Company contributes to the Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Gratuity Fund (the “Gratuity Fund”), which maintains the plan assets of the Company’s Gratuity Plan for the benefit of its employees. See Note 19 for information on transactions between the Company and the Gratuity Fund.

The following is a summary of significant related party transactions:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Purchases of raw materials from significant interest entities(1)

   Rs. 91       Rs. 1,356       Rs. 1,020   

Purchases of assets from significant interest entities(2)

     1,264         —           —     

Sales of raw materials to significant interest entities(1)

     49         728         640   

Sales of assets to significant interest entities

     14         —           —     

Services to significant interest entities

     —           0         1   

Services from significant interest entities

     141         —           —     

Contribution to significant interest entities towards research and social development

     170         173         127   

Hotel expenses paid

     31         24         19   

Lease rental paid under cancellable operating leases to key management personnel and their relatives

     36         31         31   

 

F-56


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

29. Related parties (continued)

 

The Company has the following amounts due from related parties:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Significant interest entities(1)

   Rs. —         Rs. 171   

Key management personnel (towards rent deposits)

     8         5   

The Company has the following amounts due to related parties:

 

     As at March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Significant interest entities

   Rs. 1       Rs. 23   

 

(1) 

The figures as at March 31, 2013 and for the year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, include balances/transactions with A.R. Life Sciences Private Limited (“ARLS”). ARLS is not a related party of the Company as at and for the year ended March 31, 2014 and accordingly, the transactions with ARLS during such period are not included in the above summary.

(2) 

Refer to Note 32 for further details.

The following table describes the components of compensation paid or payable to key management personnel:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Salaries and other benefits

   Rs. 261       Rs. 267       Rs. 197   

Contributions to defined contribution plans

     15         14         12   

Commission to directors

     280         255         299   

Share-based payments expense

     64         49         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 620       Rs. 585       Rs. 565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Some of the key management personnel of the Company are also covered under the Company’s Gratuity Plan along with the other employees of the Company. Proportionate amounts of gratuity accrued under the Company’s Gratuity Plan have not been separately computed or included in the above disclosure.

30. Financial instruments

Financial instruments by category

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by each category as at March 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

     Note    Loans and
receivables
     Available for
sale
     Other
financial
liabilities
     Derivative
financial
instruments
     Total
carrying
value
     Total fair
value
 

Assets:

                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   15    Rs. 8,451       Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 8,451       Rs. 8,451   

Other investments

   11      14,298         10,785         —           —           25,083         25,083   

Trade and other receivables

   13      33,037         —           —           —           33,037         33,037   

Derivative financial asset

        —           —           —           554         554         554   

Other assets

   14      1,853         —           —           —           1,853         1,853   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      Rs. 57,639       Rs. 10,785       Rs. —         Rs. 554       Rs. 68,978       Rs. 68,978   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

                    

Trade and other payables

   22    Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 10,503       Rs. —         Rs. 10,503       Rs. 10,503   

Derivative financial liability

        —           —           —           305         305         305   

Long -term loans and borrowings

   18      —           —           24,213         —           24,213         24,213   

Short-term loans and borrowings and bank overdraft

   15 & 18      —           —           20,607         —           20,607         20,607   

Other liabilities and provisions

   21 & 23      —           —           16,463         —           16,463         16,463   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 71,786       Rs. 305       Rs. 72,091       Rs. 72,091   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

30. Financial instruments (continued)

 

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by each category as at March 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

     Note    Loans and
receivables
     Available for
sale
     Other
financial
liabilities
     Derivative
financial
instruments
     Total
carrying
value
     Total fair
value
 

Assets:

                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   15    Rs. 5,136       Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 5,136       Rs. 5,136   

Other investments

   11      15,137         2,035         —           —           17,172         17,172   

Trade and other receivables

   13      31,972         —           —           —           31,972         31,972   

Derivative financial asset

        —           —           —           546         546         546   

Other assets

   14      2,289         —           —           —           2,289         2,289   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      Rs. 54,534       Rs. 2,035       Rs. —         Rs. 546       Rs. 57,115       Rs. 57,115   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

                    

Trade and other payables

   22    Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 11,862       Rs. —         Rs. 11,862       Rs. 11,862   

Derivative financial liability

        —           —           —           95         95         95   

Long -term loans and borrowings

   18      —           —           17,764         —           17,764         17,717   

Bank overdraft, short-term loans and borrowings

   15 & 18      —           —           18,996         —           18,996         18,996   

Other liabilities and provisions

   21 & 23      —           —           15,591         —           15,591         15,591   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 64,213       Rs. 95       Rs. 64,308       Rs. 64,261   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value hierarchy

Level 1- Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

Level 3 - Inputs for the assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2014:

 

Particulars

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Available for sale - Financial asset - Investments in units of mutual finds

   Rs. 10,762       Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 10,762   

Available for sale - Financial asset - Investment in equity securities

     23         —           —           23   

Derivative financial instruments - gain/(loss) on outstanding foreign exchange forward, option and swap contracts and interest rate swap contracts(1)

     —           249         —           249   

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013:

 

Particulars

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Available for sale - Financial asset - Investments in units of mutual finds

   Rs. 2,010       Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 2,010   

Available for sale - Financial asset - Investment in equity securities

     25         —           —           25   

Derivative financial instruments - gain/(loss) on outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts(1)

     —           451         —           451   

 

(1) 

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments with various counterparties, principally financial institutions and banks. Derivatives valued using valuation techniques with market observable inputs are mainly interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward option and swap contracts. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing, swap models and Black Scholes models (for option valuation), using present value calculations.

The models incorporate various inputs including foreign exchange spot and forward rates, interest rate curves and forward rate curves. As at March 31, 2014, the changes in counterparty credit risk had no material effect on the hedge effectiveness assessment for derivatives designated in hedge relationships and other financial instruments recognized at fair value.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

30. Financial instruments (continued)

 

Derivative financial instruments

The Company is exposed to exchange rate risk that arises from its foreign exchange revenues and expenses, primarily in U.S. dollars, U.K. pounds sterling, Russian roubles and Euros, and foreign currency debt in U.S. dollars, Russian roubles and Euros. The Company uses forward contracts, option contracts and currency swap contracts (collectively, “derivatives”) to mitigate its risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

The counterparty for these contracts is generally a bank or a financial institution. The Company had a derivative financial asset and derivative financial liability of Rs.554 and Rs.305, respectively, as of March 31, 2014 as compared to derivative financial asset and derivative financial liability of Rs.546 and Rs.95, respectively, as of March 31, 2013 towards these derivative financial instruments.

Further, in respect of these foreign exchange derivative contracts, the Company has recorded, as part of finance costs, a net loss of Rs.426, a net gain of Rs.506, and a net gain of Rs.404, for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Hedges of highly probable forecasted transactions

The Company classifies its derivative contracts that hedge foreign exchange risk associated with its highly probable forecasted transactions as cash flow hedges and measures them at fair value. The effective portion of such cash flow hedges is recorded as a component of equity within the Company’s “hedging reserve”, and re-classified in the income statement as revenue in the period corresponding to the occurrence of the forecasted transactions. The ineffective portion of such cash flow hedges is immediately recorded in the income statement as a finance cost.

The Company also designates certain non-derivative financial liabilities, such as foreign currency borrowings from banks, as hedging instruments for the hedge of foreign exchange risk associated with highly probable forecasted transactions and, accordingly, applies cash flow hedge accounting for such relationships. Re-measurement gain/loss on such non-derivative financial liabilities is recorded as a component of equity within the Company’s “hedging reserve”, and re-classified in the income statement as revenue in the period corresponding to the occurrence of the forecasted transactions.

In respect of the aforesaid hedges of highly probable forecasted transactions, the Company recorded, as a component of equity, a net loss of Rs.1,650, a net profit of Rs.1,697 and a net loss of Rs.2,496 for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company also recorded a net loss of Rs.1,093, Rs.2,576 and Rs.1,220 as part of revenue during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The net carrying amount of the Company’s “hedging reserve” as a component of equity before adjusting for tax impact was a loss of Rs.1,903 as at March 31, 2014, as compared to a loss of Rs.253 as at March 31, 2013.

Hedges of recognized assets and liabilities

Changes in the fair value of forward contracts and option contracts that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, and for which no hedge accounting is applied, are recognized in the income statement. The changes in fair value of the forward contracts and option contracts, as well as the foreign exchange gains and losses relating to the monetary items, are recognized as part of “net finance costs”.

Outstanding foreign exchange derivative contracts

The following table gives details in respect of the notional amount of outstanding foreign exchange derivative contracts:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Forward contracts

     

In U.S. dollars (sell)

   Rs. 28,007       Rs. 7,638   

In U.S. dollars (buy)

     1,378         1,954   

In Euro (sell)

     14,057         2,120   

Option contracts

     

In U.S. dollars (sell)

   Rs. 14,080       Rs. 32,300   

Currency swap contracts

     

In U.S. dollars (sell)

   Rs. —         Rs. 3,512   

In Euro (sell)

     —           1,147   

 

F-59


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

30. Financial instruments (continued)

 

The foreign exchange derivative contracts mature between one to eighteen months. The table below summarizes the notional amounts of derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period as at the statements of financial position date:

 

     As of March 31,  
     2014      2013  

Sell:

     

Not later than one month

   Rs. 40,746       Rs. 22,227   

Later than one month and not later than three months

     3,595         5,637   

Later than three months and not later than six months

     5,812         6,827   

Later than six month and not later than one year

     5,991         10,397   

Later than one year

     —           1,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 56,144       Rs. 46,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Buy:

     

Not later than one month

   Rs. 779       Rs. 1,411   

Later than one month and not later than three months

     —           543   

Later than three months and not later than six months

     —           —     

Later than six month and not later than one year

     599         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 1,378       Rs. 1,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hedges of changes in the interest rates:

Consistent with its risk management policy, the Company uses interest rate swaps (including cross currency interest rate swaps) to mitigate the risk of changes in interest rates. The Company does not use them for trading or speculative purposes.

The changes in fair value of such interest rate swaps (including cross currency interest rate swaps) are recognized as part of finance cost. Accordingly, the Company has recorded, as part of finance cost, a net gain of Rs.259 and of Rs.41 for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As on March 31, 2014, the Company had outstanding interest rate swap arrangements that hedged a portion of interest rate risk arising from floating rate, dollar denominated foreign currency borrowing of U.S.$ 220.

31. Financial risk management

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s primary risk management focus is to minimize potential adverse effects of market risk on its financial performance. The Company’s risk management assessment and policies and processes are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor such risks and compliance with the same. Risk assessment and management policies and processes are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The Board of Directors and the Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Company’s risk assessment and management policies and processes.

a. Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers and investment securities. Credit risk is managed through credit approvals, establishing credit limits and continuously monitoring the creditworthiness of customers to which the Company grants credit terms in the normal course of business. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful debts and impairment that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables and investments.

Trade and other receivables

The Company’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The demographics of the customer, including the default risk of the industry and country in which the customer operates, also has an influence on credit risk assessment. Credit risk is managed through credit approvals, establishing credit limits and continuously monitoring the creditworthiness of customers to which the Company grants credit terms in the normal course of business.

Investments

The Company limits its exposure to credit risk by generally investing in liquid securities and only with counterparties that have a good credit rating. The Company does not expect any losses from non-performance by these counter-parties, and does not have any significant concentration of exposures to specific industry sectors or specific country risks.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

31. Financial risk management (continued)

 

Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

None of the Company’s cash equivalents, including term deposits (i.e., certificates of deposit) with banks, were past due or impaired as at March 31, 2014. Of the total trade and other receivables, Rs.24,206 as at March 31, 2014 and Rs.23,226 as at March 31, 2013 consisted of customer balances that were neither past due nor impaired.

Financial assets that are past due but not impaired

The Company’s credit period for customers generally ranges from 20 - 180 days. The aging of trade and other receivables that are past due but not impaired is given below:

 

     As of March 31,  
Period (in days)    2014      2013  

1 – 90

   Rs. 7,716       Rs. 7,560   

90 – 180

     876         682   

More than 180

     239         504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 8,831       Rs. 8,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 13 for the activity in the allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables.

Other than trade and other receivables, the Company has no class of financial assets that is past due but not impaired.

b. Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company manages its liquidity risk by ensuring, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risk to the Company’s reputation.

As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had unutilized credit limits from banks of Rs.14,596 and Rs.20,364, respectively.

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had working capital of Rs.49,684, including cash and cash equivalents of Rs.8,451, investments in term deposits (i.e., bank certificates of deposit having original maturities of more than 3 months) of Rs.14,298 and investments in available-for-sale financial assets of Rs.10,785. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had working capital of Rs.31,623, including cash and cash equivalents of Rs.5,136, investments in term deposits (i.e., bank certificates of deposit having original maturities of more than 3 months) of Rs.15,137 and investments in available-for-sale financial assets of Rs.2,035.

The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities (other than (i) long term loans, borrowings and obligations under finance leases, which have been disclosed in Note 18 to these consolidated financial statements, and (ii) derivative financial liabilities, which have been disclosed in Note 30 to these consolidated financial statements) as at March 31, 2014:

 

Particulars

   2015      2016      2017      2018      Thereafter      Total  

Trade and other payables

   Rs. 10,503       Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 10,503   

Bank overdraft, short-term loans and borrowings

     20,607         —           —           —           —           20,607   

Other liabilities and provisions

     15,755         29         29         28         622         16,463   

The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities (other than (i) long term loans, borrowings and obligations under finance leases, which have been disclosed in Note 18 to these consolidated financial statements, and (ii) derivative financial liabilities, which have been disclosed in Note 30 to these consolidated financial statements) as at March 31, 2013:

 

Particulars

   2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter      Total  

Trade and other payables

   Rs. 11,862       Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. —         Rs. 11,862   

Bank overdraft, short-term loans and borrowings

     18,996         —           —           —           —           18,996   

Other liabilities and provisions

     14,923         27         26         26         589         15,591   

c. Market risk

Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values or future cash flows that may result from adverse changes in market rates and prices (such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices) or in the price of market risk-sensitive instruments as a result of such adverse changes in market rates and prices. Market risk is attributable to all market risk-sensitive financial instruments, all foreign currency receivables and payables and all short term and long-term debt. The Company is exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign exchange rate risk, interest rate risk and the market value of its investments. Thus, the Company’s exposure to market risk is a function of investing and borrowing activities and revenue generating and operating activities in foreign currencies.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

31. Financial risk management (continued)

 

c. Market risk (continued)

 

Foreign exchange risk

The Company’s foreign exchange risk arises from its foreign operations, foreign currency revenues and expenses, (primarily in U.S. dollars, Russian roubles and Euros) and foreign currency borrowings (in U.S. dollars, Russian roubles and Euros). A significant portion of the Company’s revenues are in these foreign currencies, while a significant portion of its costs are in Indian rupees. As a result, if the value of the Indian rupee appreciates relative to these foreign currencies, the Company’s revenues measured in Indian rupees may decrease. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and these foreign currencies has changed substantially in recent periods and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the Company uses both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange forward contracts, option contracts, currency swap contracts and foreign currency financial liabilities, to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates in respect of its highly probable forecasted transactions and recognized assets and liabilities.

The details in respect of the outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts are given in Note 30 above.

In respect of the Company’s forward contracts, option contracts and currency swap contracts, a 10% decrease/increase in the respective exchange rates of each of the currencies underlying such contracts would have resulted in:

 

 

an approximately Rs.1,254/(945) increase/(decrease) in the Company’s hedging reserve and an approximately Rs.3,863/(4,011) increase/(decrease) in the Company’s net profit from such contracts, as at March 31, 2014;

 

 

an approximately Rs.2,381/(1,854) increase/(decrease) in the Company’s hedging reserve and an approximately Rs.1,481/(1,538) increase/(decrease) in the Company’s net profit from such contracts, as at March 31, 2013; and

 

 

an approximately Rs.2,611 increase/decrease in the Company’s hedging reserve and an approximately Rs.1,310 increase/decrease in the Company’s net profit from such contracts, as at March 31, 2012.

In respect of the Company’s foreign currency borrowings designated in a cash flow hedge relationship, a 10% decrease/increase in the respective exchange rates of each of the currencies underlying such borrowings would have resulted in an approximately Rs.1,318, Rs.1,215 and Rs.1,163 increase/decrease in the Company’s hedging reserve as at March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following table analyzes foreign currency risk from non-derivative financial instruments as at March 31, 2014:

 

     U.S. dollars      Euro      Russian
roubles
     Others (1)      Total  

Assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   Rs. 1,585       Rs. 109       Rs. 345       Rs. 1,284       Rs. 3,323   

Other investments

     2,756         —           —           —           2,756   

Trade and other receivables

     18,080         1,558         5,772         2,983         28,393   

Other assets

     204         1         212         183         600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 22,625       Rs. 1,668       Rs. 6,329       Rs. 4,450       Rs. 35,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

              

Trade and other payables

   Rs. 1,736       Rs. 492       Rs. 144       Rs. 234       Rs. 2,606   

Long-term loans and borrowings

     22,185         —           124         —           22,309   

Short-term loans and borrowings

     7,519         4,258         6,179         —           17,956   

Other liabilities and provisions

     5,684         252         1,497         904         8,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 37,124       Rs. 5,002       Rs. 7,944       Rs. 1,138       Rs. 51,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Others include currencies such as U.K. pound sterling, Swiss franc, Venezuela bolivar, etc.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

31. Financial risk management (continued)

 

c. Market risk (continued)

 

The following table analyzes foreign currency risk from non-derivative financial instruments as at March 31, 2013:

 

     U.S. dollars      Euro      Russian
roubles
     Others (1)      Total  

Assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   Rs. 1,262       Rs. 143       Rs. 372       Rs. 740       Rs. 2,517   

Other investments

     5,700         —           —           —           5,700   

Trade and other receivables

     15,896         1,602         6,349         2,497         26,344   

Other assets

     677         106         141         205         1,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 23,535       Rs. 1,851       Rs. 6,862       Rs. 3,442       Rs. 35,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

              

Trade and other payables

   Rs. 1,963       Rs. 147       Rs. 214       Rs. 342       Rs. 2,666   

Long-term loans and borrowings

     11,948         —           45         —           11,993   

Short-term loans and borrowings

     7,274         2,676         5,836         —           15,786   

Other liabilities and provisions

     3,779         137         1,516         1,116         6,548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Rs. 24,964       Rs. 2,960       Rs. 7,611       Rs. 1,458       Rs. 36,993   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Others include currencies such as U.K. pound sterling, Swiss franc, Venezuela bolivar, etc.

For the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, every 10% depreciation/appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the respective currencies for the above mentioned financial assets/liabilities would affect the Company’s net profit by approximately Rs.1,614, Rs.130 and Rs.587, respectively.

Interest rate risk

As of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013, the Company had foreign currency loans of Rs.35,221 carrying a floating interest rate of LIBOR plus 20-179 bps and Moscow Prime Offered Rate (“Mosprime”) plus 60 bps and Rs.23,174 carrying a floating interest rate of LIBOR plus 50-145 bps, respectively. These loans expose the Company to risk of changes in interest rates. The Company’s treasury department monitors the interest rate movement and manages the interest rate risk based on its policies, which include entering into interest rate swaps as considered necessary.

For details of the Company’s short-term and long term loans and borrowings, including interest rate profiles, refer to Note 18 of these consolidated financial statements.

For the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, every 10% increase or decrease in the floating interest rate component (i.e., LIBOR or Mosprime) applicable to its loans and borrowings would affect the Company’s net profit by approximately Rs.13, Rs.4 and Rs.11, respectively.

The Company’s investments in term deposits (i.e., certificates of deposit) with banks and short-term liquid mutual funds are for short durations, and therefore do not expose the Company to significant interest rates risk.

Commodity rate risk

Exposure to market risk with respect to commodity prices primarily arises from the Company’s purchases and sales of active pharmaceutical ingredients, including the raw material components for such active pharmaceutical ingredients. These are commodity products, whose prices may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. The prices of the Company’s raw materials generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles, although the prices of raw materials used in the Company’s active pharmaceutical ingredients business are generally more volatile. Cost of raw materials forms the largest portion of the Company’s cost of revenues. Commodity price risk exposure is evaluated and managed through operating procedures and sourcing policies. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had not entered into any material derivative contracts to hedge exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

32. Assets acquisition from Ecologic Chemicals Limited

On September 13, 2013, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Ecologic Chemicals Limited, an entity in which two directors of the Company have equity interests. The Company paid Rs.1,264 (U.S.$20), excluding taxes and duties, for the purchase of certain non-current and current assets relating to the manufacture of intermediates and API. The acquisition of these assets will help to augment the Company’s manufacturing capacity and assist it in meeting the future business requirements of its PSAI segment.

The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase of assets. The total purchase consideration has been allocated to the acquired assets as of September 13, 2013 based on a fair valuation carried out by the Company’s management as tabulated below:

 

Category    Amount  

Land

   Rs. 66   

Buildings

     382   

Plant and machinery

     702   

Inventories

     113   

Other current assets

     1   
  

 

 

 

Grand total

   Rs. 1,264   
  

 

 

 

Buildings and plant and machinery are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the respective assets.

33. Bonus Debentures

On March 31, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a scheme for the issuance of bonus debentures (“in-kind”, i.e., for no cash consideration) to its shareholders to be effected by way of capitalization of its retained earnings. The scheme was subject to the successful receipt of necessary approvals of the Company’s shareholders, the High Court of Andhra Pradesh, India and other identified regulatory authorities as mentioned in the scheme. All necessary approvals to effectuate the scheme, including that of the High Court, were received during the year ended March 31, 2011. Accordingly, on March 24, 2011, the Company issued these debentures to the shareholders of the Company.

The following is a summary of the key terms of the issuance:

 

Particulars

   No. of
instruments
issued
     Face value    Currency   Interest Rate   Maturity    Aggregate
Face Amount
   Redemption
price

Unsecured, non-convertible, redeemable debentures

     1,015,516,392       Rs.5 each    Rs.(Indian
Rupee)
  9.25% per
annum
  36 months    Rs.5,078    Rs.5 each (plus
interest)

A summary of certain additional terms of the issuance is as follows:

 

 

Fully paid up bonus debentures carrying a face value of Rs.5 each were issued to the Company’s shareholders in the ratio of 6 bonus debentures for each equity share held by such shareholders on March 18, 2011.

 

 

The bonus debentures are unsecured and are not convertible into equity shares of the Company.

 

 

The Company delivered cash in the aggregate value of the bonus debentures into an escrow account of a merchant banker in India appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors. The merchant banker received such amount for and on behalf of and in trust for the shareholders who are entitled to receive bonus debentures. Upon receipt of such amount, the merchant banker paid the amount to the Company, for and on behalf of the shareholders as consideration for the allotment of debentures to them.

 

 

These bonus debentures have a maturity of 36 months, at which time the Company must redeem them for cash in an amount equal to the face value of Rs.5 each plus unpaid interest, if any.

 

 

These bonus debentures carry an interest rate of 9.25% per annum. The interest on the debentures shall be paid at the end of every 12, 24, and 36 months from the date of issue.

 

 

These bonus debentures are listed on stock exchanges in India so as to provide liquidity for the holders.

 

 

Issuance of these bonus debentures was treated as a “deemed dividend” under section 2(22)(b) of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 and accordingly, the Company paid dividend distribution tax.

 

 

Under the Indian Corporate Law and as per the terms of the approved bonus debenture scheme, the Company has created a statutory reserve (the “Debenture Redemption Reserve”) in which it is required to deposit a portion of its profits made during each year prior to the maturity date of the bonus debentures until the aggregate amount retained in such reserve equals 50% of the face value of the debentures then issued and outstanding. The funds in the Debenture Redemption Reserve shall be used only to redeem the debentures for so long as they are issued and outstanding.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

33. Bonus Debentures (continued)

 

The Company has accounted for the issuance of such debentures as a pro-rata distribution to the owners acting in the capacity as owners on a collective basis. Accordingly, the Company has measured the value of such financial instrument at fair value on the date of issuance which corresponds to the value of the bonus debentures issued on March 24, 2011. The Company has disclosed the issuances as a reduction from retained earnings in the consolidated statement of changes in equity with a corresponding credit to “loans and borrowings” for the value of the financial liability recognized. Furthermore, in relation to the above mentioned scheme, the Company incurred costs of Rs.51 in directly attributable transaction costs payable to financial advisors. This amount has been accounted for as a reduction from debenture liability on the date of issuance of the bonus debentures and is being amortized over a period of three years using the effective interest rate method. The associated cash flows for the delivery of cash to the merchant banker and the subsequent receipt of the same for and on behalf of the shareholders upon issuance of the bonus debentures has been disclosed separately in the consolidated statement of cash flows as part of financing activities.

Further, the dividend distribution tax paid by the Company on behalf of the shareholders in the amount of Rs.843 has been recorded as part of a reduction from retained earnings in the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2011.

The regulatory framework in India governing issuance of ADRs by an Indian company does not permit the issuance of ADRs with any debt instrument (including non-convertible Indian rupee denominated debentures) as the underlying security. Therefore, the depositary of the Company’s ADRs (the “Depositary”) cannot issue depositary receipts (such as ADRs) with respect to the bonus debentures issued under the Company’s bonus debenture scheme. Therefore, in accordance with the deposit agreement between the Company and the Depositary, the bonus debentures issuable in respect of the shares underlying the Company’s ADRs were distributed to the Depositary, who sold such bonus debentures on April 8, 2011. The Depository converted the net proceeds from such sale into U.S. dollars and, on June 23, 2011, distributed such U.S. dollars, less any applicable taxes, fees and expenses incurred and/or provided for under the deposit agreement, to the registered holders of ADRs entitled thereto in the same manner as it would ordinarily distribute cash dividends under the deposit agreement.

The Company transferred Rs.828 and Rs.846 out of the profits earned during the year ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013, respectively, into the Debenture Redemption Reserve and recorded the transfer through the statement of changes in equity. During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company redeemed all of the bonus debentures for an aggregate payment of Rs.5,078, representing their face value.

34. Agreement with Teva

On October 23, 2011, the Company received an approval and was awarded a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity from the U.S. FDA for olanzapine 20 mg tablets (a generic version of Eli Lilly’s Zyprexa®20 mg) for sale in the United States. The U.S. FDA also awarded a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity to Teva Pharmaceuticals USA, Inc. (“Teva”) for its olanzapine tablets in 2.5 mg, 5 mg, 7.5 mg, 10 mg and 15 mg dosages.

On April 12, 2011, the Company entered into a commercialization, manufacture and supply agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) with Teva for the sale of olanzapine 20 mg tablets in the United States. Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, the Company supplies the required quantities of olanzapine 20 mg to Teva, and Teva markets these products in the United States. Accordingly, on October 24, 2011, sales of the olanzapine 20 mg tablets along with other strengths were launched by Teva in the United States in accordance with the Supply Agreement.

In consideration for such supply of olanzapine, Teva paid to the Company, in addition to a base purchase price, a profit share computed based on the ultimate net sale proceeds realized by Teva, subject to any reductions or adjustments that are required by the terms of the Supply Agreement. Accordingly, a profit share amount of Rs.4,500 (U.S.$100.7) was recognized as revenue in the income statement for the year ended March 31, 2012. The aforesaid profit share amount is net of the losses recorded on account of cash flow hedges that the Company used to mitigate its foreign exchange exposure on profit share revenues accrued for sales of this product in the United States.

35. Investment in equity accounted investees

Kunshan Rotam Reddy Pharmaceuticals Co. Limited (“Reddy Kunshan”) is engaged in the manufacturing and marketing of active pharmaceutical ingredients and intermediaries and formulations in China. The Company’s interest in Reddy Kunshan was 51.3% as of March 31, 2014. Three representatives of the parent company are on the board of directors of Reddy Kunshan, which consists of seven directors. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement governing Reddy Kunshan, all major decisions with respect to operating activities, significant financing and other activities are taken by the approval of at least five of the seven directors of Reddy Kunshan’s board. As the Company does not control Reddy Kunshan’s board and the other partners have significant participating rights, the Company’s interest in Reddy Kunshan has been accounted for under the equity method of accounting. There is no change in the accounting for Reddy Kunshan on adoption of IFRS 11.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

36. Agreement with Merck Serono

On June 6, 2012, the Company and Merck Serono entered into an agreement to co-develop a portfolio of biosimilar compounds in oncology, primarily focused on monoclonal antibodies. The arrangement covers co-development, manufacturing and commercialization of the compounds around the globe, with some specific country exceptions. Pursuant to the arrangement, the Company will lead early product development and complete Phase I development. Upon completion of Phase I, Merck Serono will carry out manufacturing of the compounds and will lead Phase III development. All the related development expenditure will be shared by the parties in the proportion specified in the agreement.

Merck Serono will undertake commercialization globally, outside the United States and with the exception of select emerging markets which will be co-exclusive or where the Company maintains exclusive rights. The Company will receive royalty payments from Merck Serono upon commercialization by them. In the United States, the parties will co-commercialize the products on a profit-sharing basis.

The Company has evaluated its involvement in the arrangement under IFRS 11 and concluded that the arrangement is a joint operation. There is no change in the accounting for this arrangement on adoption of IFRS 11.

37. Agreement with Pierre Fabre

On February 11, 2014, Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited (“Aurigene”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the parent company, entered into a collaborative license, development and commercialization agreement with Pierre Fabre, the third largest French pharmaceutical company. This agreement granted Pierre Fabre global worldwide rights (excluding India) to a new immune checkpoint modulator, AUNP-12.

AUNP-12 offers a breakthrough mechanism of action in the programmed cell death 1 (“PD-1”) pathway compared to other molecules currently in development in the highly promising immune therapy cancer space. AUNP-12 is the only peptide therapeutic in this pathway and could offer more effective and safer combination opportunities with emerging and established treatment regimens. AUNP-12 will be in development for numerous cancer indications.

Under the terms of this agreement, Aurigene received a non-refundable upfront payment from Pierre Fabre. Such non-refundable upfront consideration is recognized as revenue over the period in which the Company has continuing performance obligations. Aurigene will also receive additional royalties and milestone payments based upon the continued development, regulatory progresses and commercialization of AUNP-12.

38. Contingencies

The Company is involved in disputes, lawsuits, claims, governmental and/or regulatory inspections, inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including patent and commercial matters that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The more significant matters are discussed below. Most of the claims involve complex issues. Often, these issues are subject to uncertainties and therefore the probability of a loss, if any, being sustained and an estimate of the amount of any loss is difficult to ascertain. Consequently, for a majority of these claims, it is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the expected financial effect, if any, that will result from ultimate resolution of the proceedings. This is due to a number of factors, including: the stage of the proceedings (in many cases trial dates have not been set) and the overall length and extent of pre-trial discovery; the entitlement of the parties to an action to appeal a decision; clarity as to theories of liability; damages and governing law; uncertainties in timing of litigation; and the possible need for further legal proceedings to establish the appropriate amount of damages, if any. In these cases, the Company discloses information with respect to the nature and facts of the case. The Company also believes that disclosure of the amount sought by plaintiffs, if that is known, would not be meaningful with respect to those legal proceedings.

Although there can be no assurance regarding the outcome of any of the legal proceedings or investigations referred to in this Note, the Company does not expect them to have a materially adverse effect on its financial position, as it believes that possibility of loss in excess of amounts accrued (if any) is not probable. However, if one or more of such proceedings were to result in judgments against the Company, such judgments could be material to its results of operations in a given period.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

38. Contingencies (continued)

 

Product and patent related matters

Norfloxacin, India litigation

The Company manufactures and distributes Norfloxacin, a formulations product and in limited quantities, the active pharmaceutical ingredient norfloxacin. Under the Drugs Prices Control Order (the “DPCO”) the Government of India has the authority to designate a pharmaceutical product as a “specified product” and fix the maximum selling price for such product. In 1995, the Government of India issued a notification and designated Norfloxacin as a “specified product” and fixed the maximum selling price. In 1996, the Company filed a statutory Form III before the Government of India for the upward revision of the maximum selling price and a writ petition in the Andhra Pradesh High Court (the “High Court”) challenging the validity of the designation on the grounds that the applicable rules of the DPCO were not complied with while fixing the maximum selling price. The High Court had previously granted an interim order in favor of the Company; however it subsequently dismissed the case in April 2004. The Company filed a review petition in the High Court in April 2004 which was also dismissed by the High Court in October 2004. Subsequently, the Company appealed to the Supreme Court of India, New Delhi (the “Supreme Court”) by filing a Special Leave Petition, which is currently pending.

During the year ended March 31, 2006, the Company received a notice from the Government of India demanding the recovery of the price charged by the Company for sales of Norfloxacin in excess of the maximum selling price fixed by the Government of India, which was Rs.285 including interest. The Company filed a writ petition in the High Court challenging this demand order. The High Court admitted the writ petition and granted an interim order, directing the Company to deposit 50% of the principal amount claimed by the Government of India, which was Rs.77. The Company deposited this amount with the Government of India in November 2005. In February 2008, the High Court directed the Company to deposit an additional amount of Rs.30, which was deposited by the Company in March 2008. In November 2010, the High Court allowed the Company’s application to include additional legal grounds that the Company believes will strengthen its defense against the demand. For example, the Company has added as grounds that trade margins should not be included in the computation of amounts overcharged, and that it is necessary for the Government of India to set the active pharmaceutical ingredient price before the process of determining the ceiling on the formulation price. In October 2013, the Company filed an additional writ petition before the Supreme Court challenging the inclusion of Norfloxacin as a “specified product” under the DPCO, which is currently pending.

Based on its best estimate, the Company has recorded a provision for the potential liability related to the overcharged amount including interest thereon and believes that possibility of any liability that may arise on account of penalty on this litigation is not probable. In the event the Company is unsuccessful in its litigation in the Supreme Court, it will be required to remit the sale proceeds in excess of the notified selling prices to the Government of India with interest and including penalties, if any, which amounts are not readily ascertainable.

Ibandronate Sodium United States litigation

In June 2012, the Company launched its ibandronate sodium 150 mg tablet product, a generic version of Boniva® tablets, which are marketed and distributed by Genentech USA, Inc., a member of the Roche Group.

The Company is defending patent infringement actions brought by Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. and Genentech Inc. (collectively, “Roche”) in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey with respect to this product. These actions were first commenced in September 2007 and over time expanded to assert infringement of four patents – one formulation patent (U.S. patent number 6,294,196) and three method of use patents (numbers 7,192,938, 7,410,957 and 7,718,634). Claims regarding U.S. patent numbers 6,294,196 and 7,192,938 were dismissed in December 2008 and April 2010, respectively.

On May 7, 2012, the Court granted the Company’s motion for summary judgment that U.S. patent number 7,718,634 was invalid based on obviousness. In June 2012, the Company launched its ibandronate sodium 150 mg tablet product. On October 1, 2012, the Court granted summary judgment in the Company’s favor finding U.S. patent number 7,410,957 invalid.

On November 15, 2012, the Court issued a final judgment in favor of the Company. Roche filed a motion for reconsideration on November 16, 2012 which was denied by the Court on January 25, 2013. Roche has appealed both of the Court’s summary judgment decisions. Argument of the appeal was heard on December 6, 2013, and on April 11, 2014, the Court of Appeals affirmed that the U.S. patent numbers 7,718,634 and 7,410,957 are invalid as obvious. A petition for rehearing and rehearing en banc was filed by Roche on May 12, 2014, and the Company filed its response on June 9, 2014.

Nexium United States litigations

Five federal antitrust class action lawsuits have been brought on behalf of direct purchasers of Nexium, and ten federal class action lawsuits have been brought under both state and federal law on behalf of end-payors of Nexium. These actions have been filed against various generic manufacturers, including the Company and its U.S. subsidiary Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Inc. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

38. Contingencies (continued)

 

Product and patent related matters (continued)

 

The complaints allege that, beginning in 2005, AstraZeneca sued various generic manufacturers, including the Company, for infringement with respect to patents purporting to cover AstraZeneca’s branded drug, Nexium.

Plaintiffs allege that AstraZeneca’s settlement agreements with these various generic manufacturers, including the Company, violated federal and state antitrust laws, as well as state unfair competition laws. The complaints seek unspecified damages for class members as a result of an alleged delay in the entry of generic versions of Nexium.

The Company believes that each of these complaints lacks merit and that the Company’s conduct complied with all applicable laws and regulations. All of the defendants, including the Company, filed motions to dismiss the complaints, which motions were denied in April 2013. The defendants also filed motions for summary judgment. Arguments regarding these motions were heard on January 21, 2014.

On February 12, 2014, the Court issued an order granting the Company’s motion in part, finding that the plaintiffs have failed to demonstrate that the Company’s settlement of patent litigation with AstraZeneca included a large and unjustified reverse payment. The Court refused, however, to grant the portion of the Company’s motion related to the plaintiffs’ conspiracy theory. A trial is likely to be conducted in late 2014.

Reclast and Zometa United States litigation

In January 2013, Novartis AG (“Novartis”) brought patent infringement actions against the Company and a number of other generic companies in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. Novartis asserted that the Company’s ANDA for Reclast® would infringe Novartis’ U.S. Patent No. 8,052,987 and that the Company’s ANDA for Zometa® would infringe Novartis’ U.S. Patent No. 8,324,189. In February 2013, Novartis sought a temporary restraining order and a preliminary injunction prohibiting the Company and the other generic defendants from launching their generic Reclast® and Zometa® products. On March 1, 2013, the Court denied Novartis’ motion for a temporary restraining order.

Later in March 2013, the Company launched its generic version of Novartis’ Zometa® Injection (zoledronic acid, 4 mg/5mL product) and in April 2013, the Company launched its generic version of Novartis’ Reclast® Injection (zoledronic acid, 5 mg/100mL product). After the Company launched its products, Novartis withdrew its application for a preliminary injunction. The Company believes that the asserted patents are either invalid or not infringed by the Company’s products. If Novartis is ultimately successful in its patent infringement case, the Company could be required to pay damages related to the sale of its generic Reclast® and Zometa® products.

Child resistant packaging matter

In May 2012, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) requested that Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company in the United States, provide certain information with respect to compliance with requirements of special packaging for child resistant blister packs for 6 products sold by the Company in the United States during the period commencing in 2002 through 2011. The Company provided the requested information. The CPSC subsequently alleged in a letter dated April 30, 2014 that the Company has violated the Consumer Product Safety Act and the Poison Prevention Packaging Act and intends to seek civil penalties. Simultaneously, the Department of Justice is also currently investigating a complaint related to these issues under the Federal False Claims Act. At this stage of the proceedings, the Company cannot conclude that the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is either probable or remote in connection with this matter. Accordingly, no provision is made in the financial statements as of March 31, 2014. An unfavorable outcome in this matter that requires any significant payment by the Company could have a material adverse effect on its financial statements.

Environmental matters

Land pollution

The Indian Council for Environmental Legal Action filed a writ in 1989 under Article 32 of the Constitution of India against the Union of India and others in the Supreme Court of India for the safety of people living in the Patancheru and Bollarum areas of Medak district of the then existing undivided state of Andhra Pradesh. The Company has been named in the list of polluting industries. In 1996, the Andhra Pradesh District Judge proposed that the polluting industries compensate farmers in the Patancheru, Bollarum and Jeedimetla areas for discharging effluents which damaged the farmers’ agricultural land. The compensation was fixed at Rs.0.0013 per acre for dry land and Rs.0.0017 per acre for wet land. Accordingly, the Company has paid a total compensation of Rs.3. The Company believes that the possibility of additional liability is remote. The Andhra Pradesh High Court disposed of the writ petition on February 12, 2013 and transferred the case to the National Green Tribunal (“NGT”), Chennai, India. The interim orders passed in the writ petitions will continue until the matter is decided by the NGT.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

38. Contingencies (continued)

 

Environmental matters (continued)

 

Water pollution and air pollution

During the three months ended December 31, 2011, the Company, along-with 14 other companies, received a notice from the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (“APP Control Board”) to show cause as to why action should not be initiated against them for violations under the Indian Water Pollution Act and the Indian Air Pollution Act. Furthermore, the APP Control Board issued orders to the Company to (i) stop production of all new products at the Company’s manufacturing facilities in Hyderabad, India without obtaining a “Consent for Establishment”, (ii) cease manufacturing products at such facilities in excess of certain quantities specified by the APP Control Board and (iii) furnish a bank guarantee (similar to a letter of credit) to assure compliance with the APP Control Board’s orders.

The Company appealed the APP Control Board orders to the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Appellate Board (the “APP Appellate Board”). The APP Appellate Board, on the basis of a report of a fact-finding advisory committee, recommended to the Andhra Pradesh Government to allow expansion of units fully equipped with Zero-Liquid Discharge (“ZLD”) facilities and otherwise found no fault with the Company (on certain conditions). The APP Appellate Board’s decision was challenged by one of the petitioners in the National Green Tribunal and the matter is currently pending before it.

Separately, the Andhra Pradesh Government, following recommendations of the APP Appellate Board, published a notification in July 2013 that allowed expansion of production of all types of existing bulk drug and bulk drug intermediate manufacturing units subject to the installation of ZLD facilities and the outcome of cases pending in the National Green Tribunal. Importantly, the notification directed pollution load of industrial units to be assessed at the point of discharge (if any) as opposed to point of generation.

In September 2013, the Ministry of Environment and Forests, based on the revised Comprehensive Environment Pollution Index, issued a notification that re-imposed a moratorium on expansion of industries in certain areas where some of the Company’s manufacturing facilities are located. This notification overrides the Andhra Pradesh Government’s notification that conditionally permitted expansion.

Indirect taxes related matters

Assessable value of products supplied by a vendor to the Company

During the year ended March 31, 2003, the Central Excise Authorities of India (the “Central Excise Authorities”) issued a demand notice to a vendor of the Company regarding the assessable value of products supplied by this vendor to the Company. The Company has been named as a co-defendant in this demand notice. The Central Excise Authorities demanded payment of Rs.176 from the vendor, including penalties of Rs.90. Through the same notice, the Central Excise Authorities issued a penalty claim of Rs.70 against the Company. During the year ended March 31, 2005, the Central Excise Authorities issued an additional notice to this vendor demanding Rs.226 from the vendor, including a penalty of Rs.51. Through the same notice, the Central Excise Authorities issued a penalty claim of Rs.7 against the Company. Furthermore, during the year ended March 31, 2006, the Central Excise Authorities issued an additional notice to this vendor demanding Rs.34. The Company filed appeals against these notices with the Customs, Excise and Service Tax Appellate Tribunal (the “CESTAT”). In October 2006, the CESTAT passed an order in favor of the Company setting aside all of the above demand notices. In July 2007, the Central Excise Authorities appealed against CESTAT’s order in the Supreme Court of India, New Delhi. The matter is pending in the Supreme Court of India, New Delhi.

Distribution of input service tax credits

The Central Excise Authorities have issued various show cause notices to the Company objecting to the Company’s methodology of distributing input service tax credits claimed for one of the Company’s facilities. The below table shows the details of each of such show cause notices and the consequential actions on and status of the same.

 

Period covered
under the notice

  

Amount demanded

  

Present position

March 2008 to

September 2009

  

Rs.102 plus 100% penalty and interest thereon

  

The Company filed an appeal with the CESTAT against the Central Excise Commissioner’s order. In July 2013, the Company received an order from the CESTAT remanding the matter back to the Central Excise Commissioner for reconsideration of the input service tax credit eligibility. The CESTAT also ordered the Company to make an interim deposit of Rs.50. The Company made the requisite deposit and is awaiting a hearing with the Central Excise Commissioner.

October 2009 to

March 2011

  

Rs.125 plus penalties of Rs.100 and interest thereon

  

The Company has filed an appeal with the CESTAT against the Central Excise Commissioner’s order and awaits a hearing before the CESTAT.

April 2011 to

March 2012

  

Rs.51 plus interest and penalties

  

The Company has responded to such show cause notice and is currently awaiting a hearing with the Central Excise Commissioner.

April 2012 to

March 2013

  

Rs.54 plus interest and penalties

  

The Company is in the process of responding to such notice.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

38. Contingencies (continued)

 

Indirect taxes related matters (continued)

 

The Company believes that the possibility of any liability that may arise on account of the alleged inappropriate distribution of input service tax credits is not probable.

Others

Additionally, the Company is in receipt of various show cause notices from the Indian Sales Tax authorities. The disputed amount is Rs.319. The Company has responded to such show cause notices and believes that the chances of any liability arising from such notices are less than probable. Accordingly, no provision is made in the financial statements.

Fuel Surcharge Adjustments

The Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (the “APERC”) passed various orders approving the levy of Fuel Surcharge Adjustment (“FSA”) charges for the period from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2013 by power distribution companies from all the consumers of electricity in the then existing undivided state of Andhra Pradesh, India where the Company’s headquarters and principal manufacturing facilities are located. The Company filed separate Writs of Mandamus before the High Court of Andhra Pradesh (the “High Court”) challenging and questioning the validity and legality of this levy of FSA charges by the APERC for various periods. Tabulated below is the present position of writ petitions filed by the Company challenging FSA charges levied for the applicable fiscal period.

 

Fiscal period

  

Present position

Year ended

March 31, 2009

  

On June 5, 2010, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009. On July 29, 2011, the Division Bench of the High Court set aside the APERC order. Subsequently, the power distribution companies appealed to the Supreme Court of India by filing a special leave petition, which is currently pending.

Year ended

March 31, 2010

  

On January 17, 2012, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2009 to March 31, 2010. On September 26, 2012, the Division Bench of the High Court set aside the APERC order and it is now pending for consideration before the Full Bench of the High Court.

Years ended

March 31,

2011 and 2012

  

On September 20, 2012, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2010 to March 31, 2012. The writ petitions filed by the Company were admitted by the High Court and the hearing is deferred until the disposal of previous petitions pending before the Full Bench of the High Court. Further, the High Court in its order dated December 4, 2012 noted that the power distribution companies had filed their claims for the period from July 1, 2010 to March 31, 2012 within the prescribed period, which they had not done for earlier periods, including the period from April 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010. Accordingly, the High Court granted a stay on collection of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010 but refused to grant a stay for the period from July 1, 2010 to March 31, 2012.

Year ended

March 31, 2013

  

On November 2, 2012, March 12, 2013, April 23, 2013 and June 29, 2013, the APERC determined and approved the levy of FSA charges for the three months periods ending on June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. The Company filed separate writ petitions before the High Court challenging these orders. These writ petitions were dismissed by the High Court on February 24, 2014. The Company is in the process of challenging the dismissal of writ petitions before the Supreme Court.

After taking into account all of the available information and legal provisions, the Company has recorded an amount of Rs.219 as the potential liability towards FSA charges. The total amount approved by APERC for collection by the power distribution companies from the Company in respect of FSA charges for the period from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2013 is Rs.482. As of March 31, 2014, the Company has made “payments under protest” of Rs.272 as demanded by the power distribution companies as part of monthly electricity bills. The Company remains exposed to additional financial liability should the orders passed by the APERC be upheld by the Courts.

Direct taxes related matters

During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Indian Income Tax authorities disallowed for tax purposes certain business transactions entered into by the parent company with its wholly owned subsidiaries. The associated tax impact is Rs.658. The Company believes that such business transactions are allowed for tax deduction under Indian Income Tax laws and has accordingly filed an appeal with the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, Hyderabad. The Company further believes that the probability of succeeding in this matter is more likely than not and therefore no provision was made in the financial statements.

Additionally, the Company is contesting various other disallowances by the Indian Income Tax authorities. The associated tax impact is Rs.606. The Company believes that the chances of an unfavorable outcome in each of such disallowances are less than probable and accordingly, no provision is made in the financial statements.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions, except share and per share data and where otherwise stated)

 

38. Contingencies (continued)

 

Other

Additionally, the Company is involved in other disputes, lawsuits, claims, governmental and/or regulatory inspections, inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including patent and commercial matters that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Except as discussed above, the Company does not believe that there are any such contingent liabilities that are expected to have any material adverse effect on its financial statements.

39. Nature of Expense

The following table shows supplemental information related to certain “nature of expense” items for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     For the Year Ended March 31, 2014  

Particulars

   Cost of revenues      Selling, general and
administrative
expenses
     Research and
development
expenses
     Total  

Employee benefits

   Rs. 8,526       Rs. 13,727       Rs. 2,684       Rs. 24,937   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,771         2,901         434         7,106   

 

     For the Year Ended March 31, 2013  

Particulars

   Cost of revenues      Selling, general and
administrative
expenses
     Research and
development
expenses
     Total  

Employee benefits

   Rs. 7,096       Rs. 11,960       Rs. 1,357       Rs. 20,413   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,983         2,197         369         5,549   

 

     For the Year Ended March 31, 2012  

Particulars

   Cost of revenues      Selling, general and
administrative
expenses
     Research and
development
expenses
     Total  

Employee benefits

   Rs. 6,044       Rs. 9,611       Rs. 1,272       Rs. 16,927   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,728         2,106         379         5,213   

40. Subsequent events

None.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Item 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

  

Footnotes

  1.1.   

Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant dated February 4, 1984.

   (1)(3)(5)
  1.2.   

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated February 24, 1984.

   (1)(3)
  1.3.   

Amended Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated December 6, 1985.

   (1)(3)
  1.4.   

Amendment to Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant dated June 12, 2009 (regarding an increase in our authorized share capital pursuant to the amalgamation of Perlecan Pharma Private Limited into Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited, its parent company).

   (6)
  1.5.   

Amendment to Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant dated July 19, 2010 Order of the Hon’bl High Court of Andhra Pradesh, India dated July 19, 2010 (regarding Amendment to Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant and capitalization or utilization of undistributed profit or retained earnings or security premium account or any other reserve or fund in connection with our bonus debentures).

   (8)
  2.1.   

Form of Deposit Agreement, including the form of American Depositary Receipt, among Registrant, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as Depositary, and holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts Issued there under, including the form of American Depositary.

   (1)
  2.2.   

Order of the Hon’bl High Court of Andhra Pradesh, India dated July 19, 2010 (regarding capitalization or utilization of undistributed profit or retained earnings or security premium account or any other reserve or fund in connection with our bonus debentures).

   (8)
  2.3.   

Scheme of Arrangement between the Registrant and its members for issue of bonus debentures, including Notice of Meeting of Members to approve same dated April 29, 2010 and Explanatory Statement dated April 29, 2010.

   (8)
  2.4.   

Debenture Trust Deed dated March 16, 2011 between the Registrant and IDBI Trusteeship Services Limited (regarding trustee services for our bonus debentures).

   (8)
  2.5.   

Liquidity Facility Services Agreement dated April 2, 2011 between the Registrant and DSP Merrill Lynch Capital Limited (regarding liquidity facility for our bonus debentures).

   (8)
  4.1.   

Agreement by and between Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited and Dr. Reddy’s Research Foundation regarding the undertaking of research dated February 27, 1997.

   (1)
  4.2.   

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited Employee Stock Option Scheme, 2002.

   (2)
  4.3.   

Sale and Purchase Agreement Regarding the Entire Share Capital of Beta Holding GmbH dated February 15th/16th 2006

   (4)
  4.4.   

Dr. Reddy’s Employees ADR Stock Option Scheme, 2007.

   (7)
  8.   

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

  
23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  
99.1   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  
99.2   

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  
99.3   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  
99.4   

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  

 

(1)

Previously filed on March 26, 2001 with the SEC along with Form F-1

(2)

Previously filed on October 31, 2002 with the SEC along with Form S-8.

(3)

Previously filed with the Company’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003.

(4)

Previously filed with the Company’s Form 20-F/A for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

(5)

Previously filed with the Company’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.

(6)

Previously filed with the Company’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.

(7)

Previously filed on March 5, 2007 with the SEC along with Form S-8.

(8)

Previously filed with the Company’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

 

138


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20–F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

DR. REDDY’S LABORATORIES LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ G.V. Prasad

 

G.V. Prasad

 

Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

/s/ Saumen Chakraborty

 

Saumen Chakraborty

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

Hyderabad, India

June 26, 2014

 

139